Nokia Solutions and Networks T5ZR1 SC4812ET 800 MHz CDMA BTS Frame User Manual Users BTS Optimization Manual

Nokia Solutions and Networks SC4812ET 800 MHz CDMA BTS Frame Users BTS Optimization Manual

Users BTS Optimization Manual

Download: Nokia Solutions and Networks T5ZR1 SC4812ET 800 MHz CDMA BTS Frame User Manual Users BTS Optimization Manual
Mirror Download [FCC.gov]Nokia Solutions and Networks T5ZR1 SC4812ET 800 MHz CDMA BTS Frame User Manual Users BTS Optimization Manual
Document ID55673
Application ID2S3hJe4R04Gu0CVoHaA3Tg==
Document DescriptionUsers BTS Optimization Manual
Short Term ConfidentialNo
Permanent ConfidentialNo
SupercedeNo
Document TypeUser Manual
Display FormatAdobe Acrobat PDF - pdf
Filesize204.24kB (2552995 bits)
Date Submitted1999-08-23 00:00:00
Date Available1999-10-26 00:00:00
Creation Date1999-08-03 15:18:52
Producing SoftwareAcrobat PDFWriter 3.0.1 for Power Macintosh
Document Lastmod1999-08-23 10:22:29
Document TitleUsers BTS Optimization Manual
Document CreatorMicrosoft Word
Document Author: Melissa VanDrie

Cellular Infrastructure Group
FCC ID: IHET5ZR1
USERS MANUAL EXHIBIT
PLEASE NOTE: Manual documentation for the SC4812ET @
800 MHz CDMA BTS is currently under development and is
similar to the manual for SC4812ET @ 1.9 Ghz CDMA BTS
with FCC ID #IHET6YZ1. Please refer to the attached manual
for this submission.
BTS Optimization/ATP
CDMA LMF - Software Release 9.0
SC 4812ET
1900 MHz CDMA
PRELIMINARY 2
TECHNICAL EDUCATION &
DOCUMENTATION
PREMIER GLOBAL INFORMATION PROVIDER
68P64114A42–2
Notice
While reasonable efforts have been made to assure the accuracy of this document, Motorola, Inc. assumes no liability resulting from any
inaccuracies or omissions in this document, or from use of the information obtained herein. The information in this document has been
carefully checked and is believed to be entirely reliable. However, no responsibility is assumed for inaccuracies or omissions. Motorola,
Inc. reserves the right to make changes to any products described herein and reserves the right to revise this document and to make
changes from time to time in content hereof with no obligation to notify any person of revisions or changes. Motorola, Inc. does not
assume any liability arising out of the application or use of any product, software, or circuit described herein; neither does it convey
license under its patent rights or the rights of others.
It is possible that this publication may contain references to, or information about Motorola products (machines and programs),
programming, or services that are not announced in your country. Such references or information must not be construed to mean
that Motorola intends to announce such Motorola products, programming, or services in your country.
Copyrights
This instruction manual, and the Motorola products described in this instruction manual may be, include or describe copyrighted
Motorola material, such as computer programs stored in semiconductor memories or other media. Laws in the United States and
other countries preserve for Motorola certain exclusive rights for copyrighted material, including the exclusive right to copy,
reproduce in any form, distribute and make derivative works of the copyrighted material. Accordingly, any copyrighted Motorola
material contained herein or in the Motorola products described in this instruction manual may not be copied, reproduced,
distributed, merged or modified in any manner without the express written permission of Motorola. Furthermore, the purchase of
Motorola products shall not be deemed to grant either directly or by implication, estoppel, or otherwise, any license under the
copyrights, patents or patent applications of Motorola, as arises by operation of law in the sale of a product.
Usage and Disclosure Restrictions
License Agreement
The software described in this document is the property of Motorola, Inc. It is furnished by express license agreement only and may
be used only in accordance with the terms of such an agreement.
Copyrighted Materials
Software and documentation are copyrighted materials. Making unauthorized copies is prohibited by law. No part of the software or
documentation may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language or
computer language, in any form or by any means, without prior written permission of Motorola, Inc.
High Risk Activities
Components, units, or third–party products used in the product described herein are NOT fault–tolerant and are NOT designed,
manufactured, or intended for use as on–line control equipment in the following hazardous environments requiring fail–safe
controls: the operation of Nuclear Facilities, Aircraft Navigation or Aircraft Communication Systems, Air Traffic Control, Life
Support, or Weapons Systems (“High Risk Activities”). Motorola and its supplier(s) specifically disclaim any expressed or implied
warranty of fitness for such High Risk Activities.
Trademarks
and Motorola are registered trademarks of Motorola, Inc.
Product and service names profiled herein are trademarks of Motorola, Inc. Other manufacturers’ products or services profiled
herein may be referred to by trademarks of their respective companies.
Copyright
 Copyright 1999 Motorola, Inc.
All Rights Reserved
Printed on
Recyclable Paper
REV010598
SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE
Table of Contents
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
CDMA 1900 MHz
List of Figures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
List of Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
vii
Product Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
xi
Foreword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
xii
General Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
xv
Revision History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
xvii
Patent Notification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
xviii
Chapter 1: Introduction
Optimization Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-1
BTS Equipment Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-11
Chapter 2: Preliminary Operations
Preliminary Operations: Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-1
Power Cabinet Initial Power Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-3
Pre–Power–up Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-14
Chapter 3: Optimization/Calibration
July 1999
Optimization/Calibration – Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-1
Isolate Span Lines/Connect LMF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-3
Preparing the LMF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-9
Using CDMA LMF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-19
Download the BTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-24
CSM System Time – GPS & HSO Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-29
Test Equipment Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-40
Test Set Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-51
RFDS Setup and Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-72
Transmit & Receive Antenna VSWR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-79
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Table of Contents – continued
Chapter 4: Automated Acceptance Test Procedure (ATP)
Automated Acceptance Test Procedures – All-inclusive TX & RX . . . . . . . . . .
4-1
TX Spectral Purity Transmit Mask Acceptance Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-11
TX Waveform Quality (rho) Acceptance Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-14
TX Pilot Time Offset Acceptance Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-16
TX Code Domain Power Acceptance Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-18
RX Frame Error Rate (FER) Acceptance Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-21
Generate an ATP Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-23
Chapter 5: Basic Troubleshooting
Basic Troubleshooting Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-1
Troubleshooting: Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-2
Troubleshooting: Download . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-4
Troubleshooting: Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-6
Troubleshooting: Transmit ATP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-8
Troubleshooting: Receive ATP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-10
Troubleshooting: CSM Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-11
C–CCP Backplane Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-13
Module Front Panel LED Indicators and Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-21
Basic Troubleshooting – Span Control Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-28
Chapter 6: Leaving the Site
Prepare to Leave the Site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-1
External Test Equipment Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-1
Updating CBSC LMF Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-1
Copying CAL Files from Diskette to the CBSC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-2
LMF Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-3
Reestablish OMC-R Control/ Verifying T1/E1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-3
Appendix A: Data Sheets
Optimization (Pre–ATP) Data Sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A-1
Site Serial Number Check List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A-17
Appendix B: FRU Optimization/ATP Test Matrix
ii
Usage & Background . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B-1
Detailed Optimization/ATP Test Matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B-2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Table of Contents – continued
Appendix C: BBX Gain Set Point vs. BTS Output Considerations
BBX2 Gain Set Point vs. BTS Output Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C-1
Usage & Background . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C-1
Appendix D: CDMA Operating Frequency Information
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D-1
PCS Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D-1
Calculating Center Frequencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D-2
Appendix E: PN Offset/I & Q Offset Register Programming Information
PN Offset Background . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
E-1
PN Offset Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
E-1
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
July 1999
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Index-1
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
iii
Table of Contents – continued
Notes
iv
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
List of Figures
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
CDMA 1900 MHz
July 1999
Figure 1-1: SC 4812ET RF Cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-11
Figure 1-2: SC4812ET RF Cabinet Internal FRUs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-13
Figure 1-3: C-CCP Shelf Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-14
Figure 1-4: SC 4812ET Intercabinet I/O Detail (Rear View) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-15
Figure 1-5: RFDS Location in an SC 4812ET RF Cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-18
Figure 2-1: Backplane DIP Switch Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-2
Figure 2-2: DC Distribution Pre-test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-16
Figure 3-1: Punch Block for Span I/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-4
Figure 3-2: LMF Connection Detail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-8
Figure 3-3: LMF Folder Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-11
Figure 3-4: BTS Folder Name Syntax Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-12
Figure 3-5: CAL File Name Syntax Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-12
Figure 3-6: CDF Name Syntax Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-13
Figure 3-7: Code Load File Name Syntax Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-14
Figure 3-8: DDS File Name Syntax Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-15
Figure 3-9: BTS Ethernet LAN Interconnect Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-17
Figure 3-10: Single–frame BTS with a RFDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-19
Figure 3-11: Four–frame BTS with an RFDS BTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-20
Figure 3-12: Sample LMF Status Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-23
Figure 3-13: CSM MMI Terminal Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-32
Figure 3-14: Null Modem Cable Detail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-42
Figure 3-15: Cable Calibration Test Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-44
Figure 3-16: TX calibration test setup (CyberTest and HP 8935) . . . . . . . . . . .
3-45
Figure 3-17: TX calibration test setup
(Advantest and HP 8921A W/PCS for 1700/1900) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-46
Figure 3-18: Optimization/ATP test setup calibration
(CyberTest, HP 8935 and Advantest) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-47
Figure 3-19: Optimization/ATP test setup HP 8921A W/PCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-48
Figure 3-20: Typical TX ATP Setup with Directional Coupler
(shown with and without RFDS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-49
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
List of Figures – continued
vi
Figure 3-21: Typical RX ATP Setup with Directional Coupler
(shown with or without RFDS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-50
Figure 3-22: Typical Network Test Equipment Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-53
Figure 3-23: Calibrating Test Equipment Setup for TX BLO and TX ATP Tests
(using Signal Generator and Spectrum Analyzer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-58
Figure 3-24: Calibrating Test Equipment Setup for RX ATP Test
(using Signal Generator and Spectrum Analyzer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-59
Figure 3-25: Manual VSWR Test Setup Using HP8921 Test Set . . . . . . . . . . .
3-81
Figure 3-26: Manual VSWR Test Setup Using Advantest R3465 . . . . . . . . . . .
3-83
Figure 4-1: TX/RX Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-2
Figure 4-2: TX Mask Verification Spectrum Analyzer Display . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-13
Figure 4-3: Code Domain Power and Noise Floor Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-20
Figure 6-1: CSM Front Panel Indicators & Monitor Ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-22
Figure 6-2: GLI2 Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-25
Figure 6-3: MCC24 Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-27
Figure D-1: North American PCS Frequency Spectrum (CDMA Allocation) . .
D-1
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
List of Tables
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
CDMA 1900 MHz
July 1999
Table 1-1: CDMA LMF Test Equipment Support Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-4
Table 1-2: BTS Sector Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-15
Table 1-3: Sector Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-16
Table 2-1: Initial Installation of Boards/Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-1
Table 2-2: AC Voltage Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-3
Table 2-3: Power Up Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-5
Table 2-4: Battery Charge Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-5
Table 2-5: RF Cabinet Power Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-6
Table 2-6: Battery Discharge Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-7
Table 2-7: Heat Exchanger Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-7
Table 2-8: Heat Exchanger Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-9
Table 2-9: Door Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-9
Table 2-10: AC Fail Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-9
Table 2-11: Minor Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-10
Table 2-12: Single Rectifier Fail or Minor Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-10
Table 2-13: Multiple Rectifier Failure or Major Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-10
Table 2-14: Single Rectifier Fail or Minor Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-11
Table 2-15: Multiple Rectifier Failure or Major Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-11
Table 2-16: Battery Over Temperature Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-12
Table 2-17: Rectifier Over Temperature Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-13
Table 2-18: DC Power Pre–test (RF Cabinet and Power Cabinet) . . . . . . . . . . .
2-15
Table 3-2: T1/E1 Span Isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-7
Table 3-3: LMF to BTS Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-7
Table 3-4: CD ROM Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-9
Table 3-5: Procedures to Copy Files to a Diskette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-10
Table 3-6: Procedures to Copy CAL Files from Diskette to the CBSC . . . . . . .
3-10
Table 3-7: BTS Login Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-16
Table 3-8: Procedures to Logout of a BTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-16
Table 3-9: Pinging the Processors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-18
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
vii
List of Tables
viii
– continued
Table 3-10: Selecting and Deselecting Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-20
Table 3-11: Enabling Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-21
Table 3-13: Resetting Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-22
Table 3-14: Get Device Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-22
Table 3-15: Sorting Status Report Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-23
Table 3-16: Download Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-25
Table 3-17: Download Data to Non–MGLI Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-25
Table 3-18: Enable CSMs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-27
Table 3-19: Enable MCCs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-28
Table 3-20: Test Equipment Setup (GPS & LFR/HSO Verification) . . . . . . . . .
3-31
Table 3-21: GPS Initialization/Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-34
Table 3-22: LORAN–C Initialization/Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-38
Table 3-23: Test Equipment Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-41
Table 3-24: Selecting Test Equipment Manually in a Serial Connection Tab . .
3-52
Table 3-25: Selecting Test Equipment Using Auto-Detect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-53
Table 3-26: Selecting Test Equipment Manually Using a
Network Connection Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-54
Table 3-27: Selecting Test Equipment Using Auto-Detect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-54
Table 3-28: Test Equipment Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-55
Table 3-29: Cable Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-56
Table 3-30: Calibrating TX Cables Using Signal Generator and
Spectrum Analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-57
Table 3-31: Calibrating RX Cables Using a Signal Generator and
Spectrum Analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-58
Table 3-32: Setting Cable Loss Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-60
Table 3-33: BLO BTS.cal file Array Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-63
Table 3-34: BTS.cal file Array (per sector) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-64
Table 3-35: Test Equipment Setup (RF Path Calibration) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-65
Table 3-36: BTS TX Path Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-66
Table 3-37: Download BLO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-67
Table 3-38: TX Path Audit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-69
Table 3-39: All Cal/Audit Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-70
Table 3-40: Create CAL File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-71
Table 3-41: RFDS Parameter Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-73
Table 3-42: Definition of Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-74
Table 3-43: Valid NAM Field Ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-75
Table 3-44: Program NAM Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-76
Table 3-45: RFDS Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-78
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
List of Tables – continued
July 1999
Table 3-46: VSWR Measurement Procedure – HP 8921 Test Set . . . . . . . . . . .
3-80
Table 3-47: VSWR Measurement Procedure – Advantest Test Set . . . . . . . . . .
3-82
Table 4-1: All TX Acceptance Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-3
Table 4-2: All RX Acceptance Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-5
Table 4-3: All TX/RX ATP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-7
Table 4-4: Full Optimization ATP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-9
Table 4-5: TX Mask ATP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-12
Table 4-6: Rho ATP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-15
Table 4-7: Pilot Time Offset Test ATP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-17
Table 4-8: Code Domain Power Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-19
Table 4-9: Frame Error Rate (FER) ATP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-22
Table 4-10: Generate an ATP Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-23
Table 4-11: Procedure to a Test Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-24
Table 6-1: Login Failure Troubleshooting Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-2
Table 6-2: Troubleshooting a Power Meter Communication Failure . . . . . . . .
5-2
Table 6-3: Troubleshooting a Communications Analyzer
Communication Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-3
Table 6-4: Troubleshooting Code Download Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-4
Table 6-5: Troubleshooting Data Download Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-4
Table 6-6: Troubleshooting Device Enable (INS) Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-5
Table 6-7: Miscellaneous Failures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-5
Table 6-8: Troubleshooting BLO Calibration Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-6
Table 6-9: Troubleshooting Calibration Audit Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-7
Table 6-10: Troubleshooting TX Mask Measurement Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-8
Table 6-11: Troubleshooting Rho and Pilot Time Offset
Measurement Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-8
Table 6-12: Troubleshooting Code Domain Power and
Noise Floor Measurement Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-9
Table 6-13: Troubleshooting Carrier Measurement Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-9
Table 6-14: Troubleshooting Multi-FER Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-10
Table 6-15: No GLI2 Control via LMF (all GLI2s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-15
Table 6-16: No GLI2 Control through Span Line Connection (Both GLI2s) . .
5-16
Table 6-17: MGLI2 Control Good – No Control over Co–located GLI2 . . . . .
5-16
Table 6-18: MGLI2 Control Good – No Control over AMR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-17
Table 6-19: MGLI2 Control Good – No Control over Co–located GLI2s . . . . .
5-17
Table 6-20: BBX2 Control Good – No (or Missing) Span Line Traffic . . . . . . .
5-18
Table 6-21: No MCC24 Channel Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-18
Table 6-22: No DC Input Voltage to Power Supply Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-19
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
ix
List of Tables
– continued
Table 6-23: No DC Input Voltage to any C–CCP Shelf Module . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-20
Table 6-24: No DC Input Voltage to any C–CCP Shelf Module . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-20
Table 5-25: Troubleshooting Control Link Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-28
Table 6-1: External Test Equipment Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-1
Table 6-2: Procedures to Copy Files to a Diskette using the LMF . . . . . . . . . .
6-1
Table 6-3: Procedures to Copy CAL Files from Diskette to the CBSC . . . . . . .
6-2
Table 6-4: Procedures to Copy CAL Files from Diskette to the CBSC . . . . . . .
6-3
Table A-1: Verification of Test Equipment Used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A-1
Table A-2: Site Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A-2
Table A-3: Preliminary Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A-2
Table A-4: GPS Receiver Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A-5
Table A-5: LFR Receiver Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A-6
Table A-6: LPA IM Reduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A-7
Table A-7: TX BLO Calibration
(3–Sector: 1–Carrier, 2–Carrier and 4–Carrier Non–adjacent Channels) . . . . .
A-8
Table A-8: TX Bay Level Offset Calibration
(3–Sector: 2–Carrier Adjacent Channels) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A-10
Table A-9: TX Bay Level Offset Calibration
(3–Sector: 3 or 4–Carrier Adjacent Channels) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A-11
Table A-10: TX BLO Calibration
(6–Sector: 1–Carrier, 2–Carrier Non–adjacent Channels) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A-13
Table A-11: TX Antenna VSWR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A-15
Table A-12: RX Antenna VSWR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A-16
Table A-13: AMR CDI Alarm Input Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A-16
Table B-1: When RF Optimization Is required on the BTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B-1
Table B-2: When to Optimize Inter–frame Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B-2
Table B-3: SC 4812ET BTS Optimization and ATP Test Matrix . . . . . . . . . . .
B-4
Table C-1: BBX2 Gain Set Point vs. Actual BTS Output (in dBm) . . . . . . . . .
C-1
Table D-1: TX and RX Frequency vs. Channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D-3
Table E-1: PnMaskI and PnMaskQ Values for PilotPn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
E-2
Table E-2: I/Q PN initialization values for RF delay of 0, 13, & 14 Chips . . .
E-3
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Product Information
Model & Options Charts
Refer to the SC 4812ET Field Replaceable Units manual
(68P64113A24) for detailed model structure and option information
This document covers only the steps required to verify the functionality
of the Base transceiver Subsystem (BTS) equipment prior to system
level testing, and is intended to supplement site specific application
instructions. It also should be used in conjunction with existing product
manuals. Additional steps may be required.
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
68P64114A42
PRELIMINARY 2
xi
Foreword
Scope of manual
This manual is intended for use by cellular telephone system
craftspersons in the day-to-day operation of Motorola cellular system
equipment and ancillary devices. It is assumed that the user of this
information has a general understanding of telephony, as used in the
operation of the Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN), and is
familiar with these concepts as they are applied in the cellular
mobile/portable radiotelephone environment. The user, however, is not
expected to have any detailed technical knowledge of the internal
operation of the equipment.
This manual is not intended to replace the system and equipment
training offered by Motorola, although it can be used to supplement or
enhance the knowledge gained through such training.
Text conventions
The following special paragraphs are used in this manual to point out
information that must be read. This information may be set-off from the
surrounding text, but is always preceded by a bold title in capital letters.
The four categories of these special paragraphs are:
NOTE
Presents additional, helpful, non-critical information that
you can use.
IMPORTANT
Presents information to help you avoid an undesirable
situation or provides additional information to help you
understand a topic or concept.
CAUTION
Presents information to identify a situation in which
equipment damage could occur, thus avoiding damage to
equipment.
WARNING
Presents information to warn you of a potentially
hazardous situation in which there is a possibility of
personal injury.
. . . continued on next page
xii
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Foreword – continued
The following typographical conventions are used for the presentation of
software information:In text, typewriter style characters represent
prompts and the system output as displayed on a Hyperterminal screen.
Changes to manual
Changes that occur after the printing date are incorporated into your
manual by Cellular Manual Revisions (CMRs). The information in this
manual is updated, as required, by a CMR when new options and
procedures become available for general use or when engineering
changes occur. The cover sheet(s) that accompany each CMR should be
retained for future reference. Refer to the Revision History page for a list
of all applicable CMRs contained in this manual.
Receiving updates
Technical Education & Documentation (TED) maintains a customer
database that reflects the type and number of manuals ordered or shipped
since the original delivery of your Motorola equipment. Also identified
in this database is a “key” individual (such as Documentation
Coordinator or Facility Librarian) designated to receive manual updates
from TED as they are released.
To ensure that your facility receives updates to your manuals, it is
important that the information in our database is correct and up-to-date.
Therefore, if you have corrections or wish to make changes to the
information in our database (i.e., to assign a new “key” individual),
please contact Technical Education & Documentation at:
MOTOROLA, INC.
Technical Education & Documentation
1 Nelson C. White Parkway
Mundelein, Illinois 60060
U.S.A.
Phone:
Within U.S.A. and Canada . . . . . 800-872-8225
Outside of U.S.A. and Canada . . +1-847-435–5700
FAX: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . +1-847-435–5541
Reporting manual errors
In the event that you locate an error or identify a deficiency in your
manual, please take time to write to us at the address above. Be sure to
include your name and address, the complete manual title and part
number (located on the manual spine, cover, or title page), the page
number (found at the bottom of each page) where the error is located,
and any comments you may have regarding what you have found. We
appreciate any comments from the users of our manuals.
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
xiii
Foreword – continued
24-hour support service
If you have any questions or concerns regarding the operation of your
equipment, please contact the Customer Network Resolution Center for
immediate assistance. The 24 hour telephone numbers are:
Arlington Heights, IL . . . . . . . . .
Arlington Heights, International .
Cork, Ireland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Swindon, England . . . . . . . . . . . . .
800–433–5202
+1–847–632–5390
44–1793–565444
44–1793–565444
Material Available from
Motorola Infrastructure Group
Worldwide Cellular Services
Material available from Motorola Infrastructure Group Worldwide
Cellular Services, identified by a Motorola part number can be ordered
from your sales account manager or by calling (800) 453–7988.
xiv
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
General Safety
Remember! . . . Safety
depends on you!!
The following general safety precautions must be observed during all
phases of operation, service, and repair of the equipment described in
this manual. Failure to comply with these precautions or with specific
warnings elsewhere in this manual violates safety standards of design,
manufacture, and intended use of the equipment. Motorola, Inc. assumes
no liability for the customer’s failure to comply with these requirements.
The safety precautions listed below represent warnings of certain dangers
of which we are aware. You, as the user of this product, should follow
these warnings and all other safety precautions necessary for the safe
operation of the equipment in your operating environment.
Ground the instrument
To minimize shock hazard, the equipment chassis and enclosure must be
connected to an electrical ground. If the equipment is supplied with a
three-conductor ac power cable, the power cable must be either plugged
into an approved three-contact electrical outlet or used with a
three-contact to two-contact adapter. The three-contact to two-contact
adapter must have the grounding wire (green) firmly connected to an
electrical ground (safety ground) at the power outlet. The power jack and
mating plug of the power cable must meet International Electrotechnical
Commission (IEC) safety standards.
Do not operate in an explosive
atmosphere
Do not operate the equipment in the presence of flammable gases or
fumes. Operation of any electrical equipment in such an environment
constitutes a definite safety hazard.
Keep away from live circuits
Operating personnel must:
 not remove equipment covers. Only Factory Authorized Service
Personnel or other qualified maintenance personnel may remove
equipment covers for internal subassembly, or component
replacement, or any internal adjustment.
 not replace components with power cable connected. Under certain
conditions, dangerous voltages may exist even with the power cable
removed.
 always disconnect power and discharge circuits before touching them.
Do not service or adjust alone
Do not attempt internal service or adjustment, unless another person,
capable of rendering first aid and resuscitation, is present.
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
xv
General Safety – continued
Use caution when exposing or
handling the CRT
Breakage of the Cathode–Ray Tube (CRT) causes a high-velocity
scattering of glass fragments (implosion). To prevent CRT implosion,
avoid rough handling or jarring of the equipment. The CRT should be
handled only by qualified maintenance personnel, using approved safety
mask and gloves.
Do not substitute parts or
modify equipment
Because of the danger of introducing additional hazards, do not install
substitute parts or perform any unauthorized modification of equipment.
Contact Motorola Warranty and Repair for service and repair to ensure
that safety features are maintained.
Dangerous procedure
warnings
Warnings, such as the example below, precede potentially dangerous
procedures throughout this manual. Instructions contained in the
warnings must be followed. You should also employ all other safety
precautions that you deem necessary for the operation of the equipment
in your operating environment.
WARNING
Dangerous voltages, capable of causing death, are present in this
equipment. Use extreme caution when handling, testing, and
adjusting .
xvi
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Revision History
Manual Number
68P64114A42
Manual Title
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
CDMA 1900 MHz
Version Information
The following table lists the manual version , date of version, and
remarks on the version.
Version
Level
Date of
Issue
May 1999
Preliminary version
July 1999
Preliminary version – 2
July 1999
Remarks
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
xvii
Patent Notification
Patent numbers
This product is manufactured and/or operated under one or more of the
following patents and other patents pending:
4128740
4193036
4237534
4268722
4282493
4301531
4302845
4312074
4350958
4354248
4367443
4369516
4369520
4369522
4375622
4485486
4491972
4517561
4519096
4549311
4550426
4564821
4573017
4581602
4590473
4591851
4616314
4636791
4644351
4646038
4649543
4654655
4654867
xviii
4661790
4667172
4672657
4694484
4696027
4704734
4709344
4710724
4726050
4729531
4737978
4742514
4751725
4754450
4764737
4764849
4775998
4775999
4797947
4799253
4802236
4803726
4811377
4811380
4811404
4817157
4827507
4829543
4833701
4837800
4843633
4847869
4852090
4860281
4866710
4870686
4872204
4873683
4876740
4881082
4885553
4887050
4887265
4893327
4896361
4910470
4914696
4918732
4941203
4945570
4956854
4970475
4972355
4972432
4979207
4984219
4984290
4992753
4998289
5020076
5021801
5022054
5023900
5028885
5030793
5031193
5036515
5036531
5038399
5040127
5041699
5047762
5048116
5055800
5055802
5058136
5060227
5060265
5065408
5067139
5068625
5070310
5073909
5073971
5075651
5077532
5077741
5077757
5081641
5083304
5090051
5093632
5095500
5105435
5111454
5111478
5113400
5117441
5119040
5119508
5121414
5123014
5127040
5127100
5128959
5130663
5133010
5140286
5142551
5142696
5144644
5146609
5146610
5152007
5155448
5157693
5159283
5159593
5159608
5170392
5170485
5170492
5182749
5184349
5185739
5187809
5187811
5193102
5195108
5200655
5203010
5204874
5204876
5204977
5207491
5210771
5212815
5212826
5214675
5214774
5216692
5218630
5220936
5222078
5222123
5222141
5222251
5224121
5224122
5226058
5228029
5230007
5233633
5235612
5235614
5239294
5239675
5241545
5241548
5241650
5241688
5243653
5245611
5245629
5245634
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
5247544
5251233
5255292
5257398
5259021
5261119
5263047
5263052
5263055
5265122
5268933
5271042
5274844
5274845
5276685
5276707
5276906
5276907
5276911
5276913
5276915
5278871
5280630
5285447
5287544
5287556
5289505
5291475
5295136
5297161
5299228
5301056
5301188
5301353
5301365
5303240
5303289
5303407
5305468
5307022
5307512
5309443
5309503
5311143
5311176
5311571
5313489
5319712
5321705
5321737
5323391
5325394
5327575
5329547
5329635
5339337
D337328
D342249
D342250
D347004
D349689
RE31814
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
1
Chapter 1: Introduction
Table of Contents
July 1999
Optimization Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Scope of This Document . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Document Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CDMA LMF Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Online Help . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Why Optimize? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
What Is Optimization? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
When to Optimize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Required Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additional Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Equipment Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LMF Hardware Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Required Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Equipment Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Cable Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equipment Warm–up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Equipment List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Optional Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-1
1-1
1-1
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-2
1-3
1-3
1-4
1-4
1-5
1-5
1-6
1-6
1-6
1-6
1-9
BTS Equipment Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTS Frame Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sector Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ancillary Equipment Frame identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-11
1-11
1-12
1-15
1-17
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
68P64114A42
PRELIMINARY 2
1
Table of Contents
– continued
Notes
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
68P64114A42
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Optimization Overview
Scope of This Document
This document provides information pertaining to the optimization and
audit tests of Motorola SC 4812ET Base Transceiver Subsystem (BTS)
equipment frames equipped with trunked high–power Linear Power
Amplifiers (LPAs) and their associated internal and external interfaces.
This document assumes the following prerequisites: The BTS frames
and cabling have been installed per the BTS Hardware Installation Manual
– 68P64114A22, which covers the physical “bolt down” of all SC series
equipment frames, and the specific cabling configurations.
Document Composition
This document covers the following major areas:
 Introduction, consisting of preliminary background information (such
as component and subassembly locations and frame layouts) to be
considered by the Cell Site Field Engineer (CFE) before optimization
or tests are performed.
 Preliminary Operations, consisting of Cabinet Power Up and Power
Down Procedures.
 Optimization/calibration, covering topics of LMF connection to the
BTS equipment, GPS Verification, Test equipment setup,
downloading all BTS processor boards, RF path verification, BLO
calibration and calibration audit, and Radio Frequency Diagnostic
System (RFDS) calibration.
 Acceptance Test Procedures (ATP) consist of automated ATP tests
executed by the LMF, and used to verify all major transmit (TX) and
receive (RX) performance characteristics on all BTS equipment. Also
generates an ATP report.
Alarms testing.
RFDS Optimization.
Basic troubleshooting
Preparing to leave the site, presents instructions on how to properly
exit customer site and ensure that all equipment is operating properly
and all work is complete according to Motorola guidelines.
 Appendices that contain pertinent Pseudorandom Noise (PN) Offset,
frequency programming, and output power data tables, along with
additional data sheets that are filled out manually by the CFE at the
site.
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
1-1
1
Optimization Overview – continued
CDMA LMF Product Description
CDMA LMF is a graphical user interface (GUI) based Local
Maintenance Facility(LMF). This product is specifically designed to
provide cellular communications field personnel the vehicle to support
the following CDMA Base Transceiver Stations (BTS) operations:
Installation
Maintenance
Calibration
Optimization
Online Help
Task oriented online help is available in the LMF by clicking on Help
from the menu bar.
Why Optimize?
Proper optimization and calibration assures:
 Accurate downlink RF power levels are transmitted from the site.
 Accurate uplink signal strength determinations are made by the site.
What Is Optimization?
Optimization compensates for the site-specific cabling and normal
equipment variations. Cables that interconnect the BTS and Duplexer
assemblies (if used), for example, are cut and installed at the time of the
BTS frame installation at the site. Site optimization guarantees that the
combined losses of the new cables and the gain/loss characteristics and
built-in tolerances of each BTS frame do not accumulate, causing
improper site operation.
Optimization identifies the accumulated loss (or gain) for all receive and
transmit paths at the BTS site, and stores that value in a database.
 RX path starts at the ancillary equipment frame RFDS RX directional
coupler antenna feedline port, through the RX input port on the rear of
the frame, through the DDRCs, Multicoupler Preselector Card (MPC),
and additional splitter circuitry, ending at a Code Division Multiple
Access (CDMA) Channel Processor (C–CCP) backplane Broad Band
Transceiver (BBX2) slot in the C–CCP shelf.
 A transmit path starts at the BBX2, through the C–CCP backplane
slot, travels through the LPA/Combiner TX Filter and ends at the rear
of the input/output (I/O) Panel. If the RFDS option is added, then the
TX path continues and ends at the top of the RFDS TX directional
coupler antenna feedline port installed in the ancillary equipment
frame.
These values are factored in by the BTS equipment internally, leaving
only site specific antenna feed line loss and antenna gain characteristics
to be factored in by the CFE when determining site Effective Radiated
Power (ERP) output power requirements.
1-2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Optimization Overview – continued
Each C–CCP shelf BBX2 board is optimized to a specific RX and TX
antenna port. (One BBX2 board acts in a redundant capacity for BBX2s
1–12, and is optimized to all antenna ports). A single value is generated
for each path, thereby eliminating the accumulation of error that would
occur from individually measuring and summing the gain and loss of
each element in the path.
When to Optimize
New Installations
After the initial site installation, the BTS must be prepared for operation.
This preparation includes verifying hardware installation, initial power
up, and GPS verification. Basic alarm tests are also addressed.
A calibration audit of all RF transmit paths is performed to verify factory
calibration.
A series of ATP CDMA verification tests are covered using the actual
equipment set up. An Acceptance Test Procedure (ATP) is also required
before the site can be placed in service.
Site Expansion
Optimization is also required after expansion of a site.
Periodic Optimization
Periodic optimization of a site may also be required, depending on the
requirements of the overall system.
Repaired Sites
Verify repair(s) made to the BTS by consulting an Optimization/ATP
Test Matrix table. This table outlines the specific tests that must be
performed anytime a BTS subassembly or RF cable associated with it is
replaced.
IMPORTANT
Refer to Appendix B for detailed basic guideline tables and
detailed Optimization/ATP Test Matrix.
Required Documents
The following documents are required to perform optimization of the
cell site equipment:
 Site Document (generated by Motorola Systems Engineering), which
includes:
– General Site Information
– Floor Plans
– Power Levels
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
1-3
1
Optimization Overview – continued
– Site PN
– Site Paging & Traffic Channel Allocation
– Board Placement
– Site Wiring Lists
– CDF files.
 Demarcation Document (Scope of Work Agreement)
 Equipment Manuals for non-Motorola test equipment.
Additional Information
For other information, refer to the following manuals:
 CDMA LMF Operators Guide
(Motorola part number 68P64114A21)
 4812ET Field Replacement Units Guide
(Motorola part number 68P64114A24)
Test Equipment Overview
CDMA LMF is used in conjunction with Motorola recommended test
equipment, and it is a part of a “calibrated test set.” To ensure consistent,
reliable, and repeatable optimization test results, only recommended test
equipment supported by CDMA LMF must be used to optimize the BTS
equipment. Table 1-1 outlines the supported test equipment that meets the
technical criteria required for BTS optimization.
Table 1-1: CDMA LMF Test Equipment Support Table
Item
Description
Hewlett Packard, Model
HP 8921A
Cellular Communications Analyzer
(includes 83203B CDMA interface
option)
Hewlett Packard, Model
HP 8983236A
PCS Interface for PCS Band
Hewlett Packard, Model
HP 8935
Cellular Communications Analyzer
Motorola CyberTest
Cellular Communications Analyzer
Advantest R3465 with
3561 CDMA option
(Japan–CDMA also uses
TX test menu PCMCIA)
Cellular Communications Analyzer
Gigatronix 8541C
Power Meter
HP437B
Power Meter
To ensure consistent, reliable, and repeatable optimization test results,
test equipment meeting the following technical criteria should be used to
1-4
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Optimization Overview – continued
optimize the BTS equipment. You can, of course, substitute test
equipment with other test equipment models supported by the local
maintenance facility (LMF) meeting the same technical specifications.
LMF Hardware Requirements
An LMF computer platform that meets the following requirements (or
better) is recommended:
Notebook computer
64 MB RAM
266 MHz (32 bit CPU) Pentium processor
4 Gbyte internal hard disk drive
Color display with 1024 x 768 (recommended) or 800 x 600 pixel
resolution
CD ROM drive
3 1/2 inch floppy drive
Serial port (COM 1)
Parallel port (LPT 1)
PCMCIA Ethernet interface card (for example, 3COM Etherlink III)
with a 10Base–T–to–coax adapter
 Windows 98/NT operating system
NOTE
If 800 x 600 pixel resolution is used, the CDMA LMF
window must be maximized after it is displayed.
Required Test Equipment
To ensure consistent, reliable, and repeatable optimization test results,
test equipment meeting the following technical criteria should be used to
optimize the BTS equipment. You can, of course, substitute test
equipment with other test equipment models supported by the LMF
meeting the same technical specifications.
NOTE
During manual testing, you can substitute test equipment
with other test equipment models not supported by the
LMF, but those models must meet the same technical
specifications.
The customer has the responsibility of accounting for any measurement
variances and/or additional losses/inaccuracies that can be introduced
as a result of these substitutions. Before beginning optimization or
troubleshooting, make sure that the test equipment needed is on hand
and operating properly.
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
1-5
1
Optimization Overview – continued
Test Equipment Calibration
Optimum system performance and capacity depend on regular equipment
service, calibration, and characterization prior to BTS optimization.
Follow the original equipment manufacturer (OEM) recommended
maintenance and calibration schedules closely.
Test Cable Calibration
Equipment test cables are very important in optimization. Motorola
recommends that the cable calibration be run at every BTS with the test
cables attached. This method compensates for test cable insertion loss
within the test equipment itself. No other allowance for test cable
insertion loss needs to be made during the performance of tests.
Another method is to account for the loss by entering it into the LMF
during the optimization procedure. This method requires accurate test
cable characterization in a shop. The cable should be tagged with the
characterization information prior to field optimization.
Equipment Warm–up
After arriving at the a site, the test equipment should be plugged in and
turned on to allow warm up and stabilization to occur for as long as
possible. The following pieces of test equipment must be warmed–up for
a minimum of 60 minutes prior to using for BTS optimization or Radio
Frequency Diagnostic Subsystem (RFDS) calibration procedures.
 Communications Test Set
 Rubidium Time Base
 Power Meter
Test Equipment List
The following pieces of test equipment are required during the
optimization procedure. Common assorted tools like screwdrivers and
frame keys are not listed but are still required. Read the owner’s manual
on all of the following major pieces of test equipment to understand their
individual operation prior to use in optimization.
NOTE
Always refer to specific OEM test equipment
documentation for detailed operating instructions.
10BaseT/10Base2 Converter
Ethernet LAN transceiver (part of CGDSLMFCOMPAQNOV96)
 PCMCIA Ethernet Adpater + Ethernet UTP Adapter: 3COM Model –
Etherlink III 3C589B
Transition Engineering Model E–CX–TBT–03 10BaseT/10Base2
Converter
1-6
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Optimization Overview – continued
NOTE
Xircom Model PE3–10B2 or equivalent can also be used to
interface the LMF Ethernet connection to the frame.
RS–232 to GPIB Interface
 National Instruments GPIB–232–CT with Motorola CGDSEDN04X
RS232 serial null modem cable or equivalent; used to interface the
LMF to the test equipment.
 Standard RS–232 cable can be used with the following modifications:
– This solution passes only the 3 minimum electrical connections
between the LMF and the GPIB interface. The control signals are
jumpered as enabled on both ends of the RS–232 cable (9–pin D).
TX and RX signals are crossed as Null Modem effect. Pin 5 is the
ground reference.
– Short pins 7 and 8 together, and short pins 1, 4, and 6 together on
each connector.
9–PIN D–FEMALE
GND
RX
TX
RTS
CTS
RSD/DCD
DTR
DSR
9–PIN D–FEMALE
ON BOTH CONNECTORS:
 SHORT PINS 7 & 8;
 SHORT PINS 1, 4, & 6
GND
TX
RX
RTS
CTS
RSD/DCD
DTR
DSR
Model SLN2006A MMI Interface Kit
 Motorola Model TRN9666A null modem board. Connectors on
opposite sides of the board must be used as this performs a null
modem transformation between cables. This board can used for
10–pin to 8–pin, 25–pin to 25–pin and 10–pin to 10–pin conversions.
 Motorola 30–09786R01 MMI cable or equivalent ; used to interface
the LMF serial port connection to GLI2, CSM and LPA debug serial
ports.
Communications System Analyzer
The communication system analyzer is used during optimization and
testing of the RF communications portion of BTS equipment and
provides the following functions:
(1) Frequency counter
(2) RF power meter (average and code domain)
(3) RF Signal Generator (capable of CDMA modulation)
(4) Spectrum Analyzer
(5) CDMA Code Domain analyzer
Four types of Communication System Analyzer are currently supported
by the LMF. They are:
HP8921A/600 Analyzer – Including 83203B CDMA Interface and
83236A/B PCS Interface with manual control system card.
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
1-7
1
Optimization Overview – continued
Advantest R3465 Analyzer – Including R3561L Test Source Unit
HP8935 Analyzer
CyberTest Communication Analyzer
GPIB Cables
 Hewlett Packard 10833A or equivalent; 1 to 2 meters (3 to 6 feet) long
used to interconnect test equipment and LMF terminal.
Power Meter
 Hewlett Packard Model HP HP437B with HP8481A power sensor
 Gigatronix model 8541C
Timing Reference Cables
 Two BNC–male to BNC–male RG316 cables; 3 meters (10 ft.) long,
used to interconnect the HP8921A/600 or Advantest R3465
Communications Analyzer to the CSM front panel timing references
in the BTS.
NOTE
Two Huber & Suhner 16MCX/11BNC/K02252D or
equivalent; right angle MCX–male to standard BNC–male
RG316 cables; 10 ft. long are required to interconnect the
HP8921A/600 Communications Analyzer to SGLN4132A
and SGLN1145A CSM board timing references.
 BNC “T” adapter with 50 ohm termination.
NOTE
This BNC “T” adapter (with 50 ohm termination) is
required to connect between the HP 8921A/600 (or
Advantest R3465) EVEN SECOND/SYNC IN and the
BNC cable. The BNC cable leads to the 2–second clock
connection on the TIB. Erroneous test results may occur if
the “T” adapter with the 50 ohm termination is not
connected.
Digital Multimeter
 Fluke Model 8062A with Y8134 test lead kit or equivalent; used for
precision DC and AC measurements, requiring 4–1/2 digits.
Directional Coupler
 Narda Model 30661 30 dB (Motorola part no. 58D09732W01) coupler
terminated with two Narda Model 375BN–M loads, or equivalent.
RF Attenuators
 20 dB fixed attenuators, 20 W (Narda 768–20); used with test cable
calibrations or during general troubleshooting procedures.
1-8
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Optimization Overview – continued
 Narda Model 30445 30 dB (Motorola Part No. 58D09643T01) coupler
terminated with two Narda Model 375BN–M loads, or equivalent.
RF Termination/Load
 100 W non–radiating RF load ; used (as required) to provide dummy
RF loading during BTS transmit tests.
Miscellaneous RF Adapters, Loads, etc
 As required to interface test cables and BTS equipment and for
various test set ups. Should include at least two 50 Ohm loads (type
N) for calibration and one RF short, two N–Type Female–to–Female
Adapters.
High–impedance Conductive Wrist Strap
 Motorola Model 42–80385A59; used to prevent damage from
Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) when handling or working with
modules.
RF Load (At least three (3) for Trunked Cabinets)
 100 W non–radiating RF load; used (as required) to provide dummy
RF loading during BTS transmit tests.
RF Network Box (and calibrated cables)
 Motorola Model SGLN5531A 18:3 Passive Antenna Interface used to
interface test equipment to the BTS receive and transmit antenna
inputs during optimization/ATP or general troubleshooting
procedures.
Optional Equipment
Frequency Counter
 Stanford Research Systems SR620 or equivalent. If direct
measurement of the 3 MHz or 19.6608 MHz references is required.
Spectrum Analyzer
 Spectrum Analyzer (HP8594E with CDMA personality card) or
equivalent; required for tests other than standard Receive band spectral
purity and TX LPA IM reduction verification tests performed by the
LMF.
Local Area Network (LAN) Tester
 Model NETcat 800 LAN troubleshooter (or equivalent); used to
supplement LAN tests using the ohm meter.
Span Line (T1/E1) Verification Equipment
 As required for local application
RF Test Cable (if not Provided with Test Equipment)
 Motorola Model TKN8231A; used to connect test equipment to the
BTS transmitter output during optimization or during general
troubleshooting procedures.
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
1-9
1
Optimization Overview – continued
Oscilloscope
 Tektronics Model 2445 or equivalent; for waveform viewing, timing,
and measurements or during general troubleshooting procedure.
2–way Splitter
 Mini–Circuits Model ZFSC–2–2500 or equivalent; provide the
diversity receive input to the BTS
High Stability 10 MHz Rubidium Standard
 Stanford Research Systems SR625 or equivalent. Required for CSM
and Low Frequency Receiver/High Stability Oscillator (LFR/HSO)
frequency verification.
Alarm Test Box
 Motorola Itasca PN CGDSCMIS00014 can be used to test customer
alram inputs.
1-10
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
BTS Equipment Identification
Frames
The SC 4812ET is a stand alone Base Transceiver Subsystem (BTS)
which consists of a weatherized outdoor RF cabinet (see Figure 1-1 ).
An optional outdoor, weatherized power cabinet which provides AC/DC
rectified power and battery back–up is also available. An air to air heat
exchanger is used for cooling/heating each cabinet, except in the LPA
area which uses blower fans.
The Motorola SC 4812ET BTS can consist of the following equipment
frames:
 At least one BTS starter frame (see Figure 1-2)
 Ancillary equipment frame (or wall mounted equipment)
 Expansion frames
Figure 1-1: SC 4812ET RF Cabinet
RF I/O
Area Cover Plate
Main Door
Rear Conduit Panel
LPA Door
(Can only be opened after Main Door is open)
Rear I/O Door
Rear DC Conduit Panel
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
1-11
1
BTS Equipment Identification – continued
BTS Frame Identification
The BTS is the interface between the span lines to/from the Cellsite Base
Station Controller (CBSC) and the site antennas. This frame is described
in three sections:
 The I/O interconnect plate where all connections are made is located at
the back of the BTS.
 The RF section of the frame which houses the circuit breakers, cooling
fans, the Combined CDMA Channel Processor (C–CCP) shelf, the
duplexors, filters, RFDS and CSU.
 The LPA compartment which houses the LPAs and blower assembly.
Use the illustrations that follow to visually identify the major
components, that make up the Motorola SC 4812ET BTS frame.
C–CCP Shelf (Figure 1-3)
Power supply modules
Switch card
CDMA clock distribution (CCD) boards
CSM and HSO/LFR boards
Alarm Monitoring and Reporting (AMR) boards
Group Line Interface II (GLI2) cards
Multicoupler Preselector (MPC) boards (starter frame only)
Expansion Multicoupler Preselector (EMPC) boards (expansion
frames)
MCC24 boards
MCC8E boards
BBX2 boards
CIO boards
PA Shelves
 Single Tone Linear Power Amplifier (STLPA, or more commonly
referred to as “LPA”) modules
 LPA blower assembly
1-12
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
BTS Equipment Identification – continued
Interconnect Plate (see Figure 1-4)
All cabling to and from the BTS equipment frames is via the
interconnect panel on the top of each frame. Connections made here
include:
Span lines
RX antennas
TX antenna
Alarm connections
Power input
LAN connections
Clock inputs
Expansion frame connection
Ground connections
Figure 1-2: SC4812ET RF Cabinet Internal FRUs
C–CCP
Shelf
LPA
Combiner
Cage
DRDC
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
1-13
1-14
CIO
PS–3
MCC24–3
MCC24–4
MCC24–5
MCC24–6
BBX2–1
BBX2–2
BBX2–3
BBX2–4
BBX2–5
BBX2–6
BBX2–13
MCC24–8
MCC24–9
MCC24–10
MCC24–11
MCC24–12
BBX2–7
BBX2–8
BBX2–9
BBX2–10
BBX2–11
BBX2–12
Switch Card
MPC/EMPC–1
MCC24–2
MCC24–7
MPC/EMPC–2
GLI2–1
MCC24–1
GLI2–2
AMR–1
CCD–1
PS–2
PS–1
19 mm Filter Panel
AMR–2
MODEM
CCD–2
CSM–2
CSM–1
HSO/LFR
BTS Equipment Identification – continued
Figure 1-3: C-CCP Shelf Layout
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
BTS Equipment Identification – continued
Figure 1-4: SC 4812ET Intercabinet I/O Detail (Rear View)
RF CABINET
Exp. Punch
Block
RF Expansion
Punch
Block
Microwave
27V
RF GPS
RFDS Expansion
1–3 Sector Antennas
LAN
27V Ret
4–6 Sector Antennas
2 Sec
Tick
19 MHz
Clock
Ground Cable Lugs
DC
Conduit
Expansion 1
Pilot Beacon
Span/Alarm
Sector Configuration
There are a number of ways to configure the BTS frame. Table 1-2
outlines the basic requirements. When carrier capacity is greater than
two, a 2:1 or 4:1 cavity combiner must be used. For one or two carriers,
bandpass filters or cavity combiners may be used, depending on
sectorization and channel sequencing.
Table 1-2: BTS Sector Configuration
Number of
carriers
Number of
sectors
3 or 6
Channel spacing
Filter requirements
N/A
Bandpass Filter, Cavity Combiner (2:1 or 4:1)
Non–adjacent
Cavity Combiner (2:1 Only)
Adjacent
Dual Bandpass Filter
Non–adjacent
Cavity Combiner (2:1 or 4:1)
Adjacent
Bandpass Filter
3,4
Non–adjacent
Cavity Combiner (2:1 or 4:1)
3,4
Adjacent
Cavity Combiner (2:1 Only)
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
1-15
1
BTS Equipment Identification – continued
Table 1-3: Sector Configurations
Description
Configuation
3–Sector / 2–ADJACENT Carriers
The configuration below maps RX and TX with optional 2:1 cavity combiners for 3 sectors / 2 carriers for adjacent channels. Note
that 2:1 cavity combiners are used (6 total).
TX1 / RX1
TX2 / RX2
TX3 / RX3
TX4 / RX1
TX5 / RX2
TX6 / RX3
Carrier #
BBX2–1
BBX2–2
BBX2–3
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
BBX2–4
BBX2–5
BBX2–6
6–Sector / 2–NON–ADJACENT Carriers
The configuration below maps RX and TX with 2:1 cavity combiners for 6 sectors / 2 carriers for non–adjacent channels.
TX1 / RX1
TX2 / RX2
TX3 / RX3
TX4 / RX4
TX5 / RX5
TX6 / RX6
Carrier #
BBX2–1
BBX2–2
BBX2–3
BBX2–4
BBX2–5
BBX2–6
BBX2–7
BBX2–8
BBX2–9
BBX2–10
BBX2–11
BBX2–12
3–Sector / 2–NON–ADJACENT Carriers
The configuration below maps RX and TX with 2:1 cavity combiners for 3 sectors / 2 carriers for non–adjacent channels. RX ports 4
through 6 are not used
TX1 / RX1
TX2 / RX2
TX3 / RX3
TX5 / RX2
TX6 / RX3
Carrier #
BBX2–1
BBX2–2
BBX2–3
N/A
N/A
N/A
BBX2–7
BBX2–8
BBX2–9
N/A
N/A
N/A
.3–Sector
TX4 / RX1
/ 4–ADJACENT Carriers
The configuration below maps RX and TX with 2:1 cavity combiners for 3 sector / 4 carriers for adjacent channels.
TX1 / RX1
TX2 / RX2
TX3 / RX3
TX4 / RX1
TX5 / RX2
TX6 / RX3
Carrier #
BBX2–1
BBX2–2
BBX2–3
N/A
N/A
N/A
BBX2–7
BBX2–8
BBX2–9
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
BBX2–4
BBX2–5
BBX2–6
N/A
N/A
N/A
BBX2–10
BBX2–11
BBX2–12
3–Sector / 2–ADJACENT Carriers
The configuration below maps RX and TX with bandpass filters for 3 sectors / 2 carriers for adjacent channels.
TX1 / RX1
TX2 / RX2
TX3 / RX3
TX4 / RX4
TX5 / RX5
TX6 / RX6
Carrier #
BBX2–1
BBX2–2
BBX2–3
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
BBX2–7
BBX2–8
BBX2–9
3–Sector / 3 or 4–NON–ADJACENT Carriers
The configuration below maps RX and TX with 4:1 cavity combiners for 3 sectors / 3 or 4 carriers for non–adjacent channels.
TX1 / RX1
1-16
TX2 / RX2
TX3 / RX3
TX4 / RX4
TX5 / RX5
TX6 / RX6
Carrier #
BBX2–11
BBX2
BBX2–22
BBX2
BBX2–33
BBX2
N/A
N/A
N/A
BBX2–7
BBX2–8
BBX2–9
N/A
N/A
N/A
BBX2–4
BBX2 4
BBX2 5
BBX2–5
BBX2
BBX2–6
N/A
N/A
N/A
BBX2–10
BBX2–11
BBX2–12
N/A
N/A
N/A
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
BTS Equipment Identification – continued
Table 1-3: Sector Configurations
6–Sector / 1–Carrier
The configuration below maps RX and TX with either bandpass filters or 2:1 cavity combiners for 6 sector / 1 carrier.
TX1 / RX1
TX2 / RX2
BBX2–1
BBX2–2
TX3 / RX3
BBX2–3
TX4 / RX4
BBX2–4
TX5 / RX5
BBX2–5
TX6 / RX6
Carrier #
BBX2–6
Ancillary Equipment Frame
identification
NOTE
Equipment listed below can be wall mounted or mounted
in a standard 19” frame. The description assumes that all
equipment is mounted in a frame for clarity.
If equipped with the RF Diagnostic Subsystem (RFDS) option, the
RFDS and directional couplers are the interface between the site
antennas, and the BTS or Modem frame. The RFDS equipment
includes:
 the directional couplers
 the (site receive bandpass/bandreject filters)
 the RF Diagnostic Subsystem (RFDS).
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
1-17
1
BTS Equipment Identification – continued
Figure 1-5: RFDS Location in an SC 4812ET RF Cabinet
FRONT VIEW
(door not shown for clarity)
RFDS
WALL
MOUNTING
BRACKET
DRDC
BTS
CPLD
ANT
CPLD
3B 2B 1B 3A 2A 1A
DRDC CAGE
6B 5B 4B 6A 5A 4A
1-18
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Chapter 2: Preliminary Operations
Table of Contents
July 1999
Preliminary Operations: Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cellsite Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CDF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Site Equipage Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Initial Installation of Boards/Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setting Frame C–CCP Shelf Configuration Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-1
2-1
2-1
2-1
2-1
2-1
2-2
Power Cabinet Initial Power Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Required Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Initial Inspection and Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Up Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Up Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery Charge Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RF Cabinet Power Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery Discharge Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heat Exchanger Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alarm Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alarm Reporting Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heat Exchanger Alarm Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Door Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AC Fail Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Minor Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rectifier Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Single Rectifier Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Multiple Rectifier Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Single Rectifier Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Multiple Rectifier Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery Over Temperature Alarm (Optional ONLY) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rectifier Over Temperature Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-3
2-3
2-3
2-3
2-3
2-5
2-5
2-6
2-7
2-7
2-8
2-8
2-8
2-9
2-9
2-9
2-10
2-10
2-10
2-11
2-11
2-12
2-13
Pre–Power–up Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Objective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cabling Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DC Power Pre-test (BTS Frame) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-14
2-14
2-14
2-14
2-15
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
68P64114A42
PRELIMINARY 2
Table of Contents
– continued
Notes
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
68P64114A42
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Preliminary Operations: Overview
Introduction
This section first verifies proper frame equipage. This includes verifying
module placement, jumper, and dual in–line package (DIP) switch
settings against the site-specific documentation supplied for each BTS
application. Next, pre-power up and initial power-up procedures are
presented.
Cellsite Types
Sites are configured as with a maximum of 4 carriers, 3–sectored with a
maximum of 4 carriers, and 6–sectored with a maximum of 2 carriers.
Each type has unique characteristics and must be optimized accordingly.
For more information on the differences in site types, please refer to the
BTS/Modem Frame Hardware Installation manual.
CDF
The Cell-site Data File (CDF) contains site type and equipage data
information and passes it directly to the LMF during optimization. The
number of modem frames, C–CCP shelves, BBX2 and MCC24/MCC8E
boards (per cage), and linear power amplifier assignments are some of
the equipage data included in the CDF.
Site Equipage Verification
Review the site documentation. Match the site engineering equipage data
to the actual boards and modules shipped to the site. Physically inspect
and verify the equipment provided for the BTS or Modem frame and
ancillary equipment frame.
CAUTION
Always wear a conductive, high impedance wrist strap
while handling any circuit card/module to prevent damage
by ESD. After removal, the card/module should be placed
on a conductive surface or back into the anti–static bag it
was shipped in.
Initial Installation of
Boards/Modules
Table 2-1: Initial Installation of Boards/Modules
Step
Action
Refer to the site documentation and install all boards and modules into the appropriate shelves as
required. Verify they are NOT SEATED at this time.
As the actual site hardware is installed, record the serial number of each module on a “Serial Number
Checklist” in the site logbook.
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
2-1
Preliminary Operations: Overview
– continued
Setting Frame C–CCP Shelf
Configuration Switch
If the frame is a Starter BTS, the backplane switch settings behind the
fan module nearest the breaker panel should be set to the ON position
(see Figure 2-1).
The switch setting must be verified and set before power is applied to the
BTS equipment.
Figure 2-1: Backplane DIP Switch Settings
ON
OFF
STARTER FRAME
FAN MODULE
REMOVED
FAN
MODULE
FAN
MODULE
REAR
GLI2–1
MCC24–1
MCC24–2
MCC24–3
MCC24–4
MCC24–5
MCC24–6
MCC24–8
MCC24–9
MCC24–10
MCC24–11
MCC24–12
BBX2–7
MPC/EMPC–2
BBX2–10
BBX2–11
BBX2–12
Switch Card
BBX2–8
BBX2–9
MODEM
CCD–1
CSM–2
CCD–2
CSM–1
HSO/LFR
CIO
BBX2–1
BBX2–2
BBX2–3
AMR–1
GLI2–2
MCC24–7
MPC/EMPC–1
PWR/ALM
FRONT
AMR–2
PS–2
PS–1
19 mm Filter Panel
PS–3
PWR/ALM
FRONT
BBX2–4
BBX2–5
BBX2–6
BBX2–13
REAR
SC 4812ET C–CCP SHELF
2-2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
68P64114A42
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Power Cabinet Initial Power Up
Introduction
This section of the manual contains instructional information on the
proper power up procedure for the SC 4812ET BTS. Also presented in
this chapter is the Optimization/ATP tests to be preformed on the Power
cabinet. Please pay attention to all Cautions and Warning statements in
order to prevent accidental injury to personnel.
The following tools are used in the Power Cabinet Power Up procedures.
Required Tools
 Digital Voltmeter
 DC current clamp (600 Amp capability with jaw size to accommodate
2/0 cable).
 Hot Air Gun – (optional for part of the Alarm Verification)
Initial Inspection and Setup
CAUTION
Ensure all battery breakers for unused battery positions are
open (pulled out) during any part of the power up process,
and remain in the off position when leaving the site.
Verify that ALL AC and DC breakers are turned OFF in the Power
cabinet. Verify all DC circuit breakers are OFF in the RF cabinet. Verify
that the DC power cables between the Power and RF cabinets are
connected with the correct polarity
The RED cables connect to the uppermost three (3) terminals (marked
+) in both cabinets. Confirm that the split phase 240/120 AC supply is
correctly connected to the AC load center input.
CAUTION
Failure to connect the proper AC feed will damage the
surge protection module inside the AC load center.
Power Up Sequence
The first task in the power up sequence is to apply AC power to the
Power cabinet. Once power is applied a series of AC Voltage
measurements is required.
Table 2-2: AC Voltage Measurements
Step
Action
Measure the AC voltages connected to the AC load center (access the terminals from the rear of
the cabinet after removing the AC load center rear panel).
Measure the AC voltage from terminal L1 to neutral. This voltage should be in the range of
nominally 115 to 120 V AC.
. . . continued on next page
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
2-3
Power Cabinet Initial Power Up – continued
Table 2-2: AC Voltage Measurements
Step
Action
Measure the AC voltage from terminal L1 to ground. This voltage should be in the range of
nominally 115 to 120 V AC.
Measure the AC voltage from terminal L2 to neutral. This voltage should be in the range of
nominally 115 to 120 V AC.
Measure the AC voltage from terminal L2 to ground. This voltage should be in the range of
nominally 115 to 120 V AC.
CAUTION
If the AC voltages are in excess of 120 V (or exceed 200
V) when measuring between terminals L1 or L2 to neutral
or ground, STOP and Do Not proceed until the cause of
the higher voltages are determined. The power cabinet
WILL be damaged if the Main breaker is turned on with
excessive voltage on the inputs.
When the input voltages are verified as correct, turn the Main AC
breaker (located on the front of the AC Load Center) ON. Observe that
all eight (8) green LEDs on the front of the AC Load Center are
illuminated.
Turn Rectifier 1 and Rectifier 2 AC branch breakers (on the AC Load
Center) ON. All the installed rectifier modules will start up and should
each have two green LEDs (DC and Power) illuminated.
Turn the DMAC (Digital Metering and Alarms Control) module, ON
while observing the K2 contact in the PDA assembly. The contact should
close. The DMAC voltage meter should read approximately 27.4 + 0.2
VDC.
Turn the TCP (Temperature Control Panel) ON, .The DMAC should not
be have any alarm LEDs illuminated .
Check the rectifier current bargraph displays. None should be
illuminated at this point.
NOTE
If batteries are fitted, turn on the two battery heater AC
breakers on the AC Load Center.
2-4
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Power Cabinet Initial Power Up – continued
Power Up Tests
Table 2-3 lists the step–by–step instructions for Power Up Tests.
Table 2-3: Power Up Tests
Step
Action
Probe the output voltage test point on the DMAC while pressing the 25° C set button on the TCP.
The voltage should read 27.4 + 0.2 VDC. Adjust Master Voltage on DMAC if necessary. Release
the TCP 25° C set button.
Depending on the ambient temperature, the voltage reading may now change by up to + 1.5 V
compared to the reading just measured. If it is cooler than 25C, the voltage will be higher, and if
it is warmer than 25C, the voltage will be lower.
Close the three (3) Main DC breakers on the Power Cabinet ONLY. Close by holding in the reset
button on the front of the PDA, and engaging one breaker at a time.
Measure the voltage between the + and – terminals at the rear of the Power Cabinet and the RF
Cabinet, observing that the polarity is correct. The voltage should be the same as the measurement
in step 2.
Place the probes across the black and red battery buss bars in each battery compartment. Place the
probe at the bottom of the buss bars where the cables are connected. The DC voltage should
measure the same as the previous step.
Battery Charge Test
Table 2-4 lists the step–by–step instructions for testing the batteries.
Table 2-4: Battery Charge Test
Step
Action
Close the battery compartment breakers for connected batteries ONLY. This process should be
completed quickly to avoid individual battery strings with excess charge current
NOTE
If the batteries are sufficiently discharged, the battery circuit breakers may not engage individually
due to the surge current. If this condition is observed, turn off the DMAC power switch, and then
engage all the connected battery circuit breakers, the DMAC power switch should then be turned
on.
Using the DC current probe, measure the current in each of the battery string connections to the
buss bars in each battery cabinet. The charge current may initially be high but should quickly
reduce in a few minutes if the batteries have a typical new battery charge level.
The current in each string should be approximately equal (+ 5 amps).
. . . continued on next page
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
2-5
Power Cabinet Initial Power Up – continued
Table 2-4: Battery Charge Test
Step
Action
The bargraph meters on the rectifier modules can be used as a rough estimate of the total battery
charge current. Each rectifier module has eight (8) LEDs to represent the output current. Each
illuminated LED indicates that approximately 12.5% (1/8 or 8.75 Amps) of the rectifiers
maximum (70 Amps) current is flowing.
EXAMPLE:
Question: A system fitted with three (3) rectifier modules each have three bargraph LEDs
illuminated. What is the total output current into the batteries?
Answer: Each bargraph is approximately indicating 12.5% of 70 Amps, therefore, 3 X 8.75 equals
26.25 Amps. As there are three rectifiers, the total charge current is equal to (3 X 26.25 A) 78.75
Amps.
This charge current calculation only applies at this part of the start up procedure, when the RF
Cabinet is not powered on, and the power cabinet heat exchanger is turned off.
Allow a few minutes to ensure that the battery charge current stabilizes before taking any further
action. Recheck the battery current in each string. If the batteries had a reasonable charge, the
current in each string should reduce to less than 5A.
Recheck the DC output voltage. It should remain the same as measured in step 4 of the Power Up
Test.
NOTE
If discharged batteries are installed, all bargraphs may be illuminated on the rectifiers during the
charge test. This indicates that the rectifiers are at full capacity and are rapidly charging the
batteries. It is recommended in this case that the batteries are allowed to charge and stabilize as in
the above step before commissioning the site. This could take several hours.
RF Cabinet Power Up
Table 2-5 covers the procedures for properly powering up the RF
Cabinet.
Table 2-5: RF Cabinet Power Up
Step
Action
Turn the 400 Amp Main DC breaker in the RF Cabinet ON.
NOTE
Ensure that no alarms or voltage change has occurred in the power cabinet, and that the power
cabinet Main DC breakers have not tripped. The rectifier bargraph readings should be the same as
before the main breaker in the RF cabinet was turned ON.
Proceed to RF cabinet power up sequence.
The RF Cabinet ATP procedure can now proceed in parallel with the remaining Power Supply
Cabinet tests.
. . . continued on next page
2-6
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Power Cabinet Initial Power Up – continued
Table 2-5: RF Cabinet Power Up
Step
Action
Measure the voltage drop between the Power Cabinet meter test point and the 27 V buss bar inside
the RF Cabinet PDA while the RF Cabinet is transmitting.
NOTE
For a three (3) sector carrier system, the voltage drop should be less than 0.2 VDC.
For a twelve (12) sector carrier system, the voltage drop should be less than 0.3 VDC.
Using a DC current probe, measure the current in each of the six (6) DC cables that are connected
between the RF and Power Cabinet. The DC current measured should be approximately the same.
If there is a wide variation between one cable and the others (>10 A), check the tightness of the
connections (torque settings) at each end of the cable.
Battery Discharge Test
The test procedures in Table 2-6 should only be performed when the
battery current is less than 5 A per string. Refer to Table 2-4 on the
procedures for checking current levels.
Table 2-6: Battery Discharge Test
Step
Action
Turn the battery test switch on the DMAC ON. The rectifier output voltage and current should
decrease as the batteries assume the load. Alarms for the DMAC may occur.
Measure the individual battery string current using the DC current probe. The battery discharge
current in each string should be approximately the same (within + 5 A).
Turn Battery Test Switch OFF.
Heat Exchanger Test
Table 2-7: Heat Exchanger Test
Step
Action
Turn the Power Cabinet Heat Exchanger breakers ON.
The Heat Exchanger will now go into a 5 minute test sequence. Ensure that the internal and
external fans are operating. Place a hand on the internal and external Heat Exchanger grills to feel
for air draft.
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
2-7
Power Cabinet Initial Power Up – continued
Alarm Verification
The alarms test should be performed at a convenient point in the RF
Cabinet ATP procedure, since an LMF is necessary to ensure that the RF
Cabinet is receiving the appropriate alarms from the Power Cabinet.
The SC 4812ET is capable of concurrently monitoring 10 customer
defined input signals and four customer defined outputs, which interface
to the 50–pin punchblock. All alarms are defaulted to “Not Equipped”
during ATP testing. Testing of these inputs is achieved by triggering the
alarms and monitoring the LMF for state–transition messages from the
active MGLI2.
All customer alarms are routed through the 50 pair punchblock located
in the I/O compartment at the back of the frame. Testing is best
accomplished by using a specialized connector that interfaces to the
50–pair punchblock. This connector is wired so that customer return 1 (2
for the B side) is connected to every input, CDI 0 through CDI 17.
Alarm Reporting Display
The Alarm Monitor window can be displayed to list alarms that occur
after the window is displayed. To access the Alarm Monitor window,
select Util>Alarm Monitor.
The following buttons are included.
 The Options button allows for a severity level (Warning, Minor, and
Major) selection. The default is all levels. To change the level of
alarms reported click on the Options button and highlight the desired
alarm level(s). To select multiple levels press the Ctrl key (for
individual selections) or Shift key (for a range of selections) while
clicking on the desired levels.
 The Pause button can be used to pause/stop the display of alarms.
When the Pause button is clicked the name of the button changes to
Continue. When the Continue button is click the display of alarms
will continue. Alarms that occur between the time the Pause button is
clicked and the Continue button is clicked will not be displayed.
 The Clear button can be used to clear the Alarm Monitor display.
New alarms that occur after the Clear button is clicked will be
displayed.
 The Dismiss button is used to dismiss/close the Alarm Monitor
display.
Heat Exchanger Alarm Test
Table 2-8 gives instructions on testing the Heat Exchanger alarm.
2-8
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Power Cabinet Initial Power Up – continued
Table 2-8: Heat Exchanger Alarm
Step
Action
Turn circuit breaker “B” of the Heat Exchanger circuit breakers OFF. This will generate a Heat
Exchanger alarm, ensure that the LMF reports the correct alarm condition in the RF Cabinet.
Alarm condition will be reported as BTS Relay 25 – contact alarm.
Turn the circuit breaker “B” ON. Ensure that the alarm condition is now removed.
NOTE
The Heat Exchanger will go through the Start Up sequence.
Door Alarm
Table 2-9 gives instructions on testing the door alarms.
Table 2-9: Door Alarm
Step
Action
Close all doors on the Power Cabinet. Ensure that no alarms are reported on the LMF.
Alarm condition will be reported as BTS Relay 27 – contact alarm.
Individually open and then close each power supply cabinet door. Ensure that the LMF reports an
alarm when each door is opened.
AC Fail Alarm
Table 2-10 gives instructions on testing the AC Fail Alarm.
Table 2-10: AC Fail Alarm
Step
Action
NOTE
The batteries should have a stable charge before performing this test.
Turn the Main AC breaker on the Power Cabinet OFF. The LMF should report an alarm on an AC
Fail (Rectifier Fail, Minor Alarm & Major Alarm) condition.
Alarm condition will be reported as BTS–23, BTS–21, BTS–24 and BTS–29 contacts
respectively.
Turn the Main AC breaker on the Power Cabinet ON. The AC Fail alarm should clear.
Minor Alarm
Table 2-11gives instructions on testing minor alarm.
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
2-9
Power Cabinet Initial Power Up – continued
Table 2-11: Minor Alarm
Step
Action
Turn the TCP power switch OFF. This will generate a minor alarm. Verify that the minor alarm
LED (amber) is illuminated on the DMAC and the LMF reports this minor alarm.
Alarm condition will be reported as BTS–24 contact.
Turn the TCP power switch ON. The alarm condition should clear.
Rectifier Alarms
The following series of tests are for single rectifier modules in a multiple
rectifier system. The systems include a three rectifier and a six rectifier
system.
Single Rectifier Failure
Table 2-11 gives instructions on testing single rectifier failure or minor
alarm in a three (3) rectifier system.
Table 2-12: Single Rectifier Fail or Minor Alarm
Step
Action
Remove a single rectifier module and place it into the unused rectifier shelf #2.
Turn the AC breaker OFF, for this 2nd shelf.
Verify that a rectifier fail alarm is generated. The single rectifier module will illuminate two (2)
RED fail LED (DC and Power), and the DMAC and LMF will also indicate a minor alarm and
rectifier fail status. The RECTIFIER FAIL LED will illuminate.
Check that the LMF reports both of these alarm conditions. Alarm condition will be reported as
BTS–24 and BTS–21 contacts respectively.
Turn the AC breaker for the 2nd shelf ON and verify that Rectifier Fail and minor alarm
conditions clear on the DMAC and LMF.
Multiple Rectifier Failure
Table 2-13gives instructions on testing multiple rectifier failure or major
alarm in a three (3) rectifier system.
Table 2-13: Multiple Rectifier Failure or Major Alarm
Step
Action
With the rectifier module still in the unused shelf position from Table 2-12 test procedures, turn
the AC breaker for the 1st shelf OFF.
Verify that a rectifier alarm is generated. Each of the two rectifier modules will illuminate two (2)
RED fail LED (DC and Power), and the DMAC and LMF will indicate a major alarm (Rectifier
Fail and Major Alarm). The RECTIFIER FAIL LED will illuminate.
. . . continued on next page
2-10
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Power Cabinet Initial Power Up – continued
Table 2-13: Multiple Rectifier Failure or Major Alarm
Step
Action
Verify that the LMF reports both alarm conditions. Alarm condition will be reported as BTS–29
and BTS–21 contacts respectively.
Turn the AC breaker for the 1st shelf ON. Verify that all alarms have cleared.
Return the rectifier module to its original location. This completes the alarm test on the Power
Cabinet.
Single Rectifier Failure
Table 2-14 gives instructions on testing single rectifier failure or minor
alarm in a six (6) rectifier system.
Table 2-14: Single Rectifier Fail or Minor Alarm
Step
Action
Remove two(2) rectifier modules from shelf #2.
Turn the AC breaker OFF, for shelf #2.
Verify that a rectifier fail alarm is generated. The single rectifier module will illuminate two (2)
RED fail LED (DC and Power), and the DMAC and LMF will also indicate a minor alarm and
rectifier fail status. The RECTIFIER FAIL LED will illuminate.
Check that the LMF reports both of these alarm conditions. Alarm condition will be reported as
BTS–24 and BTS–31 contacts respectively.
Turn the AC breaker for this shelf ON and verify that Rectifier Fail and Minor Alarm conditions
have cleared.
Multiple Rectifier Failure
Table 2-15 gives instructions on testing multiple rectifier failure or major
alarm in a six (6) rectifier system.
Table 2-15: Multiple Rectifier Failure or Major Alarm
Step
Action
Replace one rectifier module previously removed and turn the AC breaker for this shelf, OFF.
Verify that a rectifier alarm is generated. Each of the two rectifier modules will illuminate a RED
fail LED, and the DMAC will indicate a major alarm. The RECTIFIER FAIL LED will
illuminate.
Verify that the LMF reports both alarm conditions. Alarm condition will be reported as BTS–29
contact.
. . . continued on next page
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
2-11
Power Cabinet Initial Power Up – continued
Table 2-15: Multiple Rectifier Failure or Major Alarm
Step
Action
Turn the AC breaker for this shelf ON. Verify that all alarms have cleared.
Return all rectifier module to their original location. This completes the rectifier alarm tests on the
Power Cabinet.
Battery Over Temperature
Alarm (Optional ONLY)
CAUTION
Use special care to avoid damaging insulation on cables, or
damaging battery cases when using a power heat gun.
Table 2-16 gives instructions on testing the battery over temperature
alarm system.
Table 2-16: Battery Over Temperature Alarm
Step
Action
Use a low powered heat gun and gently heat the battery over temperature sensor. Do Not hold the
hot air gun closer than three (3) inches to the sensor. This will avoid burning the cable insulation.
When the sensor is heated to approximately 50° C, a battery Over Temperature alarm is generated.
NOTE
An auditable click will sound as K1 contacts engage and K2 contacts disengage.
Visually inspect the K1 and K2 relays to verify state changes. The LMF should be displaying
correct alarms. Alarm condition will be reported as BTS–22 contact.
Verify that the CHARGE DISABLE LED (amber) on the DMAC and the BATTERY MAIN LED
(green) are both illuminated.
Switch the hot air gun to cool. Cool the sensor until the K1 and K2 contact return to normal
position (K1 open and K2 closed). Using the LMF verify that all alarms have cleared.
2-12
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Power Cabinet Initial Power Up – continued
Rectifier Over Temperature
Alarm
NOTE
This is the J8 on the rear of the DMAC itself, this is not
connector J8 on the connector bulkhead at the rear of the
cabinet.
Table 2-16 gives instructions on testing the battery over temperature
alarm system.
Table 2-17: Rectifier Over Temperature Alarm
Step
Action
Remove the J8 link on the rear of the DMAC.
NOTE
This is the J8 on the rear of the DMAC itself, this is not connector J8 on the connector bulkhead at
the rear of the cabinet.
Verify that RECTIFIER OVERTEMP LED (red) is illuminated. Contacts on K1 and K2 change
states (K1 now closed and K2 open).
Verify that the LMF has reported an alarm condition. Alarm condition will be reported as BTS–26
contact.
Reinstall J8 connector and verify that all alarm conditions have cleared. K1 and K2 should now be
in their normal states (K1 open and K2 closed).
This completes the system tests of the SC 4812ET Power Cabinet.
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
2-13
Pre–Power–up Tests
Objective
This procedure checks for any electrical short circuits and verifies the
operation and tolerances of the cellsite and BTS power supply units prior
to applying power for the first time.
Test Equipment
The following test equipment is required to complete the pre–power–up
tests:
 Digital Multimeter (DMM)
CAUTION
Always wear a conductive, high impedance wrist strap
while handling the any circuit card/module to prevent
damage by ESD.
Cabling Inspection
Using the site-specific documentation generated by Motorola Systems
Engineering, verify that the following cable systems are properly
connected:
 Receive RF cabling – up to 12 RX cables
 Transmit RF cabling – up to six TX cables
IMPORTANT
For positive power applications (+27 V):
 The positive power cable is red.
 The negative power cable is black. (The black power
cable is at ground potential.)
2-14
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Pre–Power–up Tests – continued
DC Power Pre-test (BTS Frame)
Before applying any power to the BTS cabinet, follow the steps outlined
in Table 2-18 while referring to Figure 2-2 to verify there are no shorts in
the RF or Power Cabinet’s DC distribution system.
Table 2-18: DC Power Pre–test (RF Cabinet and Power Cabinet)
Step
Action
Physically verify that all DC/DC converters supplying power to the cabinets are OFF or disabled.
On each RF cabinet:
 Unseat all circuit boards/ modules in the distribution shelf, transceiver shelf, and Single Carrier
Linear Power Amplifier (SCLPA) shelves, but leave them in their associated slots.
 Unseat all circuit boards (except CCD and CIO cards) in the C–CCP shelf and LPA shelves, but
leave them in their associated slots.
 Set C–CCP shelf breakers to the OFF position by pulling out power distribution breakers (labeled
C–CCP 1, 2, 3 – located on the power distribution panel).
 Set LPA breakers to the OFF position by pulling out power distribution breakers (8 breakers,
labeled 1A–1B through 4C–4D – located on the power distribution panel).
– 1A through 3B – ELPA breakers (earlier model breaker panel – use breakers 1 through 24)
Verify that the resistance from the power (+ or –) feed terminals with respect to the ground terminal on
the cabinet measures > 500 Ω.
 If reading is < 500 Ω, a short may exist somewhere in the DC distribution path supplied by the
breaker. Isolate the problem before proceeding. A reading > 3 MΩ could indicate an open (or
missing) bleeder resistor (installed across the filter capacitors behind the breaker panel).
Set the C–CCP breakers (C–CCP 1, 2, 3) to the ON position by pushing them IN one at a time.
Repeat step 3 after turning on each breaker.
* IMPORTANT
If, after inserting any board/module, the ohmmeter stays at 0 Ω, a short probably exists in that
board/module. Replace the suspect board/module and repeat the test. If test still fails, isolate the
problem before proceeding.
Insert and lock the DC/DC converter modules into their associated slots one at a time. Repeat step 3
after inserting each module.
 A typical response is that the ohmmeter will steadily climb in resistance as capacitors charge, finally
indicating approximately 500 Ω.
! CAUTION
Verify the correct power/converter modules by observing the locking/retracting tabs appear as follows:
–
(in +27 volt systems)
Insert and lock all remaining circuit boards and modules into their associated slots in the C–CCP shelf.
Repeat step 3 after inserting and locking each board or module.
 A typical response is that the ohmmeter will steadily climb in resistance as capacitors charge,
stopping at approximately 500 Ω..
. . . continued on next page
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
2-15
Pre–Power–up Tests – continued
Table 2-18: DC Power Pre–test (RF Cabinet and Power Cabinet)
Step
Action
Set the 8 LPA breakers ON by pushing them IN one at a time. Repeat step 3 after turning on each
breaker.
 A typical response is that the ohmmeter will steadily climb in resistance as capacitors charge,
stopping at approximately 500 Ω..
Plug all LPAs and EBA fan module into associated plugs in the chassis one at a time. Repeat step 3
after connecting each LPA and EBA fan module.
 A typical response is that the ohmmeter will steadily climb in resistance as capacitors charge,
stopping at approximately 500 Ω..
 Disconnect Ohm meter after all tests are successfully completed.
Seat the heat exchanger, ETIB, and Options breaker one at a time. Repeat Step 3.
Figure 2-2: DC Distribution Pre-test
400
MAIN BREAKER
LPA1A
LPA1B
LPA1C
1A
1C
30
30
LPA1D
1B
30
2B
2C
30
2D
LPA2A
LPA2C
LPA2B
1D
2A
LPA2D
LPA3A
LPA3B
LPA3C
3A
30
3B
3C
30
3D
LPA3D
LPA4A
30
4B
4C
30
4D
C 1
P 3
LPA4B
LPA4C
4A
50
LPA4D
SC 4812ET BTS RF Cabinet
50
50
15
LPA
BLOWER
15 HEAT EXCHANGER
ETIB
10
OPTIONS
10
CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
2-16
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Chapter 3: Optimization/Calibration
Table of Contents
July 1999
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cell–site Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cell–site Data File (CDF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTS System Software Download . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Site Equipage Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-1
3-1
3-1
3-2
3-2
Isolate Span Lines/Connect LMF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Isolate BTS from T1/E1 Spans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Alarm and Span Line Cable Pin/Signal Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Channel Service Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LMF to BTS Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-3
3-3
3-3
3-3
3-7
Preparing the LMF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Update Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Updating CBSC LMF Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Folder Structure Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
wlmf Folder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
cdma Folder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
bts–nnn Folders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
bts–nnn.cal File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
bts–nnn.cdf File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
cbsc File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
loads folder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
version Folder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
code Folder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
data Folder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Logging Into a BTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Logging Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pinging the Processors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
What is Ping? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-9
3-9
3-9
3-9
3-11
3-11
3-11
3-12
3-12
3-13
3-13
3-13
3-13
3-14
3-15
3-15
3-16
3-17
3-17
Using CDMA LMF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graphical User Interface Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selecting and Deselecting Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enabling Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Disabling Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Resetting Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Getting Status of Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sorting a Status Report Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-19
3-19
3-20
3-21
3-22
3-22
3-22
3-23
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
68P64114A42
PRELIMINARY 2
Table of Contents
– continued
Download the BTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Download Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Download Data to Non–MGLI Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enable CSMs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enable MCCs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-24
3-24
3-24
3-25
3-26
3-28
CSM System Time – GPS & HSO Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CSM & LFR Background . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Panel LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
High Stability Oscillator (HSO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equipment Warm–up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CSM frequency verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Equipment Setup (GPS & LFR/HSO Verification) . . . . . . . . . . .
GPS Initialization/Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LORAN–C Initialization/Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-29
3-29
3-29
3-30
3-30
3-30
3-31
3-34
3-38
Test Equipment Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting Test Equipment to the BTS: Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equipment Warm-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Null Modem Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-40
3-40
3-42
3-42
3-42
Test Set Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Background . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selecting Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manually Selecting Test Equipment in a Serial Connection Tab . . . . .
Automatically Selecting Test Equipment in a Serial Connection Tab . .
Network Test Equipment Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manually Selecting Test Equipment Using the Network Tab . . . . . . . .
Automatically Selecting Test Equipment Using the Network Tab . . . .
Calibrating Test Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibrating Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibrating Cables with a CDMA Analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibrating TX Cables Using a Signal Generator and
Spectrum Analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibrating RX Cables Using a Signal Generator and
Spectrum Analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setting Cable Loss Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-51
3-51
3-51
3-52
3-52
3-53
3-53
3-54
3-54
3-55
3-55
3-56
Bay Level Offset Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RF Path Bay Level Offset Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
When to Re-calibrate BLOs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TX Path Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BLO Calibration Data File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test Equipment Setup: RF Path Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transmit (TX) Path Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TX Calibration Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exception Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-61
3-61
3-61
3-61
3-62
3-63
3-65
3-66
3-66
3-67
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
68P64114A42
PRELIMINARY 2
3-57
3-58
3-60
July 1999
Table of Contents
July 1999
– continued
Download BLOs to BBX2s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Download BLO Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibration Audit Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transmit (TX) Path Audit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TX Audit Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exception Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
All Cal/Audit test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Create CAL File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-67
3-67
3-67
3-68
3-69
3-69
3-70
3-71
RFDS Setup and Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RFDS Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RFDS Parameter Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RFDS TSU NAM Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Explanation of Parameters used when Programming the TSU NAM . .
Valid NAM Ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Program TSU NAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prerequisite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Program TSU NAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prerequisites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RFDS Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-72
3-72
3-72
3-74
3-74
3-75
3-76
3-76
3-76
3-76
3-77
Transmit & Receive Antenna VSWR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Test equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equipment Setup – HP Test Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-79
3-79
3-79
3-80
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
68P64114A42
PRELIMINARY 2
Table of Contents
– continued
Notes
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
68P64114A42
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Optimization/Calibration – Introduction
Introduction
This section describes procedures for downloading system operating
software, set up of the supported test equipment, CSM reference
verification/optimization, and transmit/receive path verification.
Cell–site Types
Sites are configured as Omni/Omni or Sector/Sector (TX/RX). Each type
has unique characteristics and must be optimized accordingly.
NOTE
For more information on the differences in site types,
please refer to the applicable BTS/Modem Frame Hardware
Installation and Functional Hardware Description
manuals.
Cell–site Data File (CDF)
The CDF includes the following information:
 Download instructions and protocol
 Site specific equipage information
 C–CCP shelf allocation plan
– BBX2 equipage (based on cell–site type) including redundancy
– CSM equipage including redundancy
– Multi Channel Card 24 (MCC24 or MCC8E) channel element
allocation plan. This plan indicates how the C–CCP shelf is
configured, and how the paging, synchronization, traffic, and access
channel elements (and associated gain values) are assigned among
the (up to 12) MCC24s or MCC8Es in the shelf.
 CSM equipage including redundancy
 Effective Rated Power (ERP) table for all TX channels to antennas
respectively. Motorola System Engineering specifies the ERP of a
transmit antenna based on site geography, antenna placement, and
government regulations. Working from this ERP requirement, the
antenna gain, (dependent on the units of measurement specified) and
antenna feed line loss can be combined to determine the required
power at the top of the BTS frame. The corresponding BBX2 output
level required to achieve that power level on any channel/sector can
also be determined.
NOTE
Refer to the CDMA Operator’s Guide, 68P64114A21, for
additional information on the layout of the LMF directory
structure (including CDF file locations and formats).
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
3-1
Optimization/Calibration – Introduction – continued
BTS System Software
Download
BTS system software must be successfully downloaded to the BTS
processor boards before optimization can be performed. BTS operating
code is loaded from the LMF computer terminal. Before you can log
into a site, the LMF must have a BTS folder for that site. Whenever
there is a new release of BTS system software (binaries), it must first be
loaded on the LMF from a CD–ROM before it can be downloaded to the
BTS. The CDF is normally obtained from the CBSC on a floppy disk or
through a file transfer protocol (ftp) if the LMF computer has the
capability.
Site Equipage Verification
If you have not already done so, use an LMF to view the CDF, and
review the site documentation. Verify the site engineering equipage data
in the CDF to the actual site hardware.
CAUTION
Always wear a conductive, high impedance wrist strap
while handling any circuit card/module to prevent damage
by ESD. Extreme care should be taken during the removal
and installation of any card/module. After removal, the
card/module should be placed on a conductive surface or
back into the anti–static bag in which it was shipped.
3-2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Isolate Span Lines/Connect LMF
Isolate BTS from T1/E1 Spans
IMPORTANT
– At active sites, the OMC/CBSC must disable the
BTS and place it out of service (OOS). DO NOT
remove the span surge protectors until the
OMC/CBSC has disabled the BTS!
Each frame is equipped with one 50 pair punchblock for spans, customer
alarms, remote GPS, and power cabinet alarms (see Figure 3-1 and
Table 3-1). To disable the span, pull out the surge protectors for the
respective span.
Before connecting the LMF to the frame LAN, the OMC/CBSC must
disable the BTS and place it OOS to allow the LMF to control the
CDMA BTS. This prevents the CBSC from inadvertently sending
control information to the CDMA BTS during LMF based tests.
Alarm and Span Line Cable
Pin/Signal Information
Table 3-1 lists the complete pin/signal identification for the 50–pin
punch block.
Channel Service Unit
The channel service unit (CSU) contains a modular Eternet jack on its
fron panel, allowing Eternet UP access to CSUs installed in the same
shelf Each 19 inch rack can support two CSU (M–PATH 538) modules.
Each module supports one span connection. Programming of the CSU is
accomplished through the DCE 9–pin connector on the front panel.
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
3-3
Isolate Span Lines/Connect LMF – continued
Figure 3-1: Punch Block for Span I/O
STRAIN RELIEVE INCOMING
CABLE TO BRACKET WITH
TIE WRAPS
RF Cabinet I/O Area
LEGEND
1T = PAIR 1 – TIP
1R = PAIR 1 –RING
”
”
”
”
”
”
2R
2T
1R
1T
Surge protectors
49T
1T 1R 2T 2R
49R
50T
50R
TOP VIEW OF PUNCH BLOCK
3-4
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
LMF Connection to the BTS – continued
Table 3-1: Pin–Out for 50 Pin Punch Block
Signal Name
Pin
Color
Power Cab Control – NC
Power Cab Control – NO
1T
1R
Blue
Blk/Blue
Power Cab Control – Com
2T
Reserved
Signal Name
Color
Customer Outputs 4 – NO
Customer Outputs 4–COM
18R
19T
Yellow
Customer Outputs 4 – NC
19R
2R
N/C
Customer Inputs 1
20T
Rectifier Fail
3T
Blk/Yello
Cust_Rtn_A_1
20R
AC Fail
3R
Green
Customer Inputs 2
21T
Power Cab Exchanger Fail
4T
Blk/Grn
Cust_Rtn_A_2
21R
Power Cab Door Alarm
4R
White
Customer Inputs 3
22T
Power Cab Major Alarm
5T
Blk/Whit
Cust_Rtn_A_3
22R
Battery Over Temp
5R
Red
Customer Inputs 4
23T
Power Cab Minor Alarm
6T
Blk/Red
Cust_Rtn_A_4
23R
Reticifier Over Temp
6R
Brown
Customer Inputs 5
24T
Power Cab Alarm Rtn
7T
Blk/Brn
Cust_Rtn_A_5
24R
LFR_HSO_GND
7R
Customer Inputs 6
25T
EXT_1PPS_POS
8T
Cust_Rtn_A_6
25R
EXT_1PPS_NEG
8R
Customer Inputs 7
26T
CAL_+
9T
Cust_Rtn_A_7
26R
CAB_–
9R
Customer Inputs 8
27T
LORAN_+
10T
Cust_Rtn_A_8
27R
LORAN_–
10R
Customer Inputs 9
28T
Pilot Beacon Alarm – Minor
11T
Cust_Rtn_A_9
28R
Pilot Beacon Alarm – Rtn
11R
Customer Inputs 10
29T
Pilot Beacon Alarm – Major
12T
Cust_Rtn_A_10
29R
Pilot Beacon Control – NO
12R
RVC_TIP_A
30T
Pilot Beacon Control–COM
13T
RVC_RING_A
30R
Pilot Beacon Control – NC
13R
XMIT_TIP_A
31T
Customer Outputs 1 – NO
14T
XMIT_RING_A
31R
Customer Outputs 1 – COM
14R
RVC_TIP_B
32T
Customer Outputs 1 – NC
15T
RVC_RING_B
32R
Customer Outputs 2 – NO
15R
XMIT_TIP_B
33T
Customer Outputs 2 – COM
16T
XMIT_RING_B
33R
Customer Outputs 2 – NC
16R
RVC_TIP_C
34T
Customer Outputs 3 – NO
17T
RVC_RING_C
34R
Customer Outputs 3 – COM
17R
XMIT_TIP_C
35T
Customer Outputs 3 – NC
18T
July 1999
Pin
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
3-5
Isolate Span Lines/Connect LMF – continued
Pin–Out for 50 Pin Punch Block (Continued)
XMIT_RING_C
35R
GPS_POWER_1+
42T
Blue
RVC_TIP_D
36T
GPS_POWER_1–
42R
Bk/Blue
RVC_RING_D
36R
GPS_POWER_2+
43T
Yellow
XMIT_TIP_D
37T
GPS_POWER_2–
43R Bk/Yello
XMIT_RING_D
37R
GPS_RX+
44T
Green
RVC_TIP_E
38T
GPS_RX–
44R
Bk/Grn
RVC_RING_E
38R
GPS_TX+
45T
White
XMIT_TIP_E
39T
GPS_TX–
45R Bk/White
XMIT_RING_E
39R
Signal Ground (TDR+)
46T
Red
RVC_TIP_F
40T
Master Frame (TDR–)
46R
Bk/Red
RVC_RING_F
40R
GPS_lpps+
47T
Brown
XMIT_TIP_F
41T
GPS_lpps–
47R
Bk/Brn
XMIT_RING_F
41R
Telco_Modem_T
48T
Telco_Modem_R
48R
Chasis Ground
49T
Reserved
3-6
49R, 50T, 50R
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
LMF Connection to the BTS – continued
Table 3-2: T1/E1 Span Isolation
Step
Action
From the OMC/CBSC, disable the BTS and place it OOS.
– The T1/E1 span 50–pin TELCO cable connected to the BTS frame SPAN I/O board J1 connector
can be removed from both Span I/O boards, if equipped, to isolate the spans.
* IMPORTANT
Verify that you remove the SPAN cable, not the “MODEM/TELCO” connector.
LMF to BTS Connection
The LMF is connected to the LAN A or B connector located on the left
side of the frame’s lower air intake grill, behind the LAN Cable Access
door (see Figure 3-2).
Table 3-3: LMF to BTS Connection
Step
Action
To gain access to the connectors, open the LAN Cable Access door, then pull apart the Velcro tape
covering the BNC ”T” connector and slide out the computer service tray, if desired. See Figure 3-2.
Connect the LMF to the LAN A BNC connector via PCMCIA Ethernet Adapter with an unshielded
twisted–pair (UTP) Adapter and 10BaseT/10Base2 converter (powered by an external AC/DC
transformer).
NOTE
– Xircom Model PE3–10B2 or equivalent can also be used to interface the LMF Ethernet
connection to the frame connected to the PC parallel port, powered by an external AC/DC
transformer. In this case, the BNC cable must not exceed 91 cm (3 ft) in length.
* IMPORTANT
The LAN shield is isolated from chassis ground. The LAN shield (exposed portion of BNC
connector) must not touch the chassis during optimization.
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
3-7
Isolate Span Lines/Connect LMF – continued
Figure 3-2: LMF Connection Detail
ÁÁ
Á
Á
Open LAN CABLE ACCESS door.
Á
Pull apart Velcro tape and gain access to
the LAN A or LAN B LMF BNC connector.
LMF BNC “T” CONNECTIONS ON LEFT
SIDE OF FRAME (ETHERNET “A”
SHOWN; ETHERNET “B” COVERED
WITH VELCRO TAPE)
10BASET/10BASE2
CONVERTER CONNECTS
DIRECTLY TO BNC T
4 1
5 2
6 3
LMF
COMPUTER
TERMINAL
WITH MOUSE
3-8
PCMCIA ETHERNET
ADPATER & ETHERNET
UTP ADAPTER
UNIVERSAL TWISTED PAIR (UTP)
CABLE (RJ11 CONNECTORS)
115 VAC POWER
CONNECTION
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Preparing the LMF
Overview
Software and files for installation and updating of LMF are provided on
CD ROM disks. The following installation items must be available:
 LMF Program on CD ROM
 LMF Binaries on CD ROM
 Configuration Data File (CDF) File for each supported BTS (on
floppy disk or available from the CBSC)
 CBSC File for each supported BTS (on floppy disk or available from
the CBSC)
The section that follows provides information and instructions for
installing and updating LMF software and files.
Update Procedure
Follow the procedure in Table 3-4 to update the LMF program and
binaries.
 Install the LMF program using the LMF CD ROM and follow the
procedure in Table 3-4.
 Install binary files using the LMF CD ROM and follow the procedure
in Table 3-4.
 folders in the wlmf\cdma folder.
 Move applicable CDF and CBSC files into each BTS folder.
Table 3-4: CD ROM Installation
 Step
July 1999
Action
Insert the LMF Program CD ROM disk into the LMF CD
ROM drive.
– If the Setup screen is displayed, follow the
instructions provided.
– If the Setup screen is not displayed, proceed to step
2.
Click on the Start button.
Select Run.
Enter d:\autorun in the Open box and click on the OK
button.
(If applicable, replace the letter d with the correct
CD ROM drive letter.)
Follow the directions displayed in the Setup screen.
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
3-9
Preparing the LMF
– continued
Updating CBSC LMF Files
After completion of the TX calibration and audit, updated CAL file
information must be moved from the LMF Windows environment back
to the CBSC, residing in a Unix environment. The following procedures
detail moving files from one environment to the other.
Copying CAL files from LMF to a Disk
Follow the procedures in Table 3-5 to copy the CAL files from an LMF
computer to a 3.5 diskette.
Table 3-5: Procedures to Copy Files to a Diskette
 Step
Action
Insert a disk into Drive A:.
Launch Windows Explorer from your Programs menu list.
Select the applicable wlmf/cdma/bts–# folder.
Drag the bts–#.cal file to drive A.
Repeat Steps 3 and 4 as required for other bts–# folders.
Copying CAL Files from Diskette to the CBSC
Follow the procedures in Table 3-6 to copy CAL files from a diskette to
the CBSC.
Table 3-6: Procedures to Copy CAL Files from Diskette to the CBSC
 Step
Action
Log in to the CBSC on the workstation using your account name and password.
Place your diskette containing calibration file(s) in the workstation diskette drive.
Type in the following and press the Enter key.
=> eject –q
Type in the following and press the Enter key.
=> mount
NOTE
Check to see that the message “floppy/no_name” is displayed on the last line.
Type in the following and press the Enter key.
=> cd /floppy/no_name
Type in the following and press the Enter key.
=> cp /floppy/no_name/bts–#.cal bts–#.cal
Type in the following and press the Enter key.
=> pwd
Verify you are in your home directory
. . . continued on next page
3-10
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Preparing the LMF – continued
Table 3-6: Procedures to Copy CAL Files from Diskette to the CBSC
 Step
Action
Type in the following and press the Enter key.
=> ls –l *.cal
Verify the cal files have been copied.
Type in the following and press the Enter key.
=> eject
10
Remove the diskette from the workstation.
Folder Structure Overview
The LMF uses a wlmf folder that contains all of the essential data for
installing and maintaining the BTS. The list that follows outlines the
folder structure for the LMF. Except for the bts–nnn folders, these
folders are created as part of the the LMF installation.
Figure 3-3: LMF Folder Structure
(C:)
wlmf folder
cdma folder
BTS–nnn folders (A separate folder is
required for each BTS where bts–nnn is the
unique BTS number; for example, bts–163)
loads folder
version folder (A separate folder is
required for each different version; for
example, a folder name 2.8.1.1.1.5)
code folder
data folder
wlmf Folder
The wlmf folder contains the LMF program files.
cdma Folder
The cdma folder contains the following:
 bts–nnn folders
 loads folder
. . . continued on next page
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
3-11
Preparing the LMF
– continued
 default cbsc–1.cdf file is provided that can be copied to a bts–nnn
folder for use if one can not be obtained from the CBSC when needed.
bts–nnn Folders
A bts–nnn folder must be created for each BTS that is to be accessed.
The bts–nnn folder must be correctly named (for example: bts–273) and
placed in the cdma folder. Figure 3-4 shows an example of the file
naming syntax for a BTS folder. Each bts–nnn folder contains the
following files for the BTS:
 a CAL file
 a CDF file
 a cbsc file
Figure 3-4: BTS Folder Name Syntax Example
bts–259
BTS Number
bts–nnn.cal File
The CAL file contains the bay level offset data (BLO) that is used for
BLO downloads to the BBX devices. The LMF automatically creates
and updates the CAL file during TX calibration. Figure 3-5 shows the
file name syntax for the CAL file.
Figure 3-5: CAL File Name Syntax Example
bts–259.cal
BTS Number
3-12
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Preparing the LMF – continued
bts–nnn.cdf File
The CDF file contains data that defines the BTS and data that is used to
download data to the devices. A CDF file must be placed in the
applicable BTS folder before the LMF can be used to log into that BTS.
CDF files are normally obtained from the CBSC using a floppy disk. A
file transfer protocol (ftp) method can be used if the LMF computer has
that capability. Figure 3-6 shows the file name syntax for the CDF file.
Figure 3-6: CDF Name Syntax Example
bts–259.cdf
BTS Number
cbsc File
The cbsc–1.cdf file contains data for the BTS. If one is not obtained
from the CBSC, a copy of the default cbsc–1.cdf file, located in the
cdma folder, can be used.
loads folder
The loads folder contains the version folder(s), but not contain any files.
version Folder
The version folder(s) contains the code and data folders, but does not
contain any files. The name of version folders is the software version
number of the code files that are included in its code folder. Version
folders are created as part of the LMF installation and the LMF updates.
Each time the LMF is updated, another version folder is created with the
number of the software version for the code files being installed.
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
3-13
Preparing the LMF
– continued
code Folder
The code folder contains the binary files used to load code into the
devices. A unique binary code file is required for each device type in the
BTS to be supported with the LMF. Current version code files for each
supported device created in this folder from the LMF CD ROM as part
of the LMF installation/update process. Figure 3-7 shows an example of
the file naming syntax for a code load file.
Figure 3-7: Code Load File Name Syntax Example
bbx.ram.bin–0600
Device Type
Hardware bin number
If this number matches
the bin number of the
device, the code file will
automatically be used
for the download*
* The device bin number can be determined by using the
Status function after logging into a BTS. If the device
does not have a bin number, one of the following default
numbers must be used:
GLI=0100
LCI=0300
MCC=0C00
BBX=0600
BDC=0700
CSM=0800
TSU=0900
LPAC=0B00
MAWI=0D00
If a code file with the correct version and bin numbers is not found, a file
selection window appears.
3-14
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Preparing the LMF – continued
data Folder
The data folder contains a Device Definition Structure (DDS) data file
for each supported device type. The DDS files are used to specify the
CDF file data that is used to download data to a device. Current version
DDS files for each supported device type are created in this folder from
the LMF CD ROM as part of the LMF installation/update process.
Figure 3-8 shows an example of the file naming syntax for a code load
file.
Figure 3-8: DDS File Name Syntax Example
csm.dds–0800
Device Type
Device Bin Type Number
If this number matches the bin
number of the device, the DDS file
will automatically be used for the
download*
* The device bin number can be determined by using the Status
function after logging into a BTS. If the device does not have a bin
number, one of the following default numbers must be used:
GLI=0100
LCI=0300
MCC=0C00
BBX=0600
BDC=0700
CSM=0800
TSU=0900
LPAC=0B00
Logging Into a BTS
Logging into a BTS establishes a communications link between the BTS
and the LMF. You may be logged into one or more BTS’s at a time, but
only one LMF may be logged into each BTS.
Before attempting to log into the BTS, confirm the LMF is properly
connected to the BTS (see Figure 3-2). Follow the procedures in
Table 3-7 to log into a BTS.
Table 3-7: BTS Login Procedure
 Step
Action
NOTE
Confirm a bts-nnn folder with the correct CDF and CBSC file exists.
Click on Login tab (if not displayed).
Double click on CDMA (in the Available Base Stations pick list).
. . . continued on next page
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
3-15
Preparing the LMF
– continued
Table 3-7: BTS Login Procedure
 Step
Action
Click on the desired BTS number.
Click on the Network Login tab (if not already in the forefront).
Enter correct IP address (normally 128.0.0.2 for a field BTS, if not correctly displayed in the IP
Address box).
Type in the correct IP Port number (normally 9216 if not correctly displayed in the IP Port box).
Change the Multi-Channel Preselector (from the Multi-Channel Preselector pick list), normally
MPC, corresponding to your BTS configuration, if required.
Click on the Use a Tower Top Amplifier, if applicable.
Click on Login. (A BTS tab with the BTS is displayed.)
NOTE
 If you attempt to log in to a BTS that is already logged on, all devices will be gray.
 There may be instances where the BTS initiates a log out due to a system error (i.e., a device
failure).
 If the MGLI is OOS_ROM (blue), it will have to be downloaded with code and data, and then
enabled before other devices can be seen.
Logging Out
Follow the procedure in Table 3-8 to logout of a BTS.
Table 3-8: Procedures to Logout of a BTS
 Step
Action
Click on Select menu.
Click on Logout menu item (A Confirm Logout pop-up message will appear).
Click on Yes (or press the Enter key) to confirm logout and return to the Login tab.
NOTE
The Select menu on either the BTS tab or the Select menu on the displayed cage/shelf can be
used. In either case you will only be logged out of the displayed BTS.
You may also log out of all BTS login sessions and exit the LMF by using the File –> Exit menu
item. (A Confirm Logout pop–up message will appear.)
Pinging the Processors
If the LMF is unable to login to a BTS, the integrity of the Ethernet
LAN A & B links must be be verified for proper operation. The cell–site
must be powered up first.
. . . continued on next page
3-16
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Preparing the LMF – continued
CAUTION
Always wear a conductive, high impedance wrist strap
while handling any circuit card/module to prevent damage
by ESD.
Figure 3-9I represents a typical BTS Ethernet configuration. The
drawing depicts one (of two identical) links, A and B.
Figure 3-9: BTS Ethernet LAN Interconnect Diagram
OUT
IN
50Ω
50Ω
SIGNAL
GROUND
IN
SIGNAL
GROUND
IN
OUT
OUT
CHASSIS
GROUND
BTS
(master)
BTS
(expansion)
FW00106
What is Ping?
Ping is a program that sends request packets to the LAN network
modules to get a response from the specified “target” module.
Follow the steps in Table 3-9 to ping each processor (on both LAN A
and LAN B) and verify LAN redundancy is working properly.
. . . continued on next page
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
3-17
Preparing the LMF
– continued
IMPORTANT
The Ethernet LAN A and B cables must be installed on
each frame/enclosure before performing this test. All other
processor board LAN connections are made via the
backplanes.
Table 3-9: Pinging the Processors
 Step
Action
From the Windows desktop, click the Start button and select Run.
In the Open box, type ping and the GLI2 IP address (for example, ping 128.0.0.2).
NOTE
128.0.0.2 is the default IP address for the GLI2 in field BTS units.
Click on the OK button.
NOTE
128.0.0.2 is the default IP address for the GLI2 in field BTS units.
If the targeted module responds, text similar to the following is displayed:
Reply from 128 128.0.0.2: bytes=32 time=3ms TTL=255
If there is no response the following is displayed:
Request timed out
If the GLI2 fails to respond, it should be reset and re–pinged. If it still fails to respond, typical
problems are shorted BNC to inter-frame cabling, open cables, crossed A and B link cables, or the
GLI2 itself.
3-18
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Using CDMA LMF
Graphical User Interface
Overview
This section provides overview information on using the LMF graphical
user interface (GUI). The GUI works as follows:
 Select the device or devices to perform an action on.
 Select the action to apply to the selected device(s).
 While action is in progress, a status report window displays the action
taking place and other status information.
 The status report window indicates when the the action is complete,
along with other pertinent information displayed.
 Clicking the OK button closes the status report window.
The R9 BTS software release implements the virtual BTS capability,
also known as Logical BTS. A virtual BTS can consist of up to four
four SC 4812ET frames. When the LMF is connected to frame 1 of a
virtual BTS, you can access all devices in all of the frames that make up
the virtual BTS A virtual BTS CDF file that includes equippage
information for all of the virtual BTS frames and their devices is
required. A CBSC file that includes channel data for all of the virtual
BTS fames is also required. The first frame of a virtual BTS has a –1
suffix (e.g., BTS–812–1) and other frames of the virtual BTS are
numbered with suffixed, –101, –201, and –301 (e. g. BTS–812–201).
When you log into a BTS a FRAME tab is displayed for each frame. If
there is only one frame for the BTS, there will only be one tab (e.g.,
FRAME–282–1) for BTS–282. If a virtual BTS has more than one
frame, there will be a separate FRAME tab for each frame (e.g.
FRAME–438–1, FRAME–438–101, and FRAME–438–202 for a
BTS–438 that has all three frames). If an RFDS is included in the CDF
file, an RFDS tab (e.g., RFDS–438–1) will be displayed.
Actions (e.g., ATP tests) can be initiated for selected devices in one or
more, frames of a virtual BTS. Refer to the Select devices help screen
for information on how to select devices.
Following are visual examples of the BTS tabs for a single–frame BTS
with RFDS and a four–frame BTS with RFDS.
Figure 3-10: Single–frame BTS with a RFDS
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
3-19
Using CDMA LMF – continued
Figure 3-11: Four–frame BTS with an RFDS BTS
Selecting and Deselecting
Devices
Devices can be selected by clicking on a device or by using the Select
menu. Devices can also be deselected by clicking on a device or by using
the Select menu. Table 3-10 provides the procedure to select or deselect
devices from the menu bar. Follow this procedure to select or deselect all
of the devices of a particular type.
Prerequisite: Device is listed in the CDF file and is responding (not
gray or purple).
Table 3-10: Selecting and Deselecting Devices
 Step
Action
From the menu bar, click on Select.
From the Select menu list, make your selection. The device selected will be darkened to indicate
your selection.
NOTE
If the Select menu list on the BTS tab is used, all devices in the BTS are selected (based on the
selection menu item used). If the Select menu list on the cage display is used, only devices in the
displayed cage are selected.
The LMF allows you to invert the menu list items by clicking on the Invert Selection menu item
from Select on the menu bar.
To deselect devices, from the Select menu list, click on Deselect All. The color of devices changes
to reflect their current state.
NOTE
An alternative way of selecting or deselecting devices is to
click on the device displayed. As you place the cursor over
the device, the name and number of the device is
displayed.
3-20
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Using CDMA LMF – continued
Enabling Devices
Use the Enable menu from the Device menu to place a device in
service (INS). Before a device can be INS, it must be in the
disabled (OOS_RAM) state (yellow) with data downloaded to the
device. The color of the device changes to green, once it is INS.
Prerequisite: Ensure the data has been downloaded to the device.
NOTE
(1) A CSM device can take up to 20 minutes to enable and
Fail may appear in the P/F column of the Enabling
Devices window. The color of the CSM changes to green
when it is enabled.
(2) Some enabled devices can be either in service
active (INS_ACT) or in service standby (INS_STB).
Bright green indicates that the device is INS_ACT and
dark green indicates that the device is INS_STB.
CAUTION
Putting a BBX2 in service keys the BBX2. If the TX is not
properly terminated and if incorrect transceiver parameters
are provided, the BTS can be damaged.
Follow the procedure in Table 3-11 to change the state of device(s) to
Enable.
Table 3-11: Enabling Devices
 Step
Action
Select the device(s) you wish to enable.
NOTE
The MGLI and CSM must be INS before an MCC can be put INS.
Click on Device from the menu bar.
Click on Enable from the Device menu. A status report window is displayed.
NOTE
If a BBX2 is selected, a transceiver parameters window is displayed to collect keying information.
Do not enable the BBX2.
July 1999
Click OK to close the status report window.
The selected devices that successfully change to INS change color to green.
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
3-21
Using CDMA LMF – continued
Disabling Devices
Use the Disable menu item from the Device menu list is to take an
INS (green) device out of service and place it in the OOS_RAM
state (yellow). The device retains its code load and data load. The device
can be put back in service using the Enable menu.
Follow the procedures in Table 3-12 to disable devices.
Table 3-12: Disable Devices
 Step
Action
Select the device(s) you wish to disable.
Click on Device from the menu bar.
Click on Disable from the Device menu list.
The selected device(s) that successfully go to OOS_RAM change color to yellow.
Click on OK to close the status report window.
Resetting Devices
Use Reset to place a device into OOS_ROM. The code and data load for
the device are lost. Follow the procedure in Table 3-13 to reset devices.
Table 3-13: Resetting Devices
 Step
Action
Select the device(s) to be placed out of service.
From the Device menu bar, select Reset.
Click on Reset from the Device menu list.
The selected devices that successfully change status to OOS_ROM change color to blue.
Click on OK to close the status report window.
Getting Status of Devices
Use the Status menu item from the Device menu list to get a status
report of the device(s) in your BTS configuration.
Follow the procedures in Table 3-14 to get the status of devices.
Table 3-14: Get Device Status
 Step
3-22
Action
Click on the device(s) you wish to get status for.
Click on the Device from the menu bar.
Click on the Status menu item from the Device menu.
In the Status Report window, if a checked box appears in the Detail/warnings column for a row,
double click on that row to display additional information.
Click OK to close the status report window.
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Using CDMA LMF – continued
Sorting a Status Report
Window
The columns of a status report window can be sorted after the status
information is displayed.
Follow the procedure in Table 3-15 to sort a status report window.
Table 3-15: Sorting Status Report Windows
 Step
Action
Click on a column heading to sort the displayed data by the column. The first click sorts the data
in either ascending or descending order.
Click on the column a second time to sort the data in the opposite order. Refer to Figure 3-12.
Figure 3-12: Sample LMF Status Report
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
3-23
Download the BTS
Overview
Code can be downloaded to a device that is in any state. After the
download starts, the device being downloaded changes to
OOS_ROM (blue). If the download is completed successfully, the device
changes to OOS_RAM with code loaded (yellow). Prior to downloading
a device, a code file must exist. The code file is selected automatically if
the code file is in the /lmf/cdma/n.n.n.n/code folder (where n.n.n.n is the
version number of the download code that matches the “NextLoad”
parameter in the CDF file). The code file in the code folder must have
the correct hardware bin number. Code can be automatically or manually
selected.
Data must be downloaded to a device before the device is placed INS.
The CSM must be INS before an MCC can be put INS. The devices to
be downloaded are as follows:
Master Group Line Interface (MGLI2)
Clock Sync Module (CSM)
Multi Channel Card (MCC)
Broadband Transceiver (BBX2)
IMPORTANT
The MGLI must be successfully downloaded with code and
data, and put INS before downloading any other device.
The download code process for an MGLI automatically
downloads data and then enables the MGLI before
downloading other devices.
Downloading requires a few minutes. After the download starts, the
device being downloaded changes to OOS_ROM (blue). If the download
is completed successfully, the device changes to OOS_RAM (yellow)
with code loaded (INS_ACT (green) for MGLI).
Download Code
Follow the steps in Table 3-16 to download the firmware application
code.
NOTE
When downloading multiple devices, the download may
fail for some of the devices (a time out occurs). These
devices can be downloaded separately after completing the
multiple download.
3-24
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Download the BTS – continued
Table 3-16: Download Code
 Step
Action
Download code to all devices.
Select all devices to be downloaded.
From the Device pull down menu, select Download Code.
Download Data to Non–MGLI
Devices
Non–MGLI2 devices can be downloaded individually or all equipped
devices can be downloaded with one action. Data is downloaded to the
MGLI as part of the download code process.
NOTE
When downloading multiple devices, the download may
fail for some of the devices (a time out occurs). These
devices can be downloaded separately after completing the
multiple download.
Follow the steps in Table 3-17 to download the code and data to the
non–MGLI2 devices.
Table 3-17: Download Data to Non–MGLI Devices
 Step
Action
Select the target CSM, BBX2 and MCC device(s). From the Device pull down menu, select
Download Data.
NOTE
If the CSM(s) and other shelf devices are selected, the Device pull down on the BTS tab must be
used (not the one on the shelf).
A status report is displayed that shows the result of the download for each selected device.
Click OK to close the status report window.
NOTE
After a BBX2, CSM or MCC is successfully downloaded with code and has changed to the
OOS–RAM state (yellow), the status LED should be rapidly flashing GREEN.
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
3-25
Download the BTS – continued
Enable CSMs
Each BTS CSM system features two CSM boards per site. The GPS
receiver (mounted on CSM 1) is used as the primary timing reference
and synchronizes the entire cellular system. CSM 2 provides redundancy
(but does not have a GPS receiver).
The BTS may be equipped with a LORAN–C Low Frequency Receiver
(LFR), or external 10 MHz Rubidium source which the CSM can use as
a secondary timing reference. In all cases, the CSM monitors and
determines what reference to use at a given time.
IMPORTANT
– Each CSM (of a redundant pair at each BTS) is
associated with “partner” MCCs. CSMs must be
enabled before the partner MCC can be enabled.
– The CSM(s) and MCC(s) to be enabled must have
been downloaded with code (Yellow, OOS–RAM)
and have been downloaded with data.
– Verify the CSM configured with the GPS receiver
“daughter board” is installed in the frame’s CSM 1
slot before continuing.
Follow the steps outlined in Table 3-18 to enable the CSMs installed in
the C–CCP shelves.
3-26
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Download the BTS – continued
Table 3-18: Enable CSMs
 Step
Action
Click on the target CSM.
From the Device pull down, select Enable.
NOTE
If equipped with two CSMs, enable CSM–2 first
A status report is displayed confirming change in the device(s) status.
Click OK to close the status report window.
NOTE
FAIL may be shown in the status table for enable action. If Waiting For Phase Lock is shown in
the Description field, the CSM changes to the Enabled state after phase lock is achieved.
CSM 1 houses the GPS receiver. The enable sequence can take up to one hour (see below).
* IMPORTANT
The GPS satellite system satellites are not in a geosynchronous orbit and are maintained and
operated by the United States Department of Defense (D.O.D.). The D.O.D. periodically alters
satellite orbits; therefore, satellite trajectories are subject to change. A GPS receiver that is INS
contains an “almanac” that is updated periodically to take these changes into account.
If a GPS receiver has not been updated for a number of weeks, it may take up to an hour for the
GPS receiver “almanac” to be updated.
Once updated, the GPS receiver must track at least four satellites and obtain (hold) a 3–D position
fix for a minimum of 45 seconds before the CSM will come in service. (In some cases, the GPS
receiver needs to track only one satellite, depending on accuracy mode set during the data load).
NOTE
If equipped with two CSMs, CSM–1 should be bright green (INS–ACT) and CSM–2 should be
dark green(INS–STB)
If more than an hour has passed, refer to CSM Verification, see Figure 3-20 and Table 3-21 to
determine the cause.
NOTE
After the CSMs have been successfully enabled, observe the PWR/ALM LEDs are steady green
(alternating green/red indicates the card is in an alarm state).
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
3-27
Download the BTS – continued
Enable MCCs
This procedure configures the MCC and sets the “tx fine adjust”
parameter. The “tx fine adjust” parameter is not a transmit gain setting,
but a timing adjustment that compensates for the processing delay in the
BTS (approximately 3 S).
Follow the steps outlined in Table 3-19 to enable the MCCs installed in
the C–CCP shelves.
IMPORTANT
The MGLI, and CSM must be downloaded and enabled,
prior to downloading and enabling the MCC.
Table 3-19: Enable MCCs
 Step
3-28
Action
Click on the target MCC(s) or from the Select pull down menu choose All MCCs.
From the Device menu, select Enable
A status report is displayed confirming change in the device(s) status.
Click OK to close the status report window.
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
CSM System Time – GPS & HSO Verification
CSM & LFR Background
The primary function of the Clock Synchronization Manager (CSM)
boards (1 & 2) is to maintain CDMA System Time. The master GLI can
request and distribute system time to the appropriate modules within a
C–CCP shelf. The redundant GLI (slave) obtains system time from the
master GLI over the LAN. All boards are mounted in the C–CCP shelf.
Each CSM board features an ovenized, crystal oscillator that provides
19.6608 MHz clock, even second tick reference, and 3 MHz sinewave
reference, referenced to the selected synchronization source (GPS,
LORAN–C Frequency Receiver (LFR), or High Stability Oscillator
(HSO), T1 Span, or external reference oscillator sources). The 3 MHz
signals are also routed to the RDM EXP 1A & 1B connectors on the top
interconnect panel for distribution to co–located frames at the site.
Fault management has the capability of switching between the CSM 1
and 2 boards in the event of a GPS receiver failure on CSM 1 or a
reference oscillator failure on either CSM board. During normal
operation, the CSM 1 board oscillator output is selected as the source.
The source selection can also be overridden via the LMF or by the GLI
card.
Front Panel LEDs
 Steady Green – Master CSM locked to GPS or LFR (INS).
 Rapidly Flashing Green – Standby CSM locked to GPS or LFR
(Stby).
 Flashing Green / Rapidly Flashing Red – CSM OOS–RAM
attempting to lock on GPS signal.
 Rapidly Flashing Green / Red – Alarm condition exists. Trouble
Notifications (TNs) are currently being reported to the GLI.
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
3-29
CSM System Time – GPS & HSO Verification – continued
High Stability Oscillator (HSO)
The High Stability Oscillator (HSO) module is a separate full–size card
which resides in a dedicated slot in the lower half of the C–CCP shelf.
This is a completely self contained high stability 10 MHz oscillator
which interfaces with the CSM via a serial communications link. The
CSM handles the overall configuration and status monitoring functions
of the HSO. In the event of GPS failure, the HSO is capable of
maintaining synchronization initially established by the GPS reference
signal for a limited time
The HSO is basically a high stability 10 MHz oscillator with the
necessary interface to the CSMs. The HSO is typically installed in those
geographical areas not covered by the LORAN–C system and provides
the following major functions:
 Reference oscillator temperature and phase lock monitor circuitry
 Internal oscillator generates highly stable 10 MHz sine wave, and
routed to reference divider circuitry
 Reference divider circuitry converts 10 MHz sine wave to 10 MHz
TTL signal, which is divided to provide a 1 PPS strobe to the CSM
Equipment Warm–up
Allow the base site and test equipment to warm up for 60 minutes
after any interruption in oscillator power. CSM board warm-up allows
the oscillator oven temperature and oscillator frequency to stabilize prior
to test. Test equipment warm-up allows the Rubidium standard timebase
to stabilize in frequency before any measurements are made.
CSM frequency verification
The objective of this procedure is the initial verification of the Clock
Synchronization Module (CSM) boards prior to performing the rf path
verification tests. Parts of this procedure will be repeated for final
verification after the overall optimization has been completed.
3-30
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
CSM System Time – GPS & HSO Verification – continued
Test Equipment Setup (GPS &
LFR/HSO Verification)
Follow the steps outlined in Table 3-20 to set up test equipment.
Table 3-20: Test Equipment Setup (GPS & LFR/HSO Verification)
Step
Action
Verify a CSM board with a GPS receiver is installed in primary CSM slot 1 and that CSM–1 is INS.
NOTE
This is verified by checking the board ejectors for kit number SGLN1145 on board in slot 1.
Remove CSM–2 (if installed) and connect a serial cable from the LMF COM 1 port (via null modem
board) to the MMI port on CSM–1 (see Figure 3-13).
Reinstall CSM–2.
Open up a hyperterm window. From the Windows Start button, select
Programs>Accessories>Communication>Hyperterminal.
Set up a connection as follows:
Connect using= Direct to COM1
Bps=
9600
Data bits=
Parity=
None
Stop bits=
Flow control= None
When the terminal screen appears press the Enter key until the CSM> prompt appears.
CAUTION
 Connect GPS antenna to the (GPS) RF connector
ONLY. Damage to the GPS antenna and/or receiver
can result if the GPS antenna is inadvertently connected
to any other RF connector.
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
3-31
CSM System Time – GPS & HSO Verification – continued
Figure 3-13: CSM MMI Terminal Connection
NOTES:
1. One LED on each CSM
Green:
Fast Flashing Green:
Red:
Flashing Green & Red:
IN–SERVICE ACTIVE
OOS–RAM
Fault Condition
Fault
CSM BOARD SHOWN
REMOVED FROM FRAME
GPS RECEIVER
ANTENNA INPUT
8–PIN
REFERENCE
OSCILLATOR
ANTENNA COAX CABLE
NULL MODEM
BOARD
(TRN9666A)
GPS RECEIVER
MMI SERIAL PORT
EVEN SECOND TICK TEST
POINT REFERENCE
8–PIN TO 10–PIN
19.6 MHZ TEST
RS–232 CABLE (P/N
POINT REFERENCE
30–09786R01)
FW00083
10–PIN
DB9–TO–DB25
ADAPTER
COM1
3-32
LMF
NOTEBOOK
RS–232 SERIAL
MODEM CABLE
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
CSM System Time – GPS & HSO Verification – continued
GPS RECEIVER
ANTENNA INPUT
REFERENCE
OSCILLATOR
ANTENNA COAX CABLE
GPS RECEIVER
MMI SERIAL PORT
EVEN SECOND TICK TEST
POINT REFERENCE
19.6 MHZ TEST
POINT REFERENCE
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
3-33
CSM System Time – GPS & HSO Verification – continued
GPS Initialization/Verification
Follow the steps outlined in Table 3-21 to connect to CSM–1 installed in
the C–CCP shelf, verifying that it is functioning normally.
Table 3-21: GPS Initialization/Verification
Step
Action
To verify that Clock alarms (0000), Dpll is locked and has a reference source, and
GPS self test passed messages are displayed within the report, issue the following MMI
command
bstatus
– Observe the following typical response:
CSM Status INS:ACTIVE Slot A Clock MASTER.
BDC_MAP:000, This CSM’s BDC Map:0000
Clock Alarms (0000):
DPLL is locked and has a reference source.
GPS receiver self test result: passed
Time since reset 0:33:11, time since power on: 0:33:11
. . . continued on next page
3-34
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
CSM System Time – GPS & HSO Verification – continued
Table 3-21: GPS Initialization/Verification
Step
Action
Enter the following command at the CSM> prompt to display the current status of the Loran and the
GPS receivers.
sources
– Observe the following typical response for systems equipped with LFR:
N Source Name Type
TO Good Status
Last Phase Target Phase Valid
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
0 LocalGPS
Primary 4
YES
Good
Yes
1 LFR CHA
Secondary 4
YES
Good
–2013177
–2013177
Yes
2 Not Used
Current reference source number: 0
– Observe the following typical response for systems equipped with HSO:
Num Source Name Type
TO Good
Status Last Phase Target Phase Valid
––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Local GPS
Primary 4
Yes
Good
Yes
HSO
Backup
No
N/A
timed–out*
Timed–out* No
*NOTE “Timed–out” should only be displayed while the HSO is warming up. “Not–Present” or
“Faulty” should not be displayed. If the HSO does not appear as one of the sources, then configure the
HSO as a back–up source by entering the following command at the CSM> prompt:
ss 1 12
After a maximum of 15 minutes, the Rubidium oscillator should reach operational temperature and the
LED on the HSO should now have changed from red to green. After the HSO front panel LED has
changed to green, enter sources  at the CSM> prompt. Verify that the HSO is now a valid
source by confirming that the bold text below matches the response of the “sources” command.
The HSO should be valid within one (1) minute, assuming the DPLL is locked and the HSO rubidium
oscillator is fully warmed.
Num Source Name Type
TO Good
Status Last Phase Target Phase Valid
––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Local GPS
Primary 4
Yes
Good
Yes
HSO
Backup
Yes
N/A
xxxxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxxxx Yes
HSO information (underlined text above, verified from left to right) is usually the #1 reference source.
If this is not the case, have the OMCR determine the correct BTS timing source has been identified in
the database by entering the display bts csmgen command and correct as required using the edit
csm csmgen refsrc command.
* IMPORTANT
If any of the above mentioned areas fail, verify:
– If LED is RED, verify that HSO had been powered up for at least 5 minutes. After oscillator
temperature is stable, LED should go GREEN Wait for this to occur before continuing !
– If “timed out” is displayed in the Last Phase column, suspect the HSO output buffer or oscillator
is defective
– Verify the HSO is FULLY SEATED and LOCKED to prevent any possible board warpage
. . . continued on next page
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
3-35
CSM System Time – GPS & HSO Verification – continued
Table 3-21: GPS Initialization/Verification
Step
Action
Verify the following GPS information (underlined text above):
– GPS information is usually the 0 reference source.
– At least one Primary source must indicate “Status = good” and “Valid = yes” to bring site up.
Enter the following command at the CSM> prompt to verify that the GPS receiver is in tracking mode.
gstatus
– Observe the following typical response:
24:06:08
24:06:08
24:06:08
24:06:08
24:06:08
24:06:08
24:06:08
24:06:08
24:06:08
24:06:08
24:06:08
(GPS)
24:06:08
24:06:08
24:06:08
24:06:08
24:06:08
24:06:08
24:06:08
24:06:08
24:06:08
24:06:08
24:06:08
24:06:08
24:06:08
24:06:08
24:06:08
24:06:08
24:06:08
24:06:08
24:06:08
24:06:08
24:06:08
24:06:08
24:06:08
24:06:08
24:06:08
3-36
GPS Receiver Control Task State: tracking satellites.
Time since last valid fix: 0 seconds.
Recent Change Data:
Antenna cable delay 0 ns.
Initial position: lat 117650000 msec, lon –350258000 msec, height 0 cm (GPS)
Initial position accuracy (0): estimated.
GPS Receiver Status:
Position hold: lat 118245548 msec, lon –350249750 msec, height 20270 cm
Current position: lat 118245548 msec, lon –350249750 msec, height 20270 cm
8 satellites tracked, receiving 8 satellites,
Current Dilution of Precision (PDOP or HDOP):
Date & Time: 1998:01:13:21:36:11
GPS Receiver Status Byte: 0x08
Chan:0, SVID: 16, Mode: 8, RSSI: 148, Status:
Chan:1, SVID: 29, Mode: 8, RSSI: 132, Status:
Chan:2, SVID: 18, Mode: 8, RSSI: 121, Status:
Chan:3, SVID: 14, Mode: 8, RSSI: 110, Status:
Chan:4, SVID: 25, Mode: 8, RSSI: 83, Status:
Chan:5, SVID: 3, Mode: 8, RSSI: 49, Status:
Chan:6, SVID: 19, Mode: 8, RSSI: 115, Status:
Chan:7, SVID: 22, Mode: 8, RSSI: 122, Status:
8 satellites visible.
0.
0xa8
0xa8
0xa8
0xa8
0xa8
0xa8
0xa8
0xa8
GPS Receiver Identification:
COPYRIGHT 1991–1996 MOTOROLA INC.
SFTW P/N # 98–P36830P
SOFTWARE VER # 8
SOFTWARE REV # 8
SOFTWARE DATE 6 AUG 1996
MODEL #
B3121P1115
HDWR P/N # _
SERIAL #
SSG0217769
MANUFACTUR DATE 6B07
OPTIONS LIST
IB
The receiver has 8 channels and is equipped with TRAIM.
Verify the following GPS information (shown above in underlined text):
– At least 4 satellites are tracked, and 4 satellites are visible.
– GPS Receiver Control Task State is “tracking satellites”. Do not continue until this occurs!
– Dilution of Precision indication is not more that 30.
Record the current position base site latitude, longitude, height and height reference (height reference
to Mean Sea Level (MSL) or GPS height (GPS). (GPS = 0 MSL = 1).
. . . continued on next page
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
CSM System Time – GPS & HSO Verification – continued
Table 3-21: GPS Initialization/Verification
Step
Action
If steps 1 through 6 pass, the GPS is good.
* IMPORTANT
If any of the above mentioned areas fail, verify that:
– If Initial position accuracy is “estimated” (typical), at least 4 satellites must be tracked and
visible (1 satellite must be tracked and visible if actual lat, log, and height data for this site has
been entered into CDF file).
– If Initial position accuracy is “surveyed,” position data currently in the CDF file is assumed to be
accurate. GPS will not automatically survey and update its position.
– The GPS antenna is not obstructed or misaligned.
– GPS antenna connector center conductor measureS approximately +5 Vdc with respect to the
shield.
– There is no more than 4.5 dB of loss between the GPS antenna OSX connector and the BTS frame
GPS input.
– Any lightning protection installed between GPS antenna and BTS frame is installed correctly.
Enter the following commands at the CSM> prompt to verify that the CSM is warmed up and that GPS
acquisition has taken place.
debug dpllp
Observe the following typical response if the CSM is not warmed up (15 minutes from application of
power) (If warmed–up proceed to step 9)
CSM>DPLL Task Wait. 884 seconds left.
DPLL Task Wait. 882 seconds left.
DPLL Task Wait. 880 seconds left.
...........etc.
NOTE
The warm command can be issued at the MMI port used to force the CSM into warm–up, but the
reference oscillator will be unstable.
Observe the following typical response if the CSM is warmed up.
c:17486
c:17486
c:17470
c:17486
c:17470
c:17470
off:
off:
off:
off:
off:
off:
–11,
–11,
–11,
–11,
–11,
–11,
3,
3,
1,
3,
1,
1,
TK
TK
TK
TK
TK
TK
SRC:0
SRC:0
SRC:0
SRC:0
SRC:0
SRC:0
S0:
S0:
S0:
S0:
S0:
S0:
S1:–2013175,–2013175
S1:–2013175,–2013175
S1:–2013175,–2013175
S1:–2013175,–2013175
S1:–2013175,–2013175
S1:–2013175,–2013175
10
Verify the following GPS information (underlined text above, from left to right):
– Lower limit offset from tracked source variable is not less than –60 (equates to 3µs limit).
– Upper limit offset from tracked source variable is not more than +60 (equates to 3µs limit).
– TK SRC: 0 is selected, where SRC 0 = GPS.
11
Enter the following commands at the CSM> prompt to exit the debug mode display.
debug dpllp
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
3-37
CSM System Time – GPS & HSO Verification – continued
LORAN–C
Initialization/Verification
Table 3-22: LORAN–C Initialization/Verification
Step
Action
At the CSM> prompt, enter lstatus  to verify that the LFR is in tracking
mode. A typical response is:
CSM> lstatus 
LFR Station
St ti
St
Status:
Clock coherence: 512
5930M 51/60 dB 0 S/N
5930X 52/64 dn –1 S/N
5990
47/55 dB –6 S/N
7980M 62/66 dB 10 S/N
7980W 65/69 dB 14 S/N
7980X 48/54 dB –4 S/N
7980Y 46/58 dB –8 S/N
7980Z 60/67 dB 8 S/N
8290M 50/65 dB 0 S/N
8290W 73/79 dB 20 S/N
8290W 58/61 dB 6 S/N
8970M 89/95 dB 29 S/N
8970W 62/66 dB 10 S/N
8970X 73/79 dB 22 S/N
8970Y 73/79 dB 19 S/N
8970Z 62/65 dB 10 S/N
9610M 62/65 dB 10 S/N
9610V 58/61 dB 8 S/N
9610W 47/49 dB –4 S/N
9610X 46/57 dB –5 S/N
9610Y 48/54 dB –5 S/N
9610Z 65/69 dB 12 S/N
9940M 50/53 dB –1 S/N
9940W 49/56 dB –4
4 S/N
9940Y 46/50 dB–10 S/N
9960M 73/79 dB 22 S/N
9960W 51/60 dB 0 S/N
9960X 51/63 dB –1 S/N
9960Y 59/67 dB 8 S/N
9960Z 89/96 dB 29 S/N
Note
> This must be greater
than 100 before LFR
becomes a valid source.
Flag:
Flag:
Flag:
Fl
Flag:
Flag: . PLL Station .
Flag:
Flag:E
Flag:
Flag
Flag:
Flag:
Flag:
Flag:
Flag:
Flag:
Flag:
Flag:
Fl
Flag:
Flag:
Flag:E
Flag:E
Flag:E
Flag:
Flag:S
Flag:E
Flag:E
Flag:
Flag:
Flag:
Flag:
Fl
Flag:
> This shows the LFR is
locked to the selected
PLL station.
LFR Task State: lfr locked to station 7980W
LFR Recent Change Data:
Search List: 5930 5990 7980 8290 8970 9940 9610 9960
PLL GRI: 7980W
LFR Master, reset not needed, not the reference source.
CSM>
This search list and PLL
data must match the
configuration for the
geographical location
of the cell site.
. . . continued on next page
3-38
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
CSM System Time – GPS & HSO Verification – continued
Table 3-22: LORAN–C Initialization/Verification
Step
Action
Note
Verify the following LFR information (highlighted above in boldface type):
– Locate the “dot” that indicates the current phase locked station assignment (assigned by MM).
– Verify that the station call letters are as specified in site documentation as well as M X Y Z
assignment.
– Verify the S/N ratio of the phase locked station is greater than 8.
At the CSM> prompt, enter sources  to display the current status of the the LORAN receiver.
– Observe the following typical response.
Num Source Name Type
TO Good
Status Last Phase Target Phase Valid
––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
Local GPS
Primary 4
Yes
Good
–3
Yes
LFR ch A
Secondary 4
Yes
Good
–2013177
–2013177
Yes
Not used
Current reference source number: 1
LORAN LFR information (highlighted above in boldface type) is usually the #1 reference source
(verified from left to right).
* IMPORTANT
If any of the above mentioned areas fail, verify:
– The LFR antenna is not obstructed or misaligned.
– The antenna pre–amplifier power and calibration twisted pair connections are intact and < 91.4 m
(300 ft) in length.
– A dependable connection to suitable Earth Ground is in place.
– The search list and PLL station for cellsite location are correctly configured .
NOTE
LFR functionality should be verified using the “source” command (as shown in Step 3). Use the
underlined responses on the LFR row to validate correct LFR operation.
At the CSM> close the hyperterminal window.
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
3-39
Test Equipment Setup
Connecting Test Equipment to
the BTS: Overview
All test equipment is controlled by the LMF via IEEE–488/GPIB bus.
The LMF requires each piece of test equipment to have a factory set
GPIB address. If there is a communications problem between the LMF
and any piece of test equipment, verify that the GPIB addresses have
been set correctly (normally 13 for a power meter and 18 for a CDMA
analyzer).
CAUTION
This procedure requires working on our around circuitry
extremely sensitive to ESD. To prevent damage, wear a
conductive, high impedance wrist strap during handling of
any circuit board or module.
Follow appropriate safety measures.
Refer to Table 3-23 for an overview of connections for test equipment
currently supported by LMF.
NOTE
Typical DIP switch positions and/or configurations are
shown in the following procedure and illustrations. If any
additional information is required, refer to the test
equipment OEM user manuals.
3-40
PRELIMINARY July
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
1999
Test Equipment Set–up – continued
Reading the Test Equipment
Setup Chart
Table 3-23 depicts the current test equipment available meeting Motorola
standards.
To identify the connection ports, locate the test equipment presently
being used in the TEST SETS columns, and read down the column.
Where a ball appears in the column, connect one end of the test cable to
that port. Follow the horizontal line to locate the end connection(s),
reading up the column to identify the appropriate equipment/BTS port.
Table 3-23: Test Equipment Setup
TEST SETS
SIGNAL
EVEN SECOND
SYNCHRONIZATION
19.6608 MHZ
CLOCK
CONTROL
IEEE 488 BUS
July 1999
Cyber–
Test
Advantest
EVEN
EVEN SEC
SEC REF SYNC IN
TIME
BASE IN
CDMA
TIME BASE
IN
ADDITIONAL TEST EQUIPMENT
HP
8935
HP
8921A
HP
8921
W/PCS
EVEN
SECOND
SYNC IN
EVEN
SECOND
SYNC IN
EVEN
SECOND
SYNC IN
EXT
REF IN
Power
Meter
GPIB
Interface
LMF
Directional
Coupler & Pad*
SYNC
MONITOR
CDMA
CDMA
TIME BASE TIME BASE
IN
IN
IEEE
488
GPIB
HP–IB
HP–IB
HP–IB
TX TEST
CABLES
RF
IN/OUT
INPUT
50–OHM
RF
IN/OUT
RF
IN/OUT
RF
IN/OUT
RX TEST
CABLES
RF GEN
OUT
RF OUT
50–OHM
DUPLEX
DUPLEX
OUT
RF OUT
ONLY
BTS
FREQ
MONITOR
HP–IB
GPIB
SERIAL
PORT
20 DB
PAD
BTS
PORT
TX1–6
RX1–6
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
3-41
Test Equipment Set–up
– continued
Equipment Warm-up
IMPORTANT
Warm-up BTS equipment for a minimum of 60 minutes
prior to performing the BTS optimization procedure. This
assures BTS site stability and contributes to optimization
accuracy. (Time spent running initial power-up,
hardware/firmware audit, and BTS download counts as
warm-up time.)
Null Modem Cable
A null modem cable is required. It is connected between the LMF
COM1 port and the RS232–GPIB Interface box. Figure 3-14 shows the
wiring detail for the null modem cable.
Figure 3-14: Null Modem Cable Detail
9–PIN D–FEMALE
GND
RX
TX
RTS
CTS
RSD/DCD
DTR
DSR
9–PIN D–FEMALE
ON BOTH CONNECTORS:
 SHORT PINS 7 & 8;
 SHORT PINS 1, 4, & 6
GND
TX
RX
RTS
CTS
RSD/DCD
DTR
DSR
Test Equipment
The following test equipment is required to perform the tests:
LMF
CDMA Communications Test Set
Directional Coupler and Attenuator
RF Cables and connectors
WARNING
Before installing any test equipment directly to any BTS
TX OUT connector, verify there are NO CDMA BBX
channels keyed. At active sites, have the OMC-R/CBSC
place the antenna (sector) assigned to the LPA under test
OOS. Failure to do so can result in serious personal injury
and/or equipment damage.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the test equipment, all transmit (TX)
test connections must be through the 30 dB directional
coupler and, for 1.9 GHz BTS, a 20 dB in-line attenuator.
3-42
PRELIMINARY July
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
1999
Test Equipment Set–up – continued
NOTE
Re-calibration of the test equipment must be performed,
before using to perform the TX Acceptance Tests.
TX Calibration
Optimization/ATP tests sets
Optimization and ATP testing may be performed using one of the
following test sets:
CyberTest
Advantest R3465 and HP–437B or Gigatronics Power Meter
Hewlett–Packard HP 8935
Hewlett–Packard HP 8921 W/CDMA and PCS Interface (1.7 & 1.9
GHz) and HP–437B or Gigatronics Power Meter
 Spectrum Analyzer (HP8594E) – optional
 Rubidium Standard Timebase – optional
July 1999
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
3-43
Test Equipment Set–up
Figure 3-15:
– continued
Cable Calibration Test Setup
SUPPORTED TEST SETS
CALIBRATION SET UP
A. SHORT CABLE CAL
Motorola CyberTest
ÏÏÏÏ
ÏÏÏÏ
Ì
ÏÏÏÏ Ì
ANT IN
SHORT
CABLE
TEST
SET
RF GEN OUT
Note: The Directional Coupler is not used with the
Cybertest Test Set. The TX cable is connected
directly to the Cybertest Test Set.
A 10dB attenuator must be used with the short test
cable for cable calibration with the CyberTest Test
Set. The 10dB attenuator is used only for the cable
calibration procedure, not with the test cables for
TX calibration and ATP tests.
B. RX TEST SETUP
30 DB DIRECTIONAL COUPLER
20 DB PAD
100–WATT (MIN)
NON–RADIATING
RF LOAD
RX
CABLE
Hewlett–Packard Model HP 8935
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
ANT
IN
RX
CABLE
N–N FEMALE
ADAPTER
SHORT
CABLE
TEST
SET
DUPLEX
OUT
C. TX TEST SETUP
Advantest Model R3465
30 DB DIRECTIONAL COUPLER
RF OUT
50–OHM
20 DB PAD
100–WATT (MIN)
NON–RADIATING
RF LOAD
TX
CABLE
INPUT
50–OHM
SHORT
CABLE
Note: The HP8921A cannot be used to calibrate
cables for PCS frequencies
N–N FEMALE
ADAPTER
TEST
SET
TX
CABLE
FW00089
3-44
PRELIMINARY July
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
1999
Test Equipment Set–up – continued
Setup for TX Calibration
Figure 3-16 andFigure 3-17 show the test set connections for TX
calibration.
Figure 3-16: TX calibration test setup (CyberTest and HP 8935)
TEST SETS
TRANSMIT (TX) SET UP
Motorola CyberTest
FRONT PANEL
POWER
SENSOR
100–WATT (MIN)
NON–RADIATING
RF LOAD
ÏÏÏ
ÏÏÏ
ÏÏÏÌ
COMMUNICATIONS
TEST SET
TEST SET
INPUT/
OUTPUT
PORTS
RF
IN/OUT
TX TEST
CABLE
2O DB PAD
POWER
METER
(OPTIONAL)*
OUT
30 DB
DIRECTIONAL
COUPLER
WITH UNUSED
PORT TERMINATED
Note: The Directional Coupler is not used with the
Cybertest Test Set. The TX cable is connected
directly to the Cybertest Test Set.
CONTROL
IEEE 488
GPIB BUS
IN
TX
TEST
CABLE
* A POWER METER CAN BE USED IN PLACE
OF THE COMMUNICATIONS TEST SET FOR TX
CALIBRATION/AUDIT
GPIB
CABLE
Hewlett–Packard Model HP 8935
HP–IB TO
GPIB BOX
ÁÁ
Á
ÁÁÁ
TX ANTENNA
PORT OR TX
RFDS
DIRECTIONAL
COUPLERS
DIP SWITCH SETTINGS
S MODE
DATA FORMAT
BAUD RATE
ON
BTS
GPIB ADRS
LAN
RF IN/OUT
G MODE
RS232–GPIB
INTERFACE BOX
LAN
RS232
NULL
MODEM
CABLE
10BASET/
10BASE2
CONVERTER
CDMA
LMF
UNIVERSAL TWISTED
PAIR (UTP) CABLE
(RJ45 CONNECTORS)
INTERNAL PCMCIA
ETHERNET CARD
FW00094
July 1999
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
3-45
Test Equipment Set–up
– continued
Figure 3-17: TX calibration test setup (Advantest and HP 8921A W/PCS for 1700/1900)
TEST SETS
TRANSMIT (TX) SET UP
Hewlett–Packard Model HP 8921A W/PCS Interface
100–WATT (MIN)
NON–RADIATING
RF LOAD
POWER
SENSOR
POWER METER
30 DB
DIRECTIONAL
COUPLER
WITH UNUSED
PORT TERMINATED
TX
TEST
CABLE
2O DB PAD
Note: The HP 8921A cannot be used for TX
calibration. A power meter must be used.
TX
TEST
CABLE
GPIB
CABLE
TX ANTENNA
GROUP OR TX
RFDS
DIRECTIONAL
COUPLERS
Advantest Model R3465
RF OUT
50–OHM
DIP SWITCH SETTINGS
BTS
S MODE
DATA FORMAT
BAUD RATE
ON
INPUT
50–OHM
GPIB ADRS
LAN
Note: The Advantest cannot be used for TX
calibration. A power meter must be used.
G MODE
RS232–GPIB
INTERFACE BOX
LAN
RS232
NULL
MODEM
CABLE
10BASET/
10BASE2
CONVERTER
CDMA
LMF
UNIVERSAL TWISTED
PAIR (UTP) CABLE
(RJ45 CONNECTORS)
INTERNAL PCMCIA
ETHERNET CARD
FW00095
3-46
PRELIMINARY July
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
1999
Test Equipment Set–up – continued
Setup for Optimization/ATP
Figure 3-18 and Figure 3-19 show the test set connections for
optimization/ATP tests.
Figure 3-18: Optimization/ATP test setup calibration (CyberTest, HP 8935 and Advantest)
TEST SETS
Optimization/ATP SET UP
Motorola CyberTest
SYNC MONITOR
EVEN SEC TICK
PULSE REFERENCE
FROM CSM BOARD
FREQ MONITOR
19.6608 MHZ CLOCK
REFERENCE FROM
CSM BOARD
NOTE: IF BTS RX/TX SIGNALS ARE
DUPLEXED: BOTH THE TX AND RX TEST
CABLES CONNECT TO THE DUPLEXED
ANTENNA GROUP.
COMMUNICATIONS
TEST SET
OUT
ÏÏÏÏ
ÏÏÏÏ
ÏÏÏÏ Ì
Ì
100–WATT (MIN)
NON–RADIATING
RF LOAD
RX
TEST
CABLE
TEST SET
INPUT/
OUTPUT
PORTS
CDMA
TIMEBASE
IN
IN
RF
IN/OUT
2O DB PAD
30 DB
DIRECTIONAL
COUPLER WITH
UNUSED PORT
TERMINATED
Hewlett–Packard Model HP 8935
FREQ MONITOR
19.6608 MHZ CLOCK
REFERENCE FROM
CSM BOARD
GPIB
CABLE
TX
TEST
CABLE
HP–IB
TO GPIB
BOX
ÁÁ
ÁÁ
RX ANTENNA
PORT OR RFDS
RX ANTENNA
DIRECTIONAL
COUPLER
TX ANTENNA
PORT OR RFDS
RX ANTENNA
DIRECTIONAL
COUPLER
DIP SWITCH SETTINGS
BTS
DUPLEX OUT
S MODE
DATA FORMAT
BAUD RATE
RF IN/OUT
FREQ
MONITOR
Advantest Model R3465
ON
SYNC
MONITOR
SYNC MONITOR
EVEN SEC TICK
PULSE REFERENCE
FROM CSM BOARD
IEEE 488
GPIB BUS
TX
TEST
CABLE
NOTE: The Directional Coupler is not used with
the Cybertest Test Set. The TX cable is connected
directly to the Cybertest Test set.
SYNC MONITOR
EVEN SEC TICK
PULSE REFERENCE
FROM CSM BOARD
EVEN
SECOND/
SYNC IN
FREQ MONITOR
19.6608 MHZ CLOCK
REFERENCE FROM
CSM BOARD
GPIB ADRS
CSM
LAN
RS232 NULL
MODEM
CABLE
LAN
RF OUT
G MODE
RS232–GPIB
INTERFACE BOX
10BASET/
10BASE2
CONVERTER
CDMA
LMF
GPIB CONNECTS
TO BACK OF UNIT
INPUT
50–OHM
UNIVERSAL TWISTED
PAIR (UTP) CABLE
(RJ45 CONNECTORS)
INTERNAL PCMCIA
ETHERNET CARD
FW00096
July 1999
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
3-47
Test Equipment Set–up
– continued
Figure 3-19: Optimization/ATP test setup HP 8921A W/PCS
TEST SETS
Optimization/ATP SET UP
Hewlett–Packard Model HP 8921A
W/PCS Interface
SYNC MONITOR
EVEN SEC TICK
PULSE REFERENCE
FROM CSM BOARD
NOTE: IF BTS RX/TX SIGNALS ARE
DUPLEXED: BOTH THE TX AND RX TEST
CABLES CONNECT TO THE DUPLEXED
ANTENNA GROUP.
FREQ MONITOR
19.6608 MHZ CLOCK
REFERENCE FROM
CSM BOARD
TEST SET
INPUT/
OUTPUT
PORTS
100–WATT (MIN)
NON–RADIATING
RF LOAD
RX
TEST
CABLE
COMMUNICATIONS TEST SET
OUT
HP PCS
INTERFACE
IN
CDMA
TIMEBASE
IN
EVEN
SECOND/
SYNC IN
GPIB
CONNECTS
TO BACK OF
UNITS
RF
IN/OUT
IEEE 488
GPIB BUS
RF OUT
ONLY
2O DB PAD
30 DB
DIRECTIONAL
COUPLER WITH
UNUSED PORT
TERMINATED
GPIB
CABLE
TX
TEST
CABLE
RX ANTENNA
PORT OR RFDS
RX ANTENNA
DIRECTIONAL
COUPLER
TX ANTENNA
PORT OR RFDS
RX ANTENNA
DIRECTIONAL
COUPLER
DIP SWITCH SETTINGS
BTS
S MODE
DATA FORMAT
BAUD RATE
FREQ
MONITOR
ON
SYNC
MONITOR
LAN
GPIB ADRS
CSM
G MODE
RS232–GPIB
INTERFACE BOX
LAN
RS232 NULL
MODEM
CABLE
10BASET/
10BASE2
CONVERTER
CDMA
LMF
UNIVERSAL TWISTED
PAIR (UTP) CABLE
(RJ45 CONNECTORS)
INTERNAL PCMCIA
ETHERNET CARD
FW00097
3-48
PRELIMINARY July
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
1999
Test Equipment Set–up – continued
Figure 3-20: Typical TX ATP Setup with Directional Coupler (shown with and without RFDS)
TX ANTENNA DIRECTIONAL COUPLERS
COBRA RFDS Detail
RX
(RFM TX)
TX RF FROM BTS FRAME
TX
(RFM RX)
RFDS RX (RFM TX) COUPLER
OUTPUTS TO RFDS FWD(BTS)
ASU2 (SHADED) CONNECTORS
RF FEED LINE TO
DIRECTIONAL
COUPLER
REMOVED
Connect TX test cable between
the directional coupler input port
and the appropriate TX antenna
directional coupler connector.
Appropriate test sets and the port
names for all model test sets are
described in Table 3-23.
40W NON–RADIATING
RF LOAD
COMMUNICATIONS
TEST SET
IN
RVS (REFLECTED)
PORT 50–OHM
TERMINATION
OUTPUT
PORT
30 DB
DIRECTIONAL
COUPLER
BTS INPUT
PORT
TEST
DIRECTIONAL
COUPLER
NOTE:
THIS SETUP APPLIES TO BOTH
STARTER AND EXPANSION FRAMES.
July 1999
TX
TEST
CABLE
TX TEST
CABLE
FWD
(INCIDENT)
PORT
ONE 20 DB 20 W IN LINE
ATTENUATOR
FW00116
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
3-49
Test Equipment Set–up
– continued
Figure 3-21: Typical RX ATP Setup with Directional Coupler (shown with or without RFDS)
COBRA RFDS Detail
RX ANTENNA DIRECTIONAL COUPLERS
RX RF FROM BTS
FRAME
RX
(RFM TX)
TX
(RFM RX)
RFDS TX (RFM RX) COUPLER
OUTPUTS TO RFDS FWD(BTS)
ASU1 (SHADED) CONNECTORS
RF FEED LINE TO
TX ANTENNA
REMOVED
Connect RX test cable between
the test set and the appropriate
RX antenna directional coupler.
Appropriate test sets and the port
names for all model test sets are
described in Table 3-23.
COMMUNICATIONS
TEST SET
OUT
RX Test
Cable
NOTE:
THIS SETUP APPLIES TO BOTH
STARTER AND EXPANSION FRAMES.
3-50
FW00115
PRELIMINARY July
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
1999
Test Set Calibration
Background
Proper test equipment setup ensures that the test equipment and
associated test cables do not introduce measurement errors, and that
measurements are correct.
NOTE
If the test set being used to interface with the BTS has been
calibrated and maintained as a set, this procedure does not
need to be performed. (Test Set includes LMF terminal,
communications test set, additional test equipment,
associated test cables, and adapters).
This procedure must be performed prior to beginning the optimization.
Verify all test equipment (including all associated test cables and
adapters actually used to interface all test equipment and the BTS) has
been calibrated and maintained as a set.
CAUTION
If any piece of test equipment, test cable, or RF adapter,
that makes up the calibrated test equipment set, has been
replaced, re-calibration must be performed. Failure to do so
can introduce measurement errors, resulting in incorrect
measurements and degradation to system performance.
IMPORTANT
Calibration of the communications test set (or equivalent
test equipment) must be performed at the site before
calibrating the overall test set. Calibrate the test equipment
after it has been allowed to warm–up and stabilize for a
minimum of 60 minutes.
Purpose
These procedures access the CDMA LMF automated calibration routine
used to determine the path losses of the supported communications
analyzer, power meter, associated test cables, and (if used) antenna
switch that make up the overall calibrated test set. After calibration, the
gain/loss offset values are stored in a test measurement offset file on the
CDMA LMF.
July 1999
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
3-51
Test Set Calibration – continued
Selecting Test Equipment
Use LMF Options from the Options menu list to select test equipment
automatically (using the autodetect feature) or manually.
Prerequisites
A Serial Connection and a Network Connection tab are provided for
test equipment selection. The Serial Connection tab is used when the
test equipment items are connected directly to the CDMA LMF
computer via a GPIB box (normal setup). The Network Connection tab
is used when the test equipment is to be connected remotely via a
network connection.
Ensure the following has been completed before selecting test
equipment:
 Test equipment is correctly connected and turned on.
 CDMA LMF computer serial port and test equipment are connected to
the GPIB box.
Manually Selecting Test
Equipment in a Serial
Connection Tab
Test equipment can be manually specified before, or after, the test
equipment is connected. CDMA LMF does not check to see if the test
equipment is actually detected for manual specification.
Table 3-24: Selecting Test Equipment Manually in a Serial Connection Tab
 Step
Action
From the Options menu, select LMF Options. The LMF Options window appears.
Click on the Serial Connection tab (if not in the forefront).
Select the correct serial port in the COMM Port pick list (normally COM1).
Select the baud rate in the Baud Rate pick list (normally 9600). The baud rate and GPIB box
setup must agree.
Click on the Manual Specification button (if not enabled).
Click on the check box corresponding to the test item(s) to be used.
Type the GPIB address in the corresponding GPIB address box.
Recommended Addresses
13=Power Meter
18=CDMA Analyzer
Click on Apply. (The button will darken until the selection has been committed.)
NOTE
With manual selection, CDMA LMF does not detect the test equipment to see if it is connected
and communicating with CDMA LMF.
3-52
Click on Dismiss to close the test equipment window.
PRELIMINARY July
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
1999
Test Set Calibration – continued
Automatically Selecting Test
Equipment in a Serial
Connection Tab
When using the auto-detection feature to select test equipment, the
CDMA LMF examines which test equipment items are actually
communicating with CDMA LMF. Follow the procedure in Table 3-25
to use the auto-detect feature.
Table 3-25: Selecting Test Equipment Using Auto-Detect
 Step
Action
From the Options menu, select LMF Options. The LMF Options window appears.
Click on Auto–Detection (if not enabled).
Type in the GPIB addresses in the box labeled GPIB address to search (if not already displayed).
NOTE
When both a power meter and analyzer are selected, the first item listed in the GPIB addresses to
search box will be used for RF power measurements (i.e., TX calibration). The address for a
power meter is normally 13 and the address for a CDMA analyzer is normally 18. If 13,18 is
included in the GPIB addresses to search box, the power meter (13) will be used for RF power
measurements. If the test equipment items are manually selected the CDMA analyzer is used only
if a power meter is not selected.
Click Apply. The button will darken until the selection has been committed. A check mark will
appear in the Manual Configuration section for detected test equipment items.
Click Dismiss to close the LMF Options window.
Network Test Equipment
Setup
Test equipment can be remotely detected and used by CDMA LMF. A
LAN connection is required between the CDMA LMF location and the
test equipment location. A LAN-to-serial interface is required at the test
equipment location. A diagram of a typical network test equipment setup
is shown in Figure 3-22
Figure 3-22:
Typical Network Test Equipment Setup
LAN
CONNECTION
CDMA LMF
COMPUTER
ETHERNET
LAN ACCESS
CDMA LMF
LOCATION
July 1999
GPIB
CABLE
NULL MODEM
SERIAL CABLE
ETHERNET–
TO–SERIAL
TERMINAL
TEST
EQUIPMENT
GPIB BOX
TEST EQUIPMENT LOCATION
(FOR EXAMPLE, A CELL SITE)
FW00073
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
3-53
Test Set Calibration – continued
Manually Selecting Test
Equipment Using the Network
Tab
Test equipment can be manually specified before, or after test equipment
is connected. The CDMA LMF does not check to see if the test
equipment is actually detected for manual specification. Follow the
procedure in Table 3-26 to select the test equipment manually using a
network connection tab.
Table 3-26: Selecting Test Equipment Manually Using a Network Connection Tab
 Step
Action
From the Options menu, select LMF Options. The LMF Options window appears.
Click on the Network Connection tab (if not in the forefront).
In the IP Address box, enter the IP address number for the serial connection terminal at the test
equipment location (for example, Xterm terminal or IP–to–serial terminal).
Click on the Manual Specification button (if not enabled).
Click on the check box corresponding to the test item(s) to be used.
Type the GPIB address in the corresponding GPIB address box.
Recommended Addresses
13=Power Meter
18=CDMA Analyzer
Click on Apply. (The button will darken until the selection has been committed.)
NOTE
With manual selection, CDMA LMF does not detect the test equipment to see if it is connected
and communicating with CDMA LMF.
Click on Dismiss to close the test equipment window.
Automatically Selecting Test
Equipment Using the Network
Tab
When the auto-detection feature is used to select test equipment, CDMA
LMF checks to determine which test equipment items are actually
communicating with CDMA LMF. Follow the procedure in Table 3-27
to select the test equipment using the auto-detection feature.
Table 3-27: Selecting Test Equipment Using Auto-Detect
 Step
3-54
Action
From the Options menu, select LMF Options. The LMF Options window appears.
Click on the Network Connection tab (if not in the forefront).
In the IP Address box, enter the IP address number for the serial connection terminal at the test
equipment location (for example, Xterm terminal or IP–to–serial terminal).
. . . continued on next page
PRELIMINARY July
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
1999
Test Set Calibration – continued
Table 3-27: Selecting Test Equipment Using Auto-Detect
 Step
Action
Click on Auto–Detection if it is not enabled.
Type in the GPIB addresses in the box labeled GPIB address to search, if the GPIB addresses are
not already displayed.
NOTE
When both a power meter and analyzer are selected, the first item listed in the GPIB addresses to
search box will be used for RF power measurements (i.e., TX calibration). The address for a
power meter is normally 13 and the address for a CDMA analyzer is normally 18. If 13,18 is
included in the GPIB addresses to search box, the power meter (13) will be used for RF power
measurements.
Click Apply. (The button will darken until the selection has been committed.) A check mark will
appear in the Manual Configuration section for detected test equipment items.
Click Dismiss to close the LMF Options window.
Calibrating Test Equipment
The calibrate test equipment function zeros the power measurement level
of the test equipment item that is to be used for TX calibration and audit.
If both a power meter and an analyzer are connected, only the power
meter is zeroed.
The Calibrate Test Equipment menu item from the Device menu list is
used to calibrate test equipment. The test equipment must be selected
before beginning calibration. Follow the procedure in Table 3-28 to
calibrate the test equipment.
Table 3-28: Test Equipment Calibration
 Step
Action
From the Util menu, select Calibrate Test Equipment. A Directions window is displayed.
Follow the instructions provided.
Click on Continue to close the Directions window. A status window is displayed.
Click on OK to close the status report window.
Calibrating Cables
The cable calibration function is used to measure the loss (in dB) for the
TX and RX cables that are to be used for testing. A CDMA analyzer is
used to measure the loss of each cable configuration (TX cable
configuration and RX cable configuration). The cable calibration
consists of the following steps.
 Measure the loss of a short cable. This is done to compensate for any
measurement error of the analyzer. The sort cable, which is used only
for the calibration process, is used in series with both the TX and RX
July 1999
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
3-55
Test Set Calibration – continued
cable configuration when they are measured. The measured loss of the
short cable is deducted from the measured loss of the TX and RX
cable configuration to determine the actual loss of the TX and RX
cable configurations. This deduction is done so any error in the
analyzer measurement will be adjusted out of both the TX and RX
measurements.
 The short cable plus the RX cable configuration loss is measured. The
RX cable configuration normally consists only of a coax cable with
type–N connectors that is long enough to reach from the BTS RX port
the test equipment.
 The short cable plus the TX cable configuration loss is measured. The
TX cable configuration normally consists of two coax cables with
type–N connectors and a directional coupler, a load, and an additional
attenuator if required by the BTS type. The total loss of the path loss
of the TX cable configuration must be as required for the BTS
(normally 30, 40, or 50 dB). The Motorola Cybertest analyzer is
different in that the required attenuation/load is built into the test set
so the TX cable configuration consists only of the required length
coax cable.
Calibrating Cables with a
CDMA Analyzer
The Cable Calibration menu item from the Util menu list is used to
calibrate both TX and RX test cables for use with CDMA LMF.
NOTE
Cable calibration cannot be accomplished with an HP8921
analyzer. A different analyzer type or the signal generator
and spectrum analyzer method must be used (refer to
Table 3-30 and Figure 3-23). Cable calibration values must
be manually entered if the signal generator and spectrum
analyzer method is used.
The test equipment must be selected before this procedure can be started.
Follow the procedure in Table 3-29 to calibrate the cables. Figure 3-15
illustrates the cable calibration test equipment setup.
Table 3-29: Cable Calibration
 Step
3-56
Action
From the Util menu, select Cable Calibration. A Cable Calibration window is displayed.
Enter a channel number(s) in the Channels box. Multiple channels numbers must be separated
with a comma, no space (i.e., 200,800). When two or more channels numbers are entered, the
cables will be calibrated for each channel. Interpolation will be accomplished for other channels as
required for TX calibration.
Select TX and RX CABLE CAL, TX CABLE CAL or RX CABLE CAL in the Cable
Calibration picklist.
PRELIMINARY July
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
1999
Test Set Calibration – continued
Table 3-29: Cable Calibration
 Step
Action
Click OK. Follow the direction displayed for each step. A status report window will be displayed
with the results of the cable calibration (refer to Figure 3-15).
Calibrating TX Cables Using a
Signal Generator and
Spectrum Analyzer
Follow the procedure in Table 3-30 to calibrate the TX cables using the
signal generator and spectrum analyzer. Refer to Figure 3-23 for a
diagram of the signal generator and spectrum analyzer.
Table 3-30: Calibrating TX Cables Using Signal Generator and Spectrum Analyzer
Step
Action
Connect a short test cable between the spectrum analyzer and the signal generator.
Set signal generator to 0 dBm at the customer frequency of 1840–1870 MHz band for Korea PCS and
1930–1990 MHz band for North American PCS.
Use spectrum analyzer to measure signal generator output (see Figure 3-23, “A”) and record the value.
Connect the spectrum analyzer’s short cable to point “B”, as shown in the lower portion of the
diagram, to measure cable output at customer frequency (1840–1870 MHz for Korea PCS and
1930–1990 MHz for North American PCS) and record the value at point “B”.
Calibration factor = A – B
Example:
Cal = –1 dBm – (–53.5 dBm) = 52.5 dB
NOTE
The short cable is used for calibration only. It is not part of the final test setup. After calibration is
completed, do not re-arrange any cables. Use the equipment setup, as is, to ensure test procedures use
the correct calibration factor.
July 1999
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
3-57
Test Set Calibration – continued
Figure 3-23: Calibrating Test Equipment Setup for TX BLO and TX ATP Tests
(using Signal Generator and Spectrum Analyzer)
Signal
Generator
Spectrum
Analyzer
SHORT
TEST
CABLE
40W NON–RADIATING
RF LOAD
THIS WILL BE THE CONNECTION TO THE TX
PORTS ON THE SC 4800/4800E DURING TX
BAY LEVEL OFFSET TEST AND TX ATP TESTS.
50 OHM
TERMINATION
Spectrum
Analyzer
ONE 20DB 20 W IN
LINE ATTENUATOR
SHORT TEST CABLE
THIS WILL BE THE CONNECTION TO THE HP8481A POWER
SENSOR DURING TX BAY LEVEL OFFSET TEST AND TO THE
PCS INTERFACE BOX INPUT PORT DURING TX ATP TESTS.
Signal
Generator
30 DB
DIRECTIONAL
COUPLER
CABLE FROM 20 DB @ 20W ATTENUATOR TO THE
PCS INTERFACE OR THE HP8481A POWER SENSOR.
Calibrating RX Cables Using a
Signal Generator and
Spectrum Analyzer
Follow the procedure in Table 3-31 to calibrate the RX cables using the
signal generator and spectrum analyzer. Refer to Figure 3-24, if required.
Table 3-31: Calibrating RX Cables Using a Signal Generator and Spectrum Analyzer
Step
Action
Connect a short test cable to the spectrum analyzer and connect the other end to the Signal Generator.
Set signal generator to –10 dBm at the customer’s RX frequency of 1750–1780 MHz for Korean PCS
and 1850–1910 MHz band for North American PCS.
Use spectrum analyzer to measure signal generator output (see Figure 3-24, “A”) and record the value
for “A”.
Connect the test setup, as shown in the lower portion of the diagram, to measure the output at the
customer’s RX frequency in the 1850–1910 MHz band. Record the value at point ‘‘B”.
Calibration factor = A – B
Example:
Cal = –12 dBm – (–14 dBm) = 2 dB
NOTE
The short test cable is used for test equipment setup calibration only. It is not be part of the final test
setup. After calibration is completed, do not re-arrange any cables. Use the equipment setup, as is, to
ensure test procedures use the correct calibration factor.
3-58
PRELIMINARY July
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
1999
Test Set Calibration – continued
Figure 3-24: Calibrating Test Equipment Setup for RX ATP Test
(using Signal Generator and Spectrum Analyzer)
Signal
Generator
Signal
Generator
Spectrum
Analyzer
SHORT
TEST
CABLE
THIS WILL BE THE CONNECTION TO
THE HP PCS INTERFACE OUTPUT PORT
DURING RX MEASUREMENTS.
Spectrum
Analyzer
SHORT
TEST
CABLE
LONG
CABLE 2
BULLET
CONNECTOR
CONNECTION TO THE RX PORTS
DURING RX MEASUREMENTS.
July 1999
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
3-59
Test Set Calibration – continued
Setting Cable Loss Values
Cable loss values for the TX and RX test cable configurations are
normally set by accomplishing cable calibration with use of the
applicable test equipment. The resulting values are stored in the cable
loss files. The cable loss values can also be set/changed manually.
Prerequisites
 Exit CDMA LMF.
Table 3-32: Setting Cable Loss Values
Step
Action
Click on the Set RX Cable Loss or Set TX Cable Loss desktop icon.
Enter print and press the Enter key to display the existing cable loss values.
Enter add cn cl and press the Enter key to enter a new cable loss value (where cn is the channel
number and cl is the cable loss value – e.g., add 385 40.3 for channel 385 and a cable loss of 40.3
dB).
Enter print and press Enter to display the updated cable loss values.
Enter quit and press Enter when the cable loss values are as desired.
NOTE
 If cable loss values exist for two different channels the LMF will interpolate for all other channels.
 Enter help to display a list of commands.
 Enter get cn to display the cable loss for a channel number (where cn is the channel number).
 Enter save fn to create a new cable loss file with a different file name in the wlmf folder (where fn
is a file name). The created file is not a readable text file. This can be done to save cable loss values
for future use. The saved values can be retrieved with use of the load command.
 Enter load fn to load the cable loss values from a saved cable loss file. (where fn is a file name)
3-60
PRELIMINARY July
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
1999
Bay Level Offset Calibration
Introduction
Calibration compensates for normal equipment variations within the
BTS and assures maximum measurement accuracy.
RF Path Bay Level Offset
Calibration
Calibration identifies the accumulated gain in every transmit path
(BBX2 slot) at the BTS site and stores that value in the CAL file. The
BLOs are subsequently downloaded to each BBX2.
Each receive path starts at a BTS RX antenna port and terminates at a
backplane BBX2 slot. Each transmit path starts at a BBX2 backplane
slot, travels through the LPA, and terminates at a BTS TX antenna port.
Calibration identifies the accumulated gain in every transmit path
(BBX2 slot) at the BTS site and stores that value in the CAL file. Each
transmit path starts at a C–CCP shelf backplane BBX2 slot, travels
through the LPA, and ends at a BTS TX antenna port. When the TX path
calibration is performed, the RX path BLO will automatically be set to
the default value of 16 dB. This is shown in the bts–bts#.cal file as a
converted decimal value of 16600.
At omni sites, BBX2 slots 1 and R1 (for 1-carrier) or slots 1, R1, 2, and
R2 (for 2-carrier) are tested. At sector sites, BBX2 slots 1 through R1
(for 1-carrier) or slots 1 through R21(for 2-carrier) are tested. Only those
slots (sectors) actually equipped in the current CDF file are tested,
regardless of physical BBX2 board installation in the slot.
When to Re-calibrate BLOs
Calibration of BLOs is required after initial BTS installation.
The BLO data of an operational BTS site must be re-calibrated once
each year. Motorola recommends re-calibrating the BLO data for all
associated RF paths after replacing any of the following components or
associated interconnecting RF cabling:
July 1999
BBX2 board
C–CCP shelf
CIO card
CIO to LPA backplane RF cable
LPA backplane
LPA
TX filter / TX filter combiner
TX thru-port cable to the top of frame
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
3-61
Bay Level Offset Calibration – continued
TX Path Calibration
The TX Path Calibration assures correct site installation, cabling, and the
first order functionality of all installed equipment. The proper function
of each RF path is verified during calibration. The external test
equipment is used to validate/calibrate the TX paths of the BTS.
WARNING
Before installing any test equipment directly to any TX
OUT connector you must first verify that there are no
CDMA channels keyed. Have the OMC–R place the sector
assigned to the LPA under test OOS. Failure to do so can
result in serious personal injury and/or equipment damage.
CAUTION
Always wear a conductive, high impedance wrist strap
while handling any circuit card/module. If this is not done,
there is a high probability that the card/module could be
damaged by ESD.
IMPORTANT
3-62
At new site installations, to facilitate the complete test of
each CCP shelf (if the shelf is not already fully populated
with BBX2 boards), move BBX2 boards from shelves
currently not under test and install them into the empty
BBX2 slots of the shelf currently being tested to insure that
all BBX2 TX paths are tested.
– This procedure can be bypassed on operational sites
that are due for periodic optimization.
– Prior to testing, view the CDF file to verify the
correct BBX2 slots are equipped. Edit the file as
required to include BBX2 slots not currently
equipped (per Systems Engineering documentation).
PRELIMINARY July
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
1999
Bay Level Offset Calibration – continued
BLO Calibration Data File
During the calibration process, the LMF creates a calibration (BLO) data
file. After calibration has been completed, this offset data must be
downloaded to the BBX2s using the Download BLO function. An
explanation of the file is shown below.
NOTE
Due to the size of the file, Motorola recommends that you
print out a hard copy of a bts.cal file and refer to it for the
following descriptions.
The CAL file is subdivided into sections organized on a per slot basis (a
slot Block).
Slot 1 contains the calibration data for the 12 BBX2 slots. Slot 20
contains the calibration data for the redundant BBX2. Each BBX2 slot
header block contains:
 A creation Date and Time – broken down into separate parameters of
createMonth, createDay, createYear, createHour, and createMin.
 The number of calibration entries – fixed at 720 entries corresponding
to 360 calibration points of the CAL file including the slot header and
actual calibration data.
 The calibration data for a BBX2 is organized as a large flat array. The
array is organized by branch, sector, and calibration point.
– The first breakdown of the array indicates which branch the
contained calibration points are for. The array covers transmit, main
receive and diversity receive offsets as follows:
Table 3-33: BLO BTS.cal file Array Assignments
July 1999
Range
Assignment
C[1]–C[240]
Transmit
C[241]–C[480]
Receive
C[481]–C[720]
Diversity Receive
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
3-63
Bay Level Offset Calibration – continued
– The second breakdown of the array is per sector. Three sectors are
allowed.
Table 3-34: BTS.cal file Array (per sector)
Sector
TX
RX
RX Diversity
1 (Omni)
C[1]–C[20]
C[241]–C[260]
C[481]–C[500]
C[21]–C[40]
C[261]–C[280]
C[501]–C[520]
C[41]–C[60]
C[281]–C[300]
C[521]–C[540]
C[61]–[80]
C[301]–C[320]
C[541]–C[560]
C[81]–[100]
C[321]–C[340]
C[561]–C[580]
C[101]–[120]
C[341]–C[360]
C[581]–C[600]
 Refer to the hard copy of the file. As you can see, 10 calibration
points per sector are supported for each branch. Two entries are
required for each calibration point.
 The first value (all odd entries) refer to the CDMA channel
(frequency) the BLO is measured at. The second value (all even
entries) is the power set level. The valid range for PwrLvlAdj is from
2500 to 27500 (2500 corresponds to –125 dBm and 27500
corresponds to +125 dBm).
 The 20 calibration entries for each sector/branch combination must be
stored in order of increasing frequency. If less than 10 points
(frequencies) are calibrated, the largest frequency that is calibrated is
repeated to fill out the 10 points.
Example:
C[1]=384,
odd cal entry
= 1 ‘‘calibration point”
C[2]=19102, even cal entry
C[3]=777,
C[4]=19086,
C[19]=777,
C[20]=19086, (since only two cal points were calibrated this
would be repeated for the next 8 points)
 When the BBX2 is loaded with BLO data, the cal file data for the
BBX2 is downloaded to the device in the order it is stored in the CAL
file. TxCal data is sent first, C[1] – C[60]. Sector 1’s 10 calibration
points are sent (C[1] – C[20]), followed by sector 2’s 10 calibration
points (C[21] – C[40]), etc. The RxCal data is sent next, followed by
the RxDCal data.
 Temperature compensation data is also stored in the cal file for each
slot.
3-64
PRELIMINARY July
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
1999
Bay Level Offset Calibration – continued
Test Equipment Setup:
RF Path Calibration
Follow the steps outlined in Table 3-35 to set up test equipment.
Table 3-35: Test Equipment Setup (RF Path Calibration)
Step
Action
NOTE
Verify the GPIB is properly connected and turned on.
! CAUTION
To prevent damage to the test equipment, all transmit (TX) test connections must be via the 30 dB
directional coupler with a 20 dB in–line attenuator,
Connect the LMF computer terminal to the BTS LAN A connector on the BTS (if you have not
already done so). Refer to the procedure in Table 3–2 on page 3-8.
 If required, calibrate the test equipment per the procedure in Table 3-28.
 Connect the test equipment as shown in Figure 3-16 and Figure 3-17.
July 1999
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
3-65
Bay Level Offset Calibration – continued
Transmit (TX) Path Calibration
The assigned channel frequency and power level (as measured at the top
of the frame) for transmit calibration is derived from the site CDF file.
For each BBX2, the channel frequency is specified in the ChannelList
CDF file parameter and the power is specified in the SIFPilotPwr
CDF file parameter for the sector associated with the BBX2 (located
under the ParentSECTOR field of the ParentCARRIER CDF file
parameter).
The calibration procedure attempts to adjust power to within +0.5 dB of
the desired power.
Perform the calibration of the transmit paths of all equipped BBX2 slots
per the steps in Table 3-36. TX BLO is approximately 40 dB +3.0 dB.
TX BLO = Frame Power Output minus BBX2 output level.
TX Calibration Test
The Tests menu item, TX Calibration, performs the TX BLO
Calibration test for a XCVR(s). All measurements are made through the
appropriate TX output connector using the calibrated TX cable setup.
Prerequisites
Before running this test, the following should be done:
 CSM–1,GLI2s, BBX2s have correct code load.
 Primary CSM and MGLI2 are INS.
 All BBX2s are OOS_RAM.
 Test equipment and test cables are calibrated and connected for TX
BLO calibration.
 LMF is logged into the BTS.
Connect the test equipment as shown in Figure 3-16 and Figure 3-17
and follow the procedure in Table 3-36 to perform the TX calibration
test.
Table 3-36: BTS TX Path Calibration
 Step
Select the BBX2(s) to be calibrated.
From the Tests menu, select TX Calibration
Select the appropriate carrier(s) displayed in the Channels/Carrier pick list (use the Shift or Ctrl
keyboard key to select multiple items).
Type the appropriate channel number in the Carrier n Channels box.
Click on OK.
Follow the cable connection directions as they are displayed.
The test results will be displayed in the status report window.
Click on OK to close the status report window.
3-66
Action
PRELIMINARY July
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
1999
Bay Level Offset Calibration – continued
IMPORTANT
Verify all BBX2 boards removed and repositioned have
been returned to their assigned shelves/slots. Any BBX2
boards moved since they were downloaded will have to be
downloaded again.
Exception Handling
In the event of a failure, the calibration procedure displays a FAIL
message in the status report window and provides information in the
Description field.
Recheck the test setup and connection and re–run the test. If the tests fail
again, note specifics about the failure, and refer to Chapter 7,
Troubleshooting.
Download BLOs to BBX2s
After a successful TX path, download the bay level offset calibration file
data to the BBX2s.
Download BLO Procedure
BLO data is extracted from the CAL file for the BTS and downloaded to
the selected BBX2 devices. The BBX2s being downloaded must be in
the OOS_RAM (yellow) state.
Table 3-37: Download BLO
 Step
Action
Select the BBX2(s) to be downloaded.
From the Device menu, select Download BLO.
Click OK to close the status report window.
Calibration Audit Introduction
The BLO calibration audit procedure confirms the successful generation
and storage of the BLO calibrations.
The calibration audit procedure measures the path gain or loss of every
BBX2 transmit path at the site.
In this test, actual system tolerances are used to determine the success or
failure of a test. The same external test equipment set up is used.
IMPORTANT
July 1999
RF path verification, BLO calibration, and BLO data
download to BBX2s must have been successfully
completed prior to performing the calibration audit.
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
3-67
Bay Level Offset Calibration – continued
Transmit (TX) Path Audit
Perform the calibration audit of the TX paths of all equipped BBX2
slots, per the steps in Table 3-38.
WARNING
Before installing any test equipment directly to any TX
OUT connector, first verify there are no CDMA BBX2
channels keyed. Failure to do so can result in serious
personal injury and/or equipment damage.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the test equipment, all TX test
connections must be via the 30 dB directional coupler and
20 dB in–line attenuator.
3-68
PRELIMINARY July
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
1999
Bay Level Offset Calibration – continued
TX Audit Test
The Tests menu item, TX Audit, performs the TX BLO Audit test for a
BBX2(s). All measurements are made through the appropriate TX output
connector using the calibrated TX cable setup.
Prerequisites: Before running this test, the following should be done:
CSM–1,GLI2s, BBX2s have correct code load.
Primary CSM and MGLI2 are INS.
All BBX2s are OOS_RAM.
Test equipment and test cables are calibrated and connected for TX
BLO calibration.
 LMF is logged into the BTS.
 Primary CSM is INS (CSM clock valid).
Connect the test equipment as shown in Figure 3-16 and Figure 3-17 and
follow the procedures in Table 3-38 to perform the BTS TX Path Audit
test.
Table 3-38: TX Path Audit
 Step
Action
Select the BBX2(s) to be audited. From the Tests menu, select TX Audit.
Select the appropriate carrier(s) displayed in the Channels/Carrier pick list (use the Shift or Ctrl
key to select multiple items).
Type the appropriate channel number in the Carrier n Channels box.
Click on OK.
Follow the cable connection directions as they are displayed. The test results will be displayed in
the status report window.
Click on OK to close the status report window.
Exception Handling
In the event of a failure, the calibration procedure displays a FAIL
message in the status report window and provides information in the
Description field.
Recheck the test setup and connection and re–run the test. If the tests fail
again, note specifics about the failure, and refer to Chapter 7,
Troubleshooting.
July 1999
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
3-69
Bay Level Offset Calibration – continued
All Cal/Audit test
The Tests menu item, All Cal/Audit, performs the TX BLO Calibration
and Audit test for a XCVR(s). All measurements are made through the
appropriate TX output connector using the calibrated TX cable setup.
NOTE
If the TX calibration portion of the test passed, the BLO
data will automatically be downloaded to the BBX2(s)
before the audit portion of the test is run.
Perquisites
Before running this test, the following should be done:
CSM–1,GLI2s, BBX2s have correct code load.
Primary CSM and MGLI2 are INS.
All BBXs are OOS_RAM.
Test equipment and test cables are calibrated and connected for TX
BLO calibration.
 LMF is logged into the BTS.
Follow the procedures in Table 3-39 to perform the All Cal/Audit test.
Table 3-39: All Cal/Audit Test
 Step
Select the BBX2(s) to be tested.
From the Tests menu, select All Cal/Audit.
Select the appropriate carrier(s) displayed in the Channels/Carrier pick list (use the Shift or Ctrl
key to select multiple items).
Type the appropriate channel number in the Carrier n Channels box.
Click on OK.
Follow the cable connection directions as they are displayed. The test results will be displayed in
the status report window.
Click on OK to close the status report window.
3-70
Action
PRELIMINARY July
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
1999
Bay Level Offset Calibration – continued
Create CAL File
The Create Cal File function gets the BLO data from BBXs and
creates/updates the CAL file for the BTS. If a CAL file does not exist a
new one is created. If a CAL file already exists it is updated. After a
BTS has been fully optimized a copy of the CAL file must exist so it can
be transferred to the CBSC. If TX calibration has been successfully
performed for all BBXs and BLO data has been downloaded, a CAL file
will exist. Note the following:
 The Create Cal File function only applies to selected (highlighted)
BBXs.
 The user is not encouraged to edit the CAL file as this action can
cause interface problems between the BTS and the LMF. To manually
edit the CAL file you must first logout of the BTS. If you manually
edit the CAL file and then use the Create Cal File function the edited
information will be lost.
Prerequisite
Before running this test, the following should be done:
 LMF is logged in to the BTS
 BBX2s are OOS_RAM with BLO downloaded
Table 3-40: Create CAL File
 Step
Action
Select the applicable BBX2s. The CAL file will only be updated for the selected BBX2s.
Click on the Device menu.
Click on the Create Cal File menu item. The status report window is displayed to show the
results of the action.
Click OK.
July 1999
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
3-71
RFDS Setup and Calibration
RFDS Description
The optional RFDS is a Field Replaceable Unit (FRU) used to perform
RF tests of the site from the CBSC or from the LMF. The RFDS
contains the following elements:
 Antenna Select Unit (ASU)
 FWT Interface Card (FWTIC)
 Subscriber Unit Assembly (SUA)
For complete information regarding the RFDS, refer to the CDMA
RFDS Hardware Installation manual (Motorola part no. 6864113A93)
CDMA RFDS User’s Guide (Motorola part no. 6864113A37), and the
CDMA LMF Operator’s Guide (Motorola part no. 6864113A21).
RFDS Parameter Settings
The bts-#.cdf file includes RFDS parameter settings that must
match the installed RFDS equipment. The paragraphs below describe the
editable parameters and their defaults. Table 3-41 explains how to edit
the parameter settings.
 RFDSEquip – valid inputs are 0 through 2.
0 = (default) RFDS is not equipped
1 = Non-Cobra/Patzer box RFDS
2 = Cobra RFDS
 TSUEquip – valid inputs are 0 or 1
0 = (default) TSU not equipped
1 = TSU is equipped in the system
 MC1....4 – valid inputs are 0 or 1
0 = (default) Not equipped
1 = Multicouplers equipped in RFDS system
(9600 system RFDS only)
 ASU1/2Equip – valid inputs are 0 or 1
0 = (default) Not equipped
1 = Equipped
 TODN – valid inputs are ’’’ (default) or a numerical string up to 15
characters. (This is the phone number the RFDS dials when
originating a call. A dummy number needs to be set up by the switch,
and is to be used in this field.)
NOTE
Any text editor may be used to open the bts–#.cdf file
to verify, view, or modify data.
3-72
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
RFDS Setup and Calibration – continued
Table 3-41: RFDS Parameter Settings
Step
Action
* IMPORTANT
Log out of the BTS prior to performing this procedure.
Using a text editor, verify the following fields are set correctly in the bts–#.cdf file (1 = GLI based
RFDS; 2 = Cobra RFDS).
EXAMPLE:
RfdsEquip = 2
TsuEquip = 1
MC1Equip = 0
MC2Equip = 0
MC3Equip = 0
MC4Equip = 0
Asu1Equip = 1
Asu2Equip = 0 (1 if system is non-duplexed)
TODN = ’123456789’’
NOTE
The above is an example of the bts-#.cdf file that should have been generated by the OMC and
copied to the LMF. These fields will have been set by the OMC if the RFDSPARM database is
modified for the RFDS.
Save and/or quit the editor. If any changes were made to these fields data will need to be downloaded
to the GLI2 (see Step 3, otherwise proceed to Step 4).
To download to the GLI2, click on the Device menu and select the Download Data menu item
(selected devices do not change color when data is downloaded). A status report window is displayed
showing status of the download. Click OK to close the status report window.
! CAUTION
After downloading data to the GLI2 the RFDS LED will slowly begin flashing red and green for
approximately 2–3 minutes. DO NOT attempt to perform any functions with the RFDS until the LED
remains green.
Status the RFDS TSU. A status report is displayed showing the software version number for the TSIC
and SUA.
* IMPORTANT
If the LMF yields an error message, check the following:
Ensure AMR cable is correctly connected from the BTS to the RFDS.
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
Verify RFDS has power.
Verify RFDS status LED is green.
Verify fields in the bts-#.cdf file are correct (see Step 1).
Status the GLI2 and ensure the device is communicating (via Ethernet) with the LMF, and the
device is in the proper state (INS).
PRELIMINARY 2
3-73
RFDS Setup and Calibration – continued
RFDS TSU NAM Programming
The NAM (number assignment module) information needs to be
programmed into the TSU before it can receive and process test calls, or
be used for any type of RFDS test. The RFDS TSU NAM must be
programmed with the appropriate system parameters and phone number
during hardware installation. The TSU phone and TSU MSI must be
recorded for each BTS used for OMC–R RFDS software configuration.
NOTE
The user will only need to program the NAM for the initial
install of the RFDS.
Explanation of Parameters
used when Programming the
TSU NAM
Table 3-42 defines the parameters used when editing the tsu.nam file.
Table 3-42: Definition of Parameters
Access Overload Code
Slot Index
System ID
Network ID
These parameters are obtained from the switch.
Primary Channel A
Primary Channel B
Secondary Channel A
Secondary Channel B
These parameters are the channels which are to be used in operation
of the system.
Lock Code
Security Code
Service Level
Station Class Mark
Do NOT change.
IMSI MCC
IMSI 11 12
These fields are obtained at the OMC using the following command:
OMC000>disp bts–# imsi
If the fields are blank, replace the IMSI fields in the NAM file to 0,
otherwise use the values displayed by the OMC.
MIN Phone Number
3-74
These fields are the phone number assigned to the mobile. The ESN
and MIN must be entered into the switch as well.
NOTE:
This field is different from the TODN field in the bts-#.cdf file.
The MIN is the phone number of the RFDS subscriber, and the
TODN is the number the subscriber calls.
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
RFDS Setup and Calibration – continued
Valid NAM Ranges
Table 3-43 provides the valid NAM field ranges. If any of the fields are
missing or out-of–range, the RFDS will error out.
Table 3-43: Valid NAM Field Ranges
Valid Range
Minimum
Maximum
Access Overload Code
15
Slot Index
System ID
32767
NAM Field Name
Valid Range
Minimum
Maximum
Network ID
32767
Primary Channel A
25
1175
Primary Channel B
25
1175
Secondary Channel A
25
1175
Secondary Channel B
25
1175
Lock Code
999
Security Code
999999
Service Level
Station Class Mark
255
IMSI 11 12
99
IMSI MCC
999
N/A
N/A
NAM Field Name
MIN Phone Number
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
3-75
RFDS Setup and Calibration – continued
Program TSU NAM
The Program TSU NAM option allows for the entry of TSU
programming data.
Prerequisite
Ensure that the following has been completed prior to programming the
TSU NAM:
 MGLI is INS.
 TSU is powered up and has a code load.
Program TSU NAM
Follow the procedure in Table 3-44 to program the TSU NAM. The
NAM must be programmed before it can receive and process test calls,
or be used for any type of RFDS test.
Prerequisites
 MGLI is INS.
 TSU is powered up and has a code load.
Table 3-44: Program NAM Procedure
 Step
3-76
Action
Select the RFDS.
Select the TSU.
Click on the TSU menu.
Click on the Program TSU NAM menu item.
Enter the appropriate information in the boxes (see
Table 3-42 and Table 3-43) .
Click on the OK button to display the status report.
Click on the OK button to close the status report window.
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
RFDS Setup and Calibration – continued
RFDS Calibration
The RFDS Calibration option is used to calibrate the RFDS TX and RX
paths. For a TX antenna path calibration the BTS XCVR is keyed at a
pre–determined power level and the BTS power output level is measured
by the RFDS. The power level is then measured at the TX antenna
directional coupler by the power measuring test equipment item being
used (power meter or analyzer). The difference (offset) between the
power level at the RFDS and the power level at the TX antenna
directional coupler is used as the TX RFDS calibration offset value.
For an RX antenna path calibration the RFDS is keyed at a
pre–determined power level and the power input level is measured by the
BTS XCVR. A CDMA signal at the same power level measured by the
BTS XCVR is then injected at the RX antenna directional coupler by the
CDMA communications analyzer. The difference (offset) between the
RFDS keyed power level and power level measured at the BTS XCVR is
the RFDS RX calibration offset value.
The TX and RX RFDS calibration offset values are written to the CAL
file.
Prerequisites
 BBX2s are is INS_TEST
 Cable calibration has been performed
 TX calibration has been performed and BLO has bee downloaded for
the BTS
 Test equipment has been connected correctly for a TX calibration
 Test equipment has been selected and calibrated
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
3-77
RFDS Setup and Calibration – continued
Table 3-45: RFDS Calibration
 Step
Select the RFDS cage.
Click on the RFDS menu.
Click on the RFDS Calibration menu item
Select the appropriate direction (TX/RX) in the Direction pick list
Enter the appropriate channel number(s) in the Channels box. Separate the channel numbers with
a comma or a dash if more than one channel number is entered (e.g., 247,585,742 or 385–395 for
through).
Select the appropriate carrier(s) in the Carriers pick list (use the Shift or Ctrl keyboard key to
select multiple carriers).
Select the appropriate RX branch (Both, Main, or Diversity) in the RX Branch pick list.
Select the appropriate baud rate (1=9600, 2=14400) in the Rate Set pick list.
Click on the OK button. A status report window is displayed, followed by a Directions pop–up
window.
Follow the cable connection directions as they are displayed. Test results are displayed in the
status report window.
Click on the OK button to close the status report window.
10
11
3-78
Action
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Transmit & Receive Antenna VSWR
Purpose
The following procedures will verify that the Voltage Standing Wave
Ratio (VSWR) of all antennas and associated feed lines fall within
acceptable limits. The tests will be performed on all antennas in a
sequential manner (i.e., ANT 1, then ANT 2) until all antennas/feedlines
have been verified.
These procedures should be performed periodically by measuring each
respective antenna’s VSWR (reflected power) to verify that the antenna
system is within acceptable limits. This will ensure continued peak
system performance.
The antenna VSWR will be calculated at the CDMA carrier frequency
assigned to each antenna. Record and verify that they meet the test
specification of less than or equal to 1.5:1.
IMPORTANT
It is recommended that the installer be familiar with the
following procedure in its entirety before beginning the
actual procedure. Ensure that the entire site is currently not
in service.
NOTE
This test is used to test RX antennas by substituting RX
frequencies for TX frequencies.
Study the site engineering documents and perform the following tests
only after first verifying that the RF cabling configuration required to
interconnect the BTS frames and antennas meet requirements called out
in the BTS Installation Manual.
Test equipment
The following pieces of test equipment will be required to perform this
test:
 Directional coupler
 Communications test set
WARNING
Prior to performing antenna tests, insure that no CDMA
BBX channels are keyed. Failure to do so could result in
personal injury or serious equipment damage.
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
3-79
Transmit & Receive Antenna VSWR
– continued
Equipment Setup – HP Test
Set
Follow the steps outlined in Table 3-46 to set up test equipment required
to measure and calculate the VSWR for each antenna.
Table 3-46: VSWR Measurement Procedure – HP 8921 Test Set
Step
HP TEST SET
Action
For manual VSWR testing, using external directional coupler, refer to Figure 3-25.
– Connect the communications test set RF OUT ONLY port to the INPUT port of the directional
coupler.
– Connect the RF IN/OUT port of the communication test set to the reverse (RVS) port on the
directional coupler. Terminate the forward port with a 50 ohm load.
– Install the antenna feed line to the output port on the directional coupler.
NOTE
Manual Communications Analyzer test setup (fields not indicated remain at default):
 Set screen to RF GEN.
– Set RF Gen Freq to center frequency of actual CDMA carrier between 1930–1990 MHz for TX
and 1850–1910 MHz for RX.
– Set Amplitude to –30 dBm.
– Set Output Port to RF OUT.
– Set AFGen1 & AFGen2 to OFF.
Remove the antenna feed line and install an “RF short” onto the directional coupler output port.
NOTE
Set–up communication test set as follows (fields not indicated remain at default):
 Set screen to SPEC ANL.
–
–
–
–
Under Controls, set input port to ANT.
Set Ref Level to –40 dBm.
Under Controls, select Main, select Auxiliary.
Under Controls, select AVG. Set Avg = 20.
– Record the reference level on the communications analyzer and Note as PS for reference.
– Replace the short with the antenna feedline. Record the reference level on the communications
analyzer and Note for as PA reference.
– Record the difference of the two readings in dB.
Calculate the VSWR per the equation shown to the right.
Where:
RL(dB) = PA(dBm) – PS(dBm)
PA = Power reflected from antenna
PS = Power reflected from short
A calculated value of –13.98 dB equates to VSWR of better than 1.5:1.
1  10
VSWR 
 1 – 10
RL
20
RL
20
. . . continued on next page
3-80
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Transmit & Receive Antenna VSWR – continued
Table 3-46: VSWR Measurement Procedure – HP 8921 Test Set
Step
HP TEST SET
Action
If the readings indicate a potential problem, verify the physical integrity of all cables (including any
in–line components, pads, etc.) and associated connections up to the antenna. If problem still persists,
consult antenna OEM documentation for additional performance verification tests or replacement
information.
Repeat steps 1 through 5 for all remaining TX sectors/antennas.
Repeat steps 1 through 5 for all remaining RX sectors/antennas.
Figure 3-25: Manual VSWR Test Setup Using HP8921 Test Set
RF OUT
ONLY
PORT
RF
IN/OUT
PORT
FEED LINE TO
ANTENNA
UNDER TEST
RF
SHORT
RVS
(REFLECTED)
PORT
OUTPUT
PORT
30 DB
DIRECTIONAL
COUPLER
INPUT
PORT
FWD (INCIDENT) PORT
50–OHM TERMINATED
LOAD
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
3-81
Transmit & Receive Antenna VSWR
– continued
Equipment Setup – Advantest
Test Set
Follow the steps outlined in Table 3-47 to set up test equipment required
to measure and calculate the VSWR for each antenna.
Table 3-47: VSWR Measurement Procedure – Advantest Test Set
Step
ADVANTEST
Action
For manual VSWR testing using external directional coupler, refer to Figure 3-26.
– Connect the communications test set RF OUT port to the input port of the directional coupler.
– Connect the INPUT port of the communication test set to the forward port on the directional
coupler. Terminate the forward port with a 50 ohm load.
– Connect the RF short to the directional coupler output port.
Preform the following to instruct the calibrated test set to generate a CDMA RF carrier (RVL call)
with all zero longcode at the assigned RX frequency at –10 dBm.
 Push the ADVANCE Measurement key.
 Push the CDMA Sig CRT menu key.
 Push the FREQ Entry key; set RF Gen Freq to center frequency of actual CDMA carrier between
1930–1990 MHz for TX and 1850–1910 MHz for RX.
Push the LEVEL Entry key; set to 0 dBm (by entering 0 and pushing the –dBm key).
Verify that ON is active in the Output CRT menu key.
Verify that OFF is active in the Mod CRT menu key.
Push the CW Measurement key.
Push the FREQ Entry key.
– Push the more 1/2 CRT menu key.
– Set Preselect CRT menu key to 3.0G.
 Push the Transient Measurement key.
– Push the Tx Power CRT menu key.
– Push the LEVEL entry key (set to 7 dBm by entering 7 and pushing the the dBm key).
– Set Avg Times CRT menu key to ON. Set to 20 (by entering 20 and pushing the Hz ENTER
key).
 Push the REPEAT Start key to take the measurement.
Record the Burst Power display on the communications analyzer and Note as PS for reference.
Install the antenna feedline to the output port of the directional coupler.
 Push the Auto Level Set CRT menu key.
 Push the REPEAT Start key to take the measurement.
Record the Burst Power on the communications analyzer and Note as PA level for reference.
Record the difference of the two readings in dBm.
. . . continued on next page
3-82
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Transmit & Receive Antenna VSWR – continued
Table 3-47: VSWR Measurement Procedure – Advantest Test Set
Step
ADVANTEST
Action
Calculate the VSWR per the equation shown to the right.
Where:
RL(dB) = PA(dBm) – PS(dBm)
PA = Power reflected from antenna
PS = Power reflected from short
A calculated value of –13.98 dB equates to VSWR of better than 1.5:1.
1  10
VSWR 
 1 – 10
RL
20
RL
20
If the readings indicate a potential problem, verify the physical integrity of all cables (including any
in–line components, pads, etc.) and associated connections up to the antenna. If problem still persists,
consult antenna OEM documentation for additional performance verification tests or replacement
information.
Repeat steps 2 through 9 for all remaining TX sectors/antennas.
10
Repeat steps 2 through 9 for all remaining RX sectors/antennas.
Figure 3-26: Manual VSWR Test Setup Using Advantest R3465
RF OUT
FEED LINE TO
ANTENNA
UNDER TEST
RF IN
RF
SHORT
RVS
(REFLECTED)
PORT
OUTPUT
PORT
INPUT
PORT
30 DB
DIRECTIONAL
COUPLER
FWD (INCIDENT) PORT
50–OHM TERMINATED
LOAD
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
3-83
Transmit & Receive Antenna VSWR
– continued
Notes
3-84
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Chapter 4: Automated Acceptance Test Procedure (ATP)
Table of Contents
July 1999
Automated Acceptance Test Procedures – All-inclusive TX & RX . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ATP Tests Prerequisites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TX/RX OUT Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
All TX ATP Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
All-RX ATP Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
All TX/RX Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Full Optimization Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Individual Acceptance Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-1
4-1
4-2
4-2
4-2
4-4
4-6
4-8
4-10
TX Spectral Purity Transmit Mask Acceptance Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Background: Tx Mask Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TX Mask Test Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-11
4-11
4-12
TX Waveform Quality (rho) Acceptance Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Background: Rho Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rho ATP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-14
4-14
4-15
TX Pilot Time Offset Acceptance Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Background: Pilot Offset Acceptance Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pilot Time Offset Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pilot Time Offset ATP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-16
4-16
4-16
4-17
TX Code Domain Power Acceptance Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Background: Code Domain Power Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Code Domain Power test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Code Domain Power ATP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-18
4-18
4-18
4-19
RX Frame Error Rate (FER) Acceptance Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Background: FER Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FER test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-21
4-21
4-21
Generate an ATP Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Background . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ATP Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Printing an ATP Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Print Test File Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-23
4-23
4-23
4-23
4-24
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
68P64114A42
PRELIMINARY 2
Table of Contents
– continued
Notes
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
68P64114A42
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Automated Acceptance Test Procedures – All-inclusive TX & RX
Introduction
The Automated Acceptance Test Procedure (ATP) allows Motorola
Cellular Field Engineers (CFEs) to run automated acceptance tests on all
equipped BTS subsystem devices using the Local Maintenance Facility
(LMF) and supported test equipment per the current Cell Site Data File
(CDF) assignment.
The results of these tests (at the option of the operator) are written to a
file that can be printed. All tests are controlled via the LMF platform
using the GPIB interface, therefore, only recommended test equipment
supported by the LMF can be used.
IMPORTANT
The ATP test is to be performed on out-of-service sectors
only.
DO NOT substitute test equipment with other modes not
supported by the LMF.
NOTE
Refer to Chapter 3 for detailed information on test set
connections for calibrating equipment, cables and other test
set components, if required.
Customer requirements determine which ATP tests to are to be
performed and the field engineer selects the appropriate ATP tests to run.
The tests can be run individually or as one of the following groups:
 All TX: TX tests verify the performance of the BTS transmit line up.
These include the GLI2, MCC, BBX2, and BIO cards, the LPAs and
passive components including splitters, combiners, bandpass filter,
and RF cables.
 All RX: RX tests verify the performance of the BTS receiver line up.
These includes the MPC (for starter frames), EMPC (for expansion
frames), BIO, BBX2, MCC, and GLI2 cards and the passive
components including RX filter (starter frame only), and RF cables.
 All TX/RX: Executes all the TX and RX tests.
 Full Optimization: Executes the TX calibration, download BLO and
TX audit before running all of the TX and RX tests.
July 1999
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
4-1
Automated Acceptance Test Procedure – All–inclusive TX & RX
– continued
ATP Tests Prerequisites
Before attempting to run any ATP tests, ensure the following have been
completed:
 CSMs, GLI2s, BBX2s, and MCCs have correct code load and data
load
Primary CSM, GLI2, and MCCs are INS
BTS has been optimized and calibrated
BBX2s are OOS-RAM.
BBX2s are calibrated and BLOs are downloaded
Test equipment has been warmed up 60 minutes and calibrated
Test cables are calibrated
GPIB is on
LMF is logged into the BTS
TX/RX OUT Connections
IMPORTANT
Many of the acceptance test procedures require taking
measurements at the TX OUT (BTS/RFDS) connector. At
sites with RFDS, all measurements are through the RFDS
directional coupler TX OUT connector.
Figure 4-1F shows the TX/RX connector configuration for the SC
4812ET frame.
Figure 4-1:
TX/RX Connections
All TX ATP Test
Table 4-1 lists the procedure to execute the TX Mask, Rho, PtOffset, and
Code Domain Power tests. This procedure eliminates the need to run
separate tests and reduces test time.
The LMF Tests menu list item, All TX, performs all transmit tests for a
BBX2(s).
IMPORTANT
4-2
If manual testing with the HP analyzer, remove the manual
control/system memory card from the card slot before
starting the automated testing.
PRELIMINARY July
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
1999
Automated Acceptance Test Procedure – All-Inclusive TX & RX – continued
Prerequisites
Before attempting to run any ATP tests, ensure the following have been
completed:
 CSMs, GLI2s, BBX2s, and MCCs have correct code load and data
load
Primary CSM, GLI2, and MCCs are INS
Test equipment is warmed up 60 minutes and calibrated
BTS has been Optimized/Calibrated
BBX2s are OOS–RAM
Test equipment is connected for ATP tests (see Figure 3-16 through
Figure 3-19).
Test cables are calibrated
GPIB is on
LMF is logged into the BTS
Table 4-1: All TX Acceptance Test
 Step
Action
Select the BBX2(s) and MCC(s) to be tested.
From the Tests menu, select All TX
Select the appropriate carrier(s) (carrier – bts# – sector# – carrier#) displayed in the
Channels/Carrier pick list (use the Shift or Ctrl keyboard key to select multiple items).
Type the appropriate channel number in the Carrier n Channels box.
Click OK.
Follow the cable connection directions as they are displayed.
Click OK to close the status report window.
July 1999
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
4-3
Automated Acceptance Test Procedure – All–inclusive TX & RX
– continued
All-RX ATP Test
The CDMA LMF Tests menu list item, All RX, performs all receive
tests for a BBX2(s) and MCC(s). All measurements are made through
the appropriate RX output connector using the calibrated RX cable
setup.
Refer to Table 4-2 to perform an all-inclusive RX ATP test on selected
devices.
Prerequisites
Before attempting to run any ATP tests, ensure the following have been
completed:
 CSMs, GLI2s, BBX2s, and MCCs have correct code load and data
load
4-4
Primary CSM, GLI2, and MCCs are INS
Test equipment is warmed up 60 minutes and calibrated
BTS has been Optimized/Calibrated
BBX2s are OOS–RAM
Test equipment is connected for ATP tests (see Figure 3-16 through
Figure 3-19).
Test cables are calibrated
GPIB is on
LMF is logged into the BTS
PRELIMINARY July
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
1999
Automated Acceptance Test Procedure – All-Inclusive TX & RX – continued
Table 4-2: All RX Acceptance Test
 Step
Action
 WARNING
Be very careful to not connect an RX test cable to a TX connector. Failure to observe this
warning may cause bodily injury and/or equipment damage.
Select the BBX2(s) and MCC(s) to be tested.
From the Tests menu, select All RX
Select the appropriate carrier(s) (carrier – bts# –sector# –carrier#) displayed in the
Channels/Carrier pick list (use the Shift or Ctrl keyboard key to select multiple items).
Type the appropriate channel number in the Carrier n Channels box.
Select the appropriate receive branch (antenna) in the RX Branch pick list. Valid choices are
Main, Diversity or Both.
Select the baud rate in the Rate Set pick list.
1=9600 bps
2=14400bps
Click OK.
Follow the cable connection directions as they are displayed.
Click OK to close the status report window.
July 1999
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
4-5
Automated Acceptance Test Procedure – All–inclusive TX & RX
– continued
All TX/RX Test
The LMF Tests menu list item, All TX/RX, performs all transmit and
receive tests for a BBX2(s) and MCC(s). All measurements are made
through the appropriate TX and RX output connectors using the
calibrated TX and RX cable setups.
Prerequisites
Before attempting to run any ATP tests, ensure the following have been
completed:
 CSMs, GLI2s, BBX2s, and MCCs have correct code load and data
load
4-6
Primary CSM, GLI2, and MCCs are INS
Test equipment is warmed up 60 minutes and calibrated
BTS has been Optimized/Calibrated per Chapters 2 and 3
BBX2s are OOS–RAM
Test equipment is connected for ATP tests (see Figure 3-16 through
Figure 3-19).
Test cables are calibrated
GPIB is on
LMF is logged into the BTS
PRELIMINARY July
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
1999
Automated Acceptance Test Procedure – All-Inclusive TX & RX – continued
Table 4-3: All TX/RX ATP
 Step
Action
 WARNING
Be very careful to not connect an RX test cable to a TX connector. Failure to observe this
warning may cause bodily injury and/or equipment damage.
Click on the BBX(s) and MCC(s) to be tested.
From the Tests menu, select All TX/RX
Select the appropriate carrier(s) (carrier – bts# –sector# –carrier#) displayed in the
Channels/Carrier pick list (use the Shift or Ctrl keyboard key to select multiple items).
Type the appropriate channel number in the Carrier n Channels box.
Select the appropriate receive branch (antenna) in the RX Branch pick list. Valid choices are
Main, Diversity or Both.
Select the baud rate in the Rate Set pick list.
1=9600 bps
2=14400 bps
Click OK
Follow the cable connection directions as they are displayed.
Click OK to close the status report window.
July 1999
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
4-7
Automated Acceptance Test Procedure – All–inclusive TX & RX
– continued
Full Optimization Test
The LMF Tests menu list item, Full Optimization, performs all
optimization tests for all BBX2(s) and MCC(s). All measurements are
made through the appropriate TX and RX output connectors using the
calibrated TX and RX cable setups.
Tests performed include:
Calibrate all selected BBX2s
Load and audit BLO
Perform All TX ATP on all selected BBX2s and MCCs
Perform All RX ATP on all selected BBX2s and MCCs
Prerequisites
Before attempting to run any ATP tests, ensure the following have been
completed:
 CSMs, GLI2s, BBX2s, and MCCs have correct code load and data
load
4-8
Primary CSM, GLI, and MCCs are INS
Test equipment is warmed up 60 minutes and calibrated
BTS has been Optimized and Calibrated
BBX2s are OOS-RAM
Test equipment is connected for ATP tests (see Figure 3-16 through
Figure 3-19).
Test cables are calibrated
GPIB is on
LMF is logged into the BTS
PRELIMINARY July
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
1999
Automated Acceptance Test Procedure – All-Inclusive TX & RX – continued
Table 4-4: Full Optimization ATP
 Step
Action
 WARNING
Be very careful to not connect an RX test cable to a TX connector. Failure to observe this
warning may cause bodily injury and/or equipment damage.
Select the BBX2(s) and MCC(s) to be tested.
From the Tests menu, select Full Optimization
Select the appropriate carrier(s) (carrier – bts# –sector# –carrier#) displayed in the
Channels/Carrier pick list (use the Shift or Ctrl keyboard key to select multiple items).
Type the appropriate channel number in the Carrier n Channels box.
Select the appropriate receive branch (antenna) in the RX Branch pick list. Valid choices are
Main, Diversity or Both.
Select the baud rate in the Rate Set pick list.
1=9600 bps
2=14400 bps
Click OK
Follow the cable connection directions as they are displayed.
Click on OK to close the status report window.
July 1999
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
4-9
Automated Acceptance Test Procedure – All–inclusive TX & RX
– continued
Individual Acceptance Tests
The followingindividual ATP tests can be used to verify the results of
specific tests:
Spectral Purity TX Mask
This test verifies that the transmitted CDMA carrier waveform,
generated on each sector, meets the transmit spectral mask specification
with respect to the assigned CDF file values.
Waveform Quality (rho)
This test verifies that the transmitted Pilot channel element digital
waveform quality (rho) exceeds the minimum specified value in
ANSI–J_STD–019. “Rho” represents the correlation between actual and
perfect CDMA modulation spectrum. A rho value of 1.0000 represents
100% (or perfect correlation).
Pilot Time Offset
The Pilot Time Offset is the difference between the CDMA analyzer
measurement interval (based on the BTS system time reference) and the
incoming block of transmitted data from the BTS (Pilot only, Pilot
Gain = 262, PN Offset = 0).
Code Domain Power
This test verifies the code domain power levels, which have been set for
all ODD numbered Walsh channels, using the OCNS command. This is
done by verifying that the ratio of PILOT divided by OCNS is equal to
10.2 + 2 dB, and, that the noise floor of all EVEN numbered “OFF”
Walsh channels measures < –27 dB (with respect to total CDMA channel
power).
Frame Error Rate
The Frame Error Rate (FER) test verifies RX operation of the entire
CDMA Reverse Link using all equipped MCCs assigned to all
respective sector/antennas. The test verifies the BTS sensitivity on all
traffic channel elements currently configured on all equipped MCCs at
an RF input level of –119 dBm (or –116 dBm if using TMPC).
4-10
PRELIMINARY July
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
1999
TX Spectral Purity Transmit Mask Acceptance Test
Background: Tx Mask Test
This test verifies the spectral purity of each BBX2 carrier keyed up at a
specific frequency, per the current CDF file assignment. All tests are
performed using the external calibrated test set, controlled by the same
command. All measurements are through the appropriate TX OUT
(BTS/RFDS) connector.
The Pilot Gain is set to 541 for each antenna and all channel elements
from the MCCs are forward-link disabled. The BBX2 is keyed up, using
both bbxlvl and bay level offsets, to generate a CDMA carrier (with pilot
channel element only). BBX2 power output is set to obtain +40 dBm as
measured at the TX OUT connector (on either the BTS or RFDS
directional coupler).
NOTE
TX output power is set to +40 dBm by setting BTS power
level to +33.5 dBm to compensate for 6.5 dB increase from
pilot gain set to 541.
The calibrated communications test set measures and returns the
attenuation level of all spurious and IM products in a 30 kHz resolution
bandwidth with respect to the mean power of the CDMA channel,
measured in a 1.23 MHz bandwidth, in dB, verifying that results meet
system tolerances at the following test points:
 at least –45 dB @ + 900 kHz from center frequency,
 at least –45 dB @ – 900 kHz from center frequency.
The BBX2 then de-keys and the applicable redundant BBX2 is assigned
to the current TX antenna path under test. The test is then repeated.
The LMF Tests menu list item, TX Mask, performs the Spectral Purity
TX Mask test for a XCVR(s). All measurements are made through the
appropriate TX output connector using the calibrated TX cable setup.
This test is included in the All TX, All TX/RX and Full Optimization
tests.
July 1999
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
4-11
TX Spectral Purity Transmit Mask Acceptance Test – continued
Prerequisites
Before attempting to run any ATP tests, ensure the following have been
completed:
 CSMs, GLI2s, BBX2s, and MCCs have correct code load and data
load.
Primary CSM, GLI2, and MCCs are INS.
Test equipment is warmed up 60 minutes and calibrated.
BTS has been optimizes/calibrated per Chapters 2 and 3.
BBX2s are OOS–RAM.
Test equipment is connected for ATP tests (see Figure 3-16 through
Figure 3-19).
Test cables are calibrated.
GPIB is on.
LMF is logged into the BTS.
TX Mask Test Procedure
Follow the steps in Table 4-5 to verify the transmit spectral mask
specification on all TX antenna paths using all BBX2s equipped at the BTS.
Table 4-5: TX Mask ATP
 Step
Action
Select the BBX2(s) to be tested.
From the Tests menu, select TX Mask.
Select the appropriate carrier(s) (carrier – bts# –sector# –carrier#) displayed in the
Channels/Carrier pick list (use the Shift or Ctrl keyboard key to select multiple items).
Type the appropriate channel number in the Carrier n Channels box and click OK.
Follow the cable connection directions as they are displayed.
Click on OK to close the status report window.
NOTE
The communications test set will measure and return the attenuation level of all spurious and IM
products in a 30 kHz resolution bandwidth, with respect to the mean power of the CDMA channel,
measured in a 1.23 MHz bandwidth.
4-12
PRELIMINARY July
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
1999
TX Spectral Purity Transmit Mask Acceptance Test – continued
Figure 4-2: TX Mask Verification Spectrum Analyzer Display
Mean CDMA Bandwidth
Power Reference
.5 MHz Span/Div
Ampl 10 dB/Div
Center Frequency Reference
Attenuation level of all
spurious and IM products
with respect to the mean
power of the CDMA channel
– 1980 kHz
– 900 kHz
– 750 kHz
July 1999
+ 1980 kHz
+ 900 kHz
+750 kHz
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
4-13
TX Waveform Quality (rho) Acceptance Test
Background: Rho Test
This test verifies the transmitted Pilot channel element digital waveform
quality of each BBX2 carrier keyed up at a specific frequency per the
current CDF file assignment. All tests are performed using the external
calibrated test set controlled by the same command. All measurements
are via the appropriate TX OUT (BTS/RFDS) connector.
The Pilot Gain is set to 262 for each antenna, and all channel elements
from the MCCs will be forward link disabled. The BBX2 is keyed up
using both bbxlvl and bay level offsets, to generate a CDMA carrier
(with pilot channel element only, Walsh code 0). BBX2 power output is
set to 40 dBm as measured at the TX OUT connector (on either the BTS
or RFDS directional coupler).
The calibrated communications test set measures and returns the Pilot
channel element digital waveform quality (rho) in dB, verifying that
result meets system tolerances Waveform quality (rho) should be > 0.912
(–0.4 dB).
The BBX2 then de-keys and the applicable redundant BBX2 is assigned
to the current TX antenna path under test. The test is then repeated.
The LMF Tests menu list item, Rho, performs the waveform quality test
for a XCVR(s). All measurements are made through the appropriate TX
output connector using the calibrated TX cable setup.
This test is included in the All TX, All TX/RX and Full Optimization
tests.
Prerequisites
Before attempting to run any ATP tests, ensure the following have been
completed:
 CSMs, GLI2s, BBX2s, and MCCs have correct code load and data
load
4-14
Primary CSM, GLI2, and MCCs are INS
Test equipment is warmed up 60 minutes and calibrated
BTS has been Optimized/Calibrated per Chapters 2 and 3
BBX2s are OOS–RAM
Test equipment is connected for ATP tests (see Figure 3-16 through
Figure 3-19).
Test cables are calibrated
GPIB is on
LMF is logged into the BTS
PRELIMINARY July
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
1999
TX Waveform Quality (rho) Acceptance Test – continued
Rho ATP
Follow the steps outlined in Table 4-6 to verify the Pilot channel
waveform quality (rho) on the specified TX antenna paths using BBXs
equipped at the BTS.
Table 4-6: Rho ATP
 Step
Action
Select the BBX2(s) to be tested.
From the Tests menu, select Rho.
Select the appropriate carrier(s) displayed in the Channels/Carrier pick list (use the  or
 key to select multiple items).
Type the appropriate channel number in the Carrier n Channels box.
Click OK.
Follow the cable connection directions as they are displayed.
Click OK to close the status report window.
NOTE
The communications test set will measure and return the transmitted Pilot channel element
waveform quality (rho). Rho represents the correlation between actual and perfect CDMA
modulation spectrum (1.0000 represents perfect correlation).
July 1999
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
4-15
TX Pilot Time Offset Acceptance Test
Background: Pilot Offset
Acceptance Test
This test verifies the transmitted Pilot channel element Pilot Time Offset
of each BBX2 carrier keyed up at a specific frequency per the current
CDF file assignment. All tests are performed using the external
calibrated test set controlled by the same command. All measurements
will be via the appropriate TX OUT (BTS/RFDS) connector.
The Pilot Gain is set to 262 for each antenna and all TCH elements from
the MCCs are forward link disabled. The BBX is keyed up using both
bbxlvl and bay level offsets to generate a CDMA carrier (with pilot
channel element only, Walsh code 0). BBX power output is set to
40 dBm as measured at the TX OUT connector (on either the BTS or
RFDS directional coupler).
The calibrated communications test set measures and returns the Pilot
Time Offset in uS, verifying results meet system tolerances: Pilot Time
Offset should be within < 3 µs of the target PT Offset (0 S).
The BBX2 then de-keys, and the applicable redundant BBX2 is assigned
to the current TX antenna path under test. The test is then repeated.
Pilot Time Offset Test
The LMF Tests menu list item, Pilot Time Offset, performs the Pilot
Time Offset test for a XCVR(s). All measurements are made through the
appropriate TX output connector using the calibrated TX cable setup.
This test is included in the All TX, All TX/RX and Full Optimization
tests.
Prerequisites
Before attempting to run any ATP tests, ensure the following have been
completed:
 CSMs, GLI2s, BBX2s, and MCCs have correct code load and data
load
4-16
Primary CSM, GLI, and MCCs are INS
Test equipment is warmed up 60 minutes and calibrated
BTS has been Optimized/Calibrated
BBX2s are OOS–RAM
Test equipment is connected for ATP tests (see Figure 3-16 through
Figure 3-19).
Test cables are calibrated
GPIB is on
LMF is logged into the BTS
PRELIMINARY July
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
1999
TX Pilot Time Offset Acceptance Test – continued
Pilot Time Offset ATP
Follow the steps outlined in Table 4-7, to verify the Pilot Time Offset on
the specified TX antenna paths using BBXs equipped at the BTS.
Table 4-7: Pilot Time Offset Test ATP
 Step
Action
Click on the BBX2(s) to be tested.
From the Tests menu, select Pilot Time Offest
Select the appropriate carrier(s) displayed in the Channels/Carrier pick list (use the Shift or Ctrl
keyboard key to select multiple items).
Type the appropriate channel number in the Carrier n Channels box. Click OK.
Follow the cable connection directions as they are displayed.
Click OK to close the status report window.
NOTE
The communications test set will measure and return the difference between the CDMA analyzer
measurement interval (based on the BTS system time reference) and the incoming block of
transmitted data from the BTS (Pilot only, Walsh code 0).
An ANSI–J–STD–019 compliant BTS typically measures 1–2 us.
July 1999
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
4-17
TX Code Domain Power Acceptance Test
Background: Code Domain
Power Test
This test verifies the Code Domain Power/Noise of each BBX2 carrier
keyed up at a specific frequency per the current CDF file assignment.
All tests are performed using the external calibrated test set controlled by
the same command. All measurements are via the appropriate TX OUT
(BTS/RFDS) connector.
For each sector/antenna under test, the Pilot Gain is set to 262 and all
MCC channel elements under test are configured to generate Orthogonal
Channel Noise Source (OCNS) on different odd Walsh codes, and are
assigned a full–rate gain of 81. The maximum number of MCC/CEs to
be tested an any one time is 32 (32 odd Walsh codes). If more than 32
CEs exist, then multiple sets of measurements are made, so all channel
elements are verified on all sectors.
BBX2 power output is set to 40 dBm as measured at the TX OUT
connector (on either the BTS or RFDS directional coupler).
Code domain power levels, which have been set for all ODD numbered
Walsh channels, are verified using the OCNS command. This is done by
verifying that Pilot Power (dBm) minus OCNS Power (dBm) is equal to
10.2 + 2 dB and that the noise floor of all “OFF” Walsh channels
measures < –27 dB (with respect to total CDMA channel power).
The BBX2 then de-key and, the applicable redundant BBX2 is assigned
to the current TX antenna path under test. The test is then repeated.
Upon completion of the test, OCNS is disabled on the specified
MCC/CE.
Code Domain Power test
The CDMA LMF Tests menu list item, Code Domain Power, performs
the Code Domain Power test for a XCVR(s). All measurements are made
through the appropriate TX output connector using the calibrated TX
cable setup.
This test is included in the All TX, All TX/RX and Full Optimization
tests.
4-18
PRELIMINARY July
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
1999
TX Code Domain Power Noise Floor Acceptance Test – continued
Prerequisites
Before attempting to run any ATP tests, ensure the following have been
completed:
 CSMs, GLI2s, BBX2s, and MCCs have correct code load and data
load
Primary CSM, GLI, and MCCs are INS
BTS has been Optimized/Calibrated
BBX2s are OOS–RAM
Test equipment is connected for ATP tests (see Figure 3-16 through
Figure 3-19).
 Test equipment is warmed up 60 minutes and calibrated
 Test cables are calibrated
 GPIB is on
Code Domain Power ATP
Follow the steps outlined in Table 4-8 to verify the Code Domain Power
of each BBX carrier keyed up at a specific frequency.
Table 4-8: Code Domain Power Test
 Step
Action
Select the BBX2(s) and MCC(s) to be tested.
From the Tests menu, select Code Domain Power
Select the appropriate carrier(s) displayed in the Channels/Carrier pick list (use the Shift or Ctrl
keyboard key to select multiple items).
Type the appropriate channel number in the Carrier n Channels box.
Click OK.
Follow the cable connection directions as they are displayed.
Click on OK to close the status report window.
NOTE
Verify the active channel code domain power levels, which have been set on ODD numbered
Walsh channels, using the OCNS command. This is done by verifying that Pilot Power (dBm)
minus OCNS Power (dBm) is equal to 10.2 + 2 dB and the noise floor of all inactive “OFF” Walsh
channels measures < –27 dB (with respect to total CDMA channel power).
July 1999
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
4-19
TX Code Domain Power Acceptance Test – continued
Figure 4-3: Code Domain Power and Noise Floor Levels
Pilot Channel
PILOT LEVEL
MAX OCNS
CHANNEL
8.2 dB
12.2 dB
MAX OCNS SPEC.
Active channels
MIN OCNS SPEC.
MIN OCNS
CHANNEL
MAX NOISE
FLOOR
MAXIMUM NOISE FLOOR:
< –27 dB SPEC.
Inactive channels
Walsh 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
...
64
Showing all OCNS Passing
Pilot Channel
PILOT LEVEL
FAILURE – EXCEEDS
MAX OCNS SPEC.
8.2 dB
12.2 dB
MAX OCNS SPEC.
Active channels
MIN OCNS SPEC.
FAILURE – DOES NOT
MEET MIN OCNS SPEC.
FAILURE – EXCEEDS MAX
NOISE FLOOR SPEC.
MAXIMUM NOISE FLOOR:
< –27 dB
Inactive channels
Walsh 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
...
64
Indicating Failures
4-20
PRELIMINARY July
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
1999
RX Frame Error Rate (FER) Acceptance Test
Background: FER Test
This test verifies the BTS Frame Error Rate (FER) on all traffic channel
elements currently configured on all equipped MCCs (full rate at 1%
FER) at an RF input level of –119 dBm [or –116 dBm if using Tower
Top Amplifier (TMPC)]. All tests are performed using the external
calibrated test set as the signal source controlled by the same command.
All measurements will be via the LMF.
The pilot gain is set to 262 for each TX antenna and all channel elements
from the MCCs are forward-link disabled. The BBX2 is keyed up using
only bbxlvl level offsets, to generate a CDMA carrier (with pilot channel
element only). BBX2 power output is set to –20 dBm as measured at the
TX OUT connector (on either the BTS or RFDS directional coupler).
The BBX2 must be keyed in order to enable the RX receive circuitry.
The LMF prompts the MCC/CE under test to measure all zero longcode
and provide the FER report on the selected active MCC on the reverse
link for both the main and diversity RX antenna paths, verifying the
results meet the following specification: FER returned less than 1% and
total frames measured is 1500.
All MCC/CEs selected are tested on the specified RX antenna path. The
BBX then de-keys and, the applicable redundant BBX2 is assigned to
the current RX antenna paths under test. The test is then repeated.
FER test
The CDMA LMF Tests menu list item, FER, performs the Frame Error
Rate (FER) test for a XCVR(s). All measurements are made through the
appropriate RX output connector using the calibrated RX cable setup.
This test is included in the All TX, All TX/RX and Full Optimization
tests.
Prerequisites
Before attempting to run any ATP tests, ensure the following have been
completed:
 CSMs, GLI2s, BBX2s, and MCCs have correct code load and data
load
Primary CSM, GLI2, and MCCs are INS
BTS has been Optimized/Calibrated
BBXs are OOS–RAM
Test equipment is connected for ATP tests (see Figure 3-16 through
Figure 3-19).
 Test equipment is warmed up 60 minutes and calibrated
 Test cables are calibrated and GPIB is on
 LMF is logged into the BTS
July 1999
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
4-21
RX FER Acceptance Test – continued
Table 4-9: Frame Error Rate (FER) ATP
 Step
Action
 WARNING
Be very careful to not connect an RX test cable to a TX connector. Failure to observe this
warning may cause bodily injury and/or equipment damage.
Select the BBX2(s) and MCC(s) to be tested.
From the Tests menu, select FER
Select the appropriate carrier(s) displayed in the Channels/Carrier pick list (use the Shift or Ctrl
keyboard key to select multiple items).
Type the appropriate channel number in the Carrier n Channels box.
Select the appropriate receive branch in the RX Branch pick list.
Select the rate in the Rate Set pick list.
1=9600 bps
2=14400 bps
Click OK.
Follow the cable connection directions as they are displayed.
Click OK to close the status report window.
NOTE
The CDMA LMF prompts the MCC under test to measure the FER at –119 dBm. The FER must
be less than 1% and total frames is 1500.
4-22
PRELIMINARY July
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
1999
Generate an ATP Report
Background
Each time an ATP test is run, an ATP report is updated to include the
results of the most recent ATP tests. The ATP report will not be updated
if the status reports window is not closed with use of the OK button.
ATP Report
A separate report is created for each BTS and includes the following for
each test:
 Test name
 BBX number
 Channel number
 Carrier number
 Sector number
 Upper test limit
 Lower test limit
 Test result
 PASS or FAIL
 Description information (if applicable)
 Time stamp
 Details/Warning information (if applicable)
Follow the procedures in the Table 4-10 to view the ATP report for a
BTS.
Table 4-10: Generate an ATP Report
 Step
Action
Click on the Login tab if it is not in the forefront.
Select the desired BTS from the Available Base Stations pick list.
Click on the Report button.
Printing an ATP Report
Each time an ATP test is run, the test results are stored in a
wlmf\cdma\bts–#.rpt file in the BTS folder. The test results are
updated each time a test is run so only the latest results are displayed for
each test type. The test report for a BTS can be viewed or saved to a
file. A saved file can be used to print a hard copy of the report.
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
4-23
Generate an ATP Report – continued
NOTE
The test results are not stored if the status report window is
closed with use of the Dismiss button. Use the Save
Results button to save the results and exit the status report
window.
The bts–#.rpt file is not a text file and the contents can not
be viewed with use of an editor. Only the files created
with use of the save function in the test report window can
be viewed with an editor and printed.
The bts–#.rpt file becomes corrupted, an error message
will appear when the status report window OK button is
clicked. In this case, the bts–#.rpt file will have to be
deleted.
Print Test File Procedure
The procedure in Table 4-11 is used for printing a test report.
Table 4-11: Procedure to a Test Report
 Step
Action
Open the file with an editor (e.g., Notepad, Wordpad, or
Word). If the file contents do not display correctly with
Notepad, use Wordpad or Word.
Use File > Page Setup to change the page layout for a
test report as follows:
Top, Bottom, Left, and Right Margin = 0.5 inch
Page = Landscape
Print the file.
NOTE
If additional information is available for a failed test, it is
included at the end of the report with a reference to the line
number of the failed test.
4-24
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Chapter 5: Basic Troubleshooting
Table of Contents
July 1999
Basic Troubleshooting Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-1
Troubleshooting: Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cannot Log into Cell-Site . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cannot Communicate to Power Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cannot Communicate to Communications Analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-2
5-2
5-2
5-3
Troubleshooting: Download . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cannot Download CODE to Any Device (card) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cannot Download DATA to Any Device (Card) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cannot ENABLE Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Miscellaneous Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-4
5-4
5-4
5-5
5-5
Troubleshooting: Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bay Level Offset Calibration Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cannot Load BLO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Calibration Audit Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-6
5-6
5-7
5-7
Troubleshooting: Transmit ATP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cannot Perform Txmask Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cannot Perform Rho or Pilot Time Offset Measurement . . . . . . . . . . .
Cannot Perform Code Domain Power and Noise Floor Measurement .
Cannot Perform Carrier Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-8
5-8
5-8
5-9
5-9
Troubleshooting: Receive ATP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Multi–FER Test Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-10
5-10
Troubleshooting: CSM Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Problem Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intermittent 19.6608 MHz Reference Clock / GPS Receiver Operation
No GPS Reference Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Checksum Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GPS Bad RX Message Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CSM Reference Source Configuration Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Takes Too Long for CSM to Come INS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-11
5-11
5-11
5-11
5-11
5-11
5-11
5-12
C–CCP Backplane Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connector Functionality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C–CCP Backplane Troubleshooting Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Digital Control Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DC Power Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-13
5-13
5-13
5-14
5-15
5-19
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Table of Contents
– continued
TX and RX Signal Routing Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-20
Module Front Panel LED Indicators and Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Module Status Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LED Status Combinations for All Modules
(except GLI2, CSM, BBX2, MCC24, MCC8E) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DC/DC Converter LED Status Combinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CSM LED Status Combinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GLI2 LED Status Combinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GLI2 Pushbuttons and Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BBX2 LED Status Combinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MCC24/MCC8E LED Status Combinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LPA Shelf LED Status Combinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-21
5-21
5-21
5-21
5-22
5-24
5-25
5-26
5-26
5-27
Basic Troubleshooting – Span Control Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Span Problems (No Control Link) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-28
5-28
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Basic Troubleshooting Overview
Overview
The information in this section addresses some of the scenarios likely to
be encountered by Customer Field Engineering (CFE) team members.
This troubleshooting guide was created as an interim reference document
for use in the field. It provides basic “what to do if” basic
troubleshooting suggestions when the BTS equipment does not perform
per the procedure documented in the manual.
Comments are consolidated from inputs provided by CFEs in the field
and information gained form experience in Motorola labs and
classrooms.
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
5-1
Troubleshooting: Installation
Cannot Log into Cell-Site
Table 5-1: Login Failure Troubleshooting Procedures
 Step
Action
If MGLI2 LED is solid RED, it implies a hardware failure. Reset MGLI2 by
re-seating it. If this persists, install RGLI2 card in MGLI2 slot and retry. A Red
LED may also indicate no Ethernet termination at top of frame.
Verify that T1 is disconnected at the Channel Signaling Unit (CSU). If T1 is still
connected, verify the CBSC has disabled the BTS.
Try ‘ping’ing the MGLI2.
Verify the LMF is connected to the Primary LMF port (LAN A) in front of the
BTS.
Verify the LMF was configured properly.
Verify the BTS-LMF cable is RG-58 (flexible black cable of less than 2.5 feet
length).
Verify the Ethernet ports are terminated properly.
Verify a T-adapter is not used on LMF side port if connected to the BTS front
LMF primary port.
Try connecting to the I/O panel (top of the Frame or on master ground bar). Use
BNC T-adapters at the LMF port for this connection.
10
Try connecting to the MGLI directly using a cable with BNC T-adapters at each
end of cable, and each end terminated with BNC loads.
11
Re-boot the CDMA LMF and retry.
12
Re-seat the MGLI2 and retry.
Cannot Communicate to
Power Meter
Table 5-2: Troubleshooting a Power Meter Communication Failure
 Step
5-2
Action
Verify Power Meter is connected to LMF with GPIB adapter.
Verify cable setup as specified in Chapter 3.
Verify the GP–IB address of the Power Meter is set to 13. Refer to Test
Equipment setup section of Chapter 3 for details.
Verify that Com1 port is not used by another application.
PRELIMINARY July
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
1999
Troubleshooting: Installation – continued
Cannot Communicate to
Communications Analyzer
Table 5-3: Troubleshooting a Communications Analyzer Communication Failure
 Step
Action
Verify analyzer is connected to LMF with GPIB adapter.
Verify cable setup.
Verify the GPIB address is set to 18.
Verify the GPIB adapter DIP switch settings are correct. Refer to Test Equipment
setup section for details.
Verify the GPIB adapter is not locked up. Under normal conditions, only 2 green
LEDs must be ‘ON’ (Power and Ready). If any other LED is continuously ‘ON’,
then power-cycle the GPIB Box and retry.
If a Hyperterm window is open for MMI, close it.
July 1999
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
5-3
Troubleshooting: Download
Cannot Download CODE to
Any Device (card)
Before a device can be enabled (placed in-service), it must be in the
OOS_RAM state (yellow) with data downloaded to the device. The color
of the device changes to green, once it is enabled.
The three states that devices can be changed to are as follows:
 Enabled (green, INS)
 Disabled (yellow, OOS_RAM)
 Reset (blue, OOS_ROM)
Table 5-4: Troubleshooting Code Download Failure
 Step
Action
Verify T1 is disconnected from the BTS at CSU.
Verify LMF can communicate with the BTS device using the Status function.
Communication to MGLI2 must first be established before trying to talk to any
other BTS device. MGLI2 must be INS_ACT state (green).
Verify the card is physically present in the cage and powered-up.
If card LED is solid RED, it implies hardware failure. Reset card by re-seating it.
If this persists, replace card from another slot & retry.
NOTE
Primary & Redundunt CSM cards CANNOT be interchanged because only
primary CSM is equipped with a GPS receiver.
Re-seat card and try again.
If BBX2 reports a failure message and is OOS_RAM, the code load was OK.
Cannot Download DATA to
Any Device (Card)
Table 5-5: Troubleshooting Data Download Failure
 Step
5-4
Action
Re-seat card and repeat code and data load procedure.
PRELIMINARY July
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
1999
Troubleshooting: Download – continued
Cannot ENABLE Device
Table 5-6: Troubleshooting Device Enable (INS) Failure
 Step
Action
Re-seat card and repeat code and data load procedure.
If CSM cannot be enabled, verify the CDF file has correct latitude and longitude
data for cell site location and GPS sync.
Ensure primary CSM is in INS_ACT state.
NOTE
MCCs will not go INS without the CSM and the BDC being INS.
Verify 19.6608 MHz CSM clock; MCCs will not go INS otherwise.
The BBX should not be enabled for ATP tests.
If MCCs give “invalid or no system time,” verify the BDC is enabled. If error
persists, verify the CSM is enabled.
Miscellaneous Errors
Table 5-7: Miscellaneous Failures
 Step
July 1999
Action
If LPAs continue to give alarms, even after cycling power at the circuit breakers,
then connect an MMI cable to the LPA and set up a Hyperterminal connection.
Enter ALARMS in the Hyperterminal window. The resulting LMF display may
provide an indication of the problem. (Call Field Support for further assistance.)
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
5-5
Troubleshooting: Calibration
Bay Level Offset Calibration
Failure
Table 5-8: Troubleshooting BLO Calibration Failure
 Step
Verify the Power Meter is configured correctly (see the test equipment setup
section) and connection is made to the proper TX port.
Verify the parameters in the bts–#.cdf file are set correctly for the following
bands:
For 1900 MHz:
Bandclass=1; Freq_Band=16
Verify that no LPA in the sector is in alarm state (flashing red LED). Reset the
LPA by pulling the circuit breaker, and after 5 seconds, pushing back in.
Re-calibrate the Power Meter and verify it is calibrated correctly with cal factors
from sensor head.
Verify GPIB adapter is not locked up. Under normal conditions, only 2 green
LEDs must be ‘ON’ (Power and Ready). If any other LED is continuously ‘ON’,
power-cycle (turn power off and on) the GPIB Box and retry.
Verify sensor head is functioning properly by checking it with the 1 mW (0 dBm)
Power Ref signal.
If communication between the LMF and Power Meter is operational, the Meter
display will show “RES :’’
5-6
Action
PRELIMINARY July
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
1999
Troubleshooting: Calibration – continued
Cannot Load BLO
For Load BLO failures see Table 5-8.
Calibration Audit Failure
Table 5-9: Troubleshooting Calibration Audit Failure
 Step
Verify Power Meter is configured correctly (refer to the test equipment setup
section of chapter 3).
Re-calibrate the Power Meter and verify it is calibrated correctly with cal factors
from sensor head.
Verify that no LPA is in alarm state (rapidly flashing red LED). Reset the LPA by
pulling the circuit breaker, and, after 5 seconds, pushing back in.
Verify that no sensor head is functioning properly by checking it with the 1 mW
(0 dBm) Power Ref signal.
After calibration, the BLO data must be re-loaded to the BBX2s before auditing.
Click on the BBX(s) and select Device>Download BLO
Re-try the audit.
July 1999
Action
Verify GPIB adapter is not locked up. Under normal conditions, only 2 green
LEDs must be ‘ON’ (Power and Ready). If any other LED is continuously ‘ON’,
power-cycle (turn power off and on) the GP–IB Box and retry.
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
5-7
Troubleshooting: Transmit ATP
Cannot Perform Txmask
Measurement
Table 5-10: Troubleshooting TX Mask Measurement Failure
 Step
Action
Verify that TX audit passes for the BBX2(s).
If performing manual measurement, verify Analyzer setup.
Verify that no LPA in the sector is in alarm state (flashing red LED). Re-set the
LPA by pulling the circuit breaker, and, after 5 seconds, pushing it back in.
Cannot Perform Rho or Pilot
Time Offset Measurement
Table 5-11: Troubleshooting Rho and Pilot Time Offset Measurement Failure
 Step
5-8
Action
Verify presence of RF signal by switching to Spectrum analyzer screen.
Verify PN offsets displayed on the analyzer is the same as the PN offset in the
CDF file.
Re–load MGLI2 data and repeat the test.
If performing manual measurement, verify Analyzer setup.
Verify that no LPA in the sector is in alarm state (flashing red LED). Reset the
LPA by pulling the circuit breaker, and, after 5 seconds, pushing back in.
If Rho value is unstable and varies considerably (e.g. .95,.92,.93), this may
indicate that the GPS is still phasing (i.e. trying to reach and maintain 0 freq.
error). Go to the freq. bar in the upper right corner of the Rho meter and select Hz.
Press  and enter 10, to obtain an average Rho value. This is an
indication the GPS has not stabilized before going INS and may need to be
re-initialized.
PRELIMINARY July
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
1999
Troubleshooting – Transmit ATP – continued
Cannot Perform Code Domain
Power and Noise Floor
Measurement
Table 5-12: Troubleshooting Code Domain Power and Noise Floor Measurement Failure
 Step
Action
Verify presence of RF signal by switching to spectrum analyzer screen.
Verify PN offset displayed on analyzer is same as PN offset being used in the
CDF file.
Disable and re-enable MCC (one or more MCCs based on extent of failure).
Cannot Perform Carrier
Measurement
Table 5-13: Troubleshooting Carrier Measurement Failure
 Step
July 1999
Action
Perform the test manually, using the spread CDMA signal. Verify High Stability
10 MHz Rubidium Standard is warmed up (60 minutes) and properly connected to
test set-up.
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
5-9
Troubleshooting: Receive ATP
Multi–FER Test Failure
Table 5-14: Troubleshooting Multi-FER Failure
 Step
Action
Verify test equipment set up is correct for a FER test.
Verify HP8921A is locked to 19.6608 and even second clocks. The yellow LED
(REF UNLOCK) must be OFF.
Verify MCCs have been loaded with data and are INS–ACT.
Disable and re-enable the MCC (1 or more based on extent of failure).
Disable, re-load code and data, and re-enable MCC (one or more MCCs based on
extent of failure).
Verify antenna connections to frame are correct based on the directions messages.
5-10
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Troubleshooting: CSM Checklist
Problem Description
Many of the Clock Synchronization Manager (CSM) boards may be
resolved in the field before sending the boards to the factory for repair.
This section describes known CSM problems identified in field returns,
some of which are field-repairable. Check these problems before
returning suspect CSM boards.
Intermittent 19.6608 MHz
Reference Clock / GPS
Receiver Operation
If having any problems with CSM board kit numbers, SGLN1145 or
SGLN4132, check the suffix with the kit number. If the kit has version
“AB,” then replace with version ‘‘BC’’ or higher, and return model AB
to the repair center.
No GPS Reference Source
Check the CSM boards for proper hardware configuration. CSM kit
SGLN1145, in Slot l, has an on-board GPS receiver; while kit
SGLN4132, in Slot 2, does not have a GPS receiver. Any incorrectly
configured board must be returned to the repair center. Do not attempt to
change hardware configuration in the field. Also, verify the GPS
antenna is not damaged and is installed per recommended guidelines.
Checksum Failure
The CSM could have corrupted data in its firmware resulting in a
non-executable code. The problem is usually caused by either electrical
disturbance, or interruption of data during a download. Attempt another
download with no interruptions in the data transfer. Return CSM board
back to repair center if the attempt to reload fails.
GPS Bad RX Message Type
This is believed to be caused by a later version of CSM software (3.5 or
higher) being downloaded, via LMF, followed by an earlier version of
CSM software (3.4 or lower), being downloaded from the CBSC.
Download again with CSM software code 3.5 or higher. Return CSM
board back to repair center if attempt to reload fails.
CSM Reference Source
Configuration Error
This is caused by incorrect reference source configuration performed in
the field by software download. CSM kit SGLN1145 and SGLN4132
must have proper reference sources configured (as shown below) to
function correctly.
CSM Kit No.
Hardware Configuration
CSM Slot No.
Reference Source Configuration
SGLN1145
With GPS Receiver
Primary = Local GPS
Backup = Either LFR or HSO
SGLN4132
Without GPS Receiver
Primary = Remote GPS
Backup = Either LFR or HSO
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
5-11
Troubleshooting: CSM Checklist – continued
Takes Too Long for CSM to
Come INS
This may be caused by a delay in GPS acquisition. Check the accuracy
flag status and/or current position. Refer to the GSM system time/GPS
and LFR/HSO verification section in Chapter 3. At least 1 satellite
should be visible and tracked for the “surveyed” mode and 4 satellites
should be visible and tracked for the “estimated” mode. Also, verify
correct base site position data used in “surveyed” mode.
5-12
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
C–CCP Backplane Troubleshooting
Introduction
The C–CCP backplane is a multi–layer board that interconnects all the
C–CCP modules. The complexity of this board lends itself to possible
improper diagnoses when problems occur.
Connector Functionality
The following connector overview describes the major types of
backplane connectors along with the functionality of each. This will
allow the Cellular Field Engineer (CFE) to:
 Determine which connector(s) is associated with a specific problem
type.
 Allow the isolation of problems to a specific cable or connector.
Primary “A” and Redundant “B” ISB (Inter Shelf Bus)
connectors
The 40 pin ISB connectors provide an interface bus from the master
GLI2 to all other GLI2s in the modem frame. Its basic function is to
provide clock synchronization from the master GLI2 to all other GLI2s
in the frame.
The ISB is also provides the following functions:
 span line grooming when a single span is used for multiple cages.
 provide MMI connection to/from the master GLI2 to cell site modem.
 provide interface between GLI2s and the AMR (for reporting BTS
alarms).
Span Line Connector
The span line input is an 8 pin RJ–45 connector that provides a primary
and secondary (if used) span line interface to each GLI2 in the C–CCP
shelf. The span line is used for MM/EMX switch control of the Master
GLI2 and also all the BBX2 traffic.
Primary “A” and Redundant “B” Reference Distribution
Module (RDM) Input/Output
These connectors route the 3 MHz reference signals from the CSMs to
the GLI2s and all BBX2s in the backplane. The signals are used to phase
lock loop all clock circuits on the GLI2’s and BBX2 boards to produce
precise clock and signal frequencies.
Power Input (Return A, B, and C connectors)
Provides a 27 volt input for use by the power supply modules.
Power Supply Module Interface
Each power supply module has a series of three different connectors to
provide the needed inputs/outputs to the C–CCP backplane. These
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
5-13
CCP Backplane Troubleshooting – continued
include a VCC/Ground input connector, a Harting style multiple pin
interface, and a +15V/Analog Ground output connector. The Transceiver
Power Module converts 27/48 Volts to a regulated +15, +6.5, +5.0 volts
to be used by the C–CCP shelf cards.
GLI2 Connector
This connector consists of a Harting 4SU digital connector and a
6–conductor coaxial connector for RDM distribution. The connectors
provide inputs/outputs for the GLI2s in the C–CCP backplane.
GLI2 Ethernet “A” and “B” Connections
These BNC connectors are located on the C–CCP backplane and routed
to the GLI2 board. This interface provides all the control and data
communications between the master GLI2 and the other GLI2, between
gateways, and for the LMF on the LAN.
BBX2 Connector
Each BBX2 connector cnsists of a Harting 2SU/1SU digital connector
and two 6–conductor coaxial connectors. These connectors provide DC,
digital, and RF inputs/outputs for the BBX2s in the C–CCP backplane.
CIO Connectors
 RX RF antenna path signal inputs are routed through RX Tri–Filters
(on the I/O plate), and via coaxial cables to the two MPC modules –
the six “A” (main) signals go to one MPC; the six “B” (diversity) to
the other. The MPC outputs the low–noise–amplified signals via the
C–CCP backplane to the CIO where the signals are split and sent to
the appropriate BBX2.
 A digital bus then routes the baseband signal through the BBX2, to
the backplane, then on to the MCC24 slots.
 Digital TX antenna path signals originate at the MCC24s. Each
output is routed from the MCC24 slot via the backplane appropriate
BBX2.
 TX RF path signal originates from the BBX2, through the backplane
to the CIO, through the CIO, and via multi-conductor coaxial cabling
to the LPAs in the LPA shelf.
C–CCP Backplane
Troubleshooting Procedure
The following table provides a standard procedure for troubleshooting
problems that appear to be related to a defective C–CCP backplane. The
table is broken down into possible problems and steps which should be
taken in an attempt to find the root cause.
IMPORTANT
5-14
It is important to note that all steps be followed before
replacing ANY C–CCP backplane.
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
CCP Backplane Troubleshooting – continued
Digital Control Problems
No GLI2 Control via LMF (all GLI2s)
Table 5-15: No GLI2 Control via LMF (all GLI2s)
Step
Action
Check the ethernet for proper connection, damage, shorts, or
opens (refer to page 3-17 of this manual).
Verify C–CCP backplane Shelf ID DIP switch is set correctly.
Visually check the master GLI2 connector (both board and
backplane) for damage.
Replace the master GLI2 with a known good GLI2.
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
5-15
CCP Backplane Troubleshooting – continued
No GLI2 Control through Span Line Connection (All GLI2s)
Table 5-16: No GLI2 Control through Span Line Connection (Both
GLI2s)
Step
Action
Verify C–CCP backplane Shelf ID DIP switch is set correctly.
Verify that the BTS and GLI2s are correctly configured in the
OMCR/CBSC data base.
Visually check the master GLI2 connector (both board and
backplane) for damage.
Replace the master GLI2 with a known good GLI2.
Check the span line inputs from the top of the frame to the
master GLI2 for proper connection and damage.
Table 5-17: MGLI2 Control Good – No Control over Co–located
GLI2
Step
Action
Verify that the BTS and GLI2s are correctly configured in the
OMCR CBSC data base.
Check the ethernet for proper connection, damage, shorts, or
opens (refer to the page 3-18 of this manual).
Check the appropriate ISB cables connectors and ISB
backplane connectors for proper connection and damage.
Visually check all GLI2 connectors (both board and
backplane) for damage.
Replace the remaining GLI2 with a known good GLI2.
Verify ISB terminations are installed. Check connectors (both
cable and backplane) for damage. Replace the ISB cable with
a known good cable.
NOTE
Externally route the cable to bypass suspect segment.
5-16
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
CCP Backplane Troubleshooting – continued
No AMR Control (MGLI2 good)
Table 5-18: MGLI2 Control Good – No Control over AMR
Step
Action
Check the appropriate ISB cables connectors and ISB
backplane connectors for proper connection and damage.
Visually check the master GLI2 connector (both board and
backplane) for damage.
Replace the master GLI2 with a known good GLI2.
Replace the AMR with a known good AMR.
Verify ISB terminations are installed. Check connectors (both
cable and backplane) for damage. Replace the ISB cable with
a known good cable.
NOTE
Externally route the cable to bypass suspect segment.
No BBX2 Control in the Shelf
Table 5-19: MGLI2 Control Good – No Control over Co–located
GLI2s
Step
Action
Visually check all GLI2 connectors (both board and
backplane) for damage.
Replace the remaining GLI2 with a known good GLI2.
Visually check BBX2 connectors (both board and backplane)
for damage.
Replace the BBX2 with a known good BBX2.
Verify ISB terminations are installed. Check connectors (both
cable and backplane) for damage. Replace the ISB cable with
a known good cable.
NOTE
Externally route the cable to bypass suspect segment.
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
5-17
CCP Backplane Troubleshooting – continued
No (or Missing) Span Line Traffic
Table 5-20: BBX2 Control Good – No (or Missing) Span Line Traffic
Step
Action
Visually check all GLI2 connectors (both board and
backplane) for damage.
Replace the remaining GLI2 with a known good GLI2.
Visually check all span line distribution (both connectors and
cables) for damage.
Verify ISB terminations are installed. Check connectors (both
cable and backplane) for damage. Replace the ISB cable with
a known good cable.
NOTE
Externally route the cable to bypass suspect segment.
If the problem seems to be limited to 1 BBX2, replace the
BBX2 with a known good BBX2.
No (or Missing) MCC24 Channel Elements
Table 5-21: No MCC24 Channel Elements
Step
Action
Verify CEs on a co–located MCC24 (MccType=2)
If the problem seems to be limited to 1 MCC24, replace the
MCC24 with a known good MCC24.
– Check connectors (both board and backplane) for damage.
If no CEs on any MCC24:
– visually check BDC INS_ACT
– replace BDC with known good BDC. Check connectors
(both board and backplane) for damage.
– Verify clock reference to CIO.
Verify ISB terminations are installed. Check connectors (both
cable and backplane) for damage. Replace the ISB cable with
a known good cable.
NOTE
Externally route the cable to bypass suspect segment.
5-18
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
CCP Backplane Troubleshooting – continued
DC Power Problems
WARNING
Potentially lethal voltage and current levels are routed to
the BTS equipment. This test must be carried out with a
second person present, acting in a safety role. Remove all
rings, jewelry, and wrist watches prior to beginning this
test.
No DC Input Voltage to Power Supply Module
Table 5-22: No DC Input Voltage to Power Supply Module
Step
Action
Verify DC power is applied to the BTS frame. Verify there are
no breakers tripped.
* IMPORTANT
If a breaker has tripped, remove all modules from the
applicable shelf supplied by the breaker and attempt to reset it.
– If breaker trips again, there is probably a cable or breaker
problem within the frame.
– If breaker does not trip, there is probably a defective
module or sub–assembly within the shelf.
July 1999
Verify that the C–CCP shelf breaker on the BTS frame
breaker panel is functional.
Use a voltmeter to determine if the input voltage is being
routed to the C–CCP backplane by measuring the DC voltage
level on the PWR_IN cable.
– If the voltage is not present, there is probably a cable or
breaker problem within the frame.
– If the voltage is present at the connector, reconnect and
measure the level at the “VCC” power feed clip on the
distribution backplane. If the voltage is correct at the
power clip, inspect the clip for damage.
If everything appears to be correct, visually inspect the power
supply module connectors.
Replace the power supply module with a known good
module.
If steps 1 through 4 fail to indicate a problem, the C–CCP
backplane failure (possibly an open trace) has occurred.
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
5-19
CCP Backplane Troubleshooting – continued
No DC Voltage (+5, +6.5, or +15 Volts) to a Specific GLI2,
BBX2, or Switchboard
Table 5-23: No DC Input Voltage to any C–CCP Shelf Module
Step
Action
Verify steps outlined in Table 5-22 have been performed.
Inspect the defective board/module (both board and
backplane) connector for damage.
Replace suspect board/module with known good
board/module.
TX and RX Signal Routing
Problems
Table 5-24: No DC Input Voltage to any C–CCP Shelf Module
Step
5-20
Action
Inspect all Harting Cable connectors and back–plane
connectors for damage in all the affected board slots.
Perform steps outlined in the RF path troubleshooting
flowchart in this manual.
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Module Front Panel LED Indicators and Connectors
Module Status Indicators
Each of the non-passive plug-in modules has a bi-color (green & red)
LED status indicator located on the module front panel. The indicator is
labeled PWR/ALM. If both colors are turned on, the indicator is yellow.
Each plug-in module, except for the fan module, has its own alarm
(fault) detection circuitry that controls the state of the PWR/ALM LED.
The fan TACH signal of each fan module is monitored by the AMR.
Based on the status of this signal the AMR controls the state of the
PWR/ALM LED on the fan module.
LED Status Combinations for
All Modules (except GLI2,
CSM, BBX2, MCC24, MCC8E)
PWR/ALM LED
The following list describes the states of the module status indicator.
 Solid GREEN – module operating in a normal (fault free) condition.
 Solid RED – module is operating in a fault (alarm) condition due to
electrical hardware failure.
Note that a fault (alarm) indication may or may not be due to a complete
module failure and normal service may or may not be reduced or
interrupted.
DC/DC Converter LED Status
Combinations
The PWR CNVTR has its own alarm (fault) detection circuitry that
controls the state of the PWR/ALM LED.
PWR/ALM LED
The following list describes the states of the bi-color LED.
 Solid GREEN – module operating in a normal (fault free) condition.
 Solid RED – module is operating in a fault (alarm) condition due to
electrical hardware problem.
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
5-21
Module Front Panel LED Indicators and Connectors – continued
CSM LED Status
Combinations
PWR/ALM LED
The CSMs include on-board alarm detection. Hardware and
software/firmware alarms are indicated via the front panel indicators.
After the memory tests, the CSM loads OOS–RAM code from the Flash
EPROM, if available. If not available, the OOS–ROM code is loaded
from the Flash EPROM.
 Solid GREEN – module is INS_ACT or INS_STBY no alarm.
 Solid RED – Initial power up or module is operating in a fault (alarm)
condition.
 Slowly Flashing GREEN – OOS_ROM no alarm.
 Long RED/Short GREEN – OOS_ROM alarm.
 Rapidly Flashing GREEN – OOS_RAM no alarm or
INS_ACT in DUMB mode.
Short RED/Short GREEN – OOS_RAM alarm.
Long GREEN/Short RED – INS_ACT or INS_STBY alarm.
Off – no DC power or on-board fuse is open.
Solid YELLOW – After a reset, the CSMs begin to boot. During
SRAM test and Flash EPROM code check, the LED is yellow. (If
SRAM or Flash EPROM fail, the LED changes to a solid RED and
the CSM attempts to reboot.)
Figure 5-1: CSM Front Panel Indicators & Monitor Ports
SYNC
MONITOR
PWR/ALM
Indicator
FREQ
MONITOR
. . . continued on next page
5-22
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Module Front Panel LED Indicators and Connectors – continued
FREQ Monitor Connector
A test port provided at the CSM front panel via a BNC receptacle allows
monitoring of the 19.6608 MHz clock generated by the CSM. When
both CSM 1 and CSM 2 are in an in-service (INS) condition, the CSM 2
clock signal frequency is the same as that output by CSM 1.
The clock is a sine wave signal with a minimum amplitude of +2 dBm
(800 mVpp) into a 50 Ω load connected to this port.
SYNC Monitor Connector
A test port provided at the CSM front panel via a BNC receptacle allows
monitoring of the “Even Second Tick” reference signal generated by the
CSMs.
At this port, the reference signal is a TTL active high signal with a pulse
width of 153 nanoseconds.
MMI Connector – Only accessible behind front panel. The RS–232
MMI port connector is intended to be used primarily in the development
or factory environment, but may be used in the field for
debug/maintenance purposes.
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
5-23
Module Front Panel LED Indicators and Connectors – continued
GLI2 LED Status
Combinations
The GLI2 module has indicators, controls and connectors as described
below and shown in Figure 5-2.
The indicators and controls consist of:
 Four LEDs
 One pushbutton
ACTIVE LED
Solid GREEN – GLI2 is active. This means that the GLI2 has shelf
control and is providing control of the digital interfaces.
Off – GLI2 is not active (i.e., Standby). The mate GLI2 should be
active.
MASTER LED
 Solid GREEN – GLI2 is Master (sometimes referred to as MGLI2).
 Off – GLI2 is non-master (i.e., Slave).
ALARM LED
 Solid RED – GLI2 is in a fault condition or in reset.
 While in reset transition, STATUS LED is OFF while GLI2 is
performing ROM boot (about 12 seconds for normal boot).
 While in reset transition, STATUS LED is ON while GLI2 is
performing RAM boot (about 4 seconds for normal boot).
 Off – No Alarm.
STATUS LED
 Flashing GREEN– GLI2 is in service (INS), in a stable operating
condition.
 On – GLI2 is in OOS RAM state operating downloaded code.
 Off – GLI2 is in OOS ROM state operating boot code.
SPANS LED
 Solid GREEN – Span line is connected and operating.
 Solid RED – Span line is disconnected or a fault condition exists.
5-24
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Module Front Panel LED Indicators and Connectors – continued
GLI2 Pushbuttons and
Connectors
RESET Pushbutton – Depressing the RESET pushbutton causes a
partial reset of the CPU and a reset of all board devices. GLI2 will be
placed in the OOS_ROM state
MMI Connector – The RS–232MMI port connector is intended to be
used primarily in the development or factory environment but may be
used in the field for debug/maintenance purposes.
LAN Connectors (A & B) – The two 10BASE2 Ethernet circuit board
mounted BNC connectors are located on the bottom front edge of the
GLI2; one for each LAN interface, A & B. Ethernet cabling is connected
to tee connectors fastened to these BNC connectors.
Figure 5-2: GLI2 Front Panel
RESET
RESET
PUSHBUTTON
ALARM LED
ALARM
SPANS LED
SPANS
ACTIVE
ACTIVE LED
MMI
MMI PORT
CONNECTOR
MASTER
MASTER LED
STATUS
STATUS LED
GLI2 FRONT PANEL
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
5-25
Module Front Panel LED Indicators and Connectors – continued
BBX2 LED Status
Combinations
PWR/ALM LED
The BBX module has its own alarm (fault) detection circuitry that
controls the state of the PWR/ALM LED.
The following list describes the states of the bi-color LED:
Solid GREEN – INS_ACT no alarm
Solid RED Red – initializing or power-up alarm
Slowly Flashing GREEN – OOS_ROM no alarm
Long RED/Short GREEN – OOS_ROM alarm
Rapidly Flashing GREEN – OOS_RAM no alarm
Short RED/Short GREEN – OOS_RAM alarm
Long GREEN/Short RED – INS_ACT alarm
MCC24/MCC8E LED Status
Combinations
The MCC24/MCC8E module has LED indicators and connectors as
described below. See Figure 5-3. Note that the figure does not show the
connectors as they are concealed by the removable lens.
The LED indicators and their states are as follows:
PWR/ALM LED
 RED – fault on module
ACTIVE LED
Off – module is inactive, off-line, or not processing traffic.
Slowly Flashing GREEN – OOS_ROM no alarm.
Rapidly Flashing Green – OOS_RAM no alarm.
Solid GREEN – module is INS_ACT, on-line, processing traffic.
PWR/ALM and ACTIVE LEDs
 Solid RED – module is powered but is in reset or the BCP is inactive.
MMI Connectors
 The RS–232 MMI port connector (four-pin) is intended to be used
primarily in the development or factory environment but may be used
in the field for debugging purposes.
 The RJ–11 ethernet port connector (eight-pin) is intended to be used
primarily in the development environment but may be used in the field
for high data rate debugging purposes.
. . . continued on next page
5-26
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Module Front Panel LED Indicators and Connectors – continued
Figure 5-3: MCC24 Front Panel
PWR/ALM
PWR/ALM LED
LENS (REMOVABLE)
ACTIVE
ACTIVE LED
MCC24 FRONT PANEL
LPA Shelf LED Status
Combinations
LPA Module LED
Each LPA module contains a bi–color LED just above the MMI
connector on the front panel of the module. Interpret this LED as
follows:
 GREEN — LPA module is active and is reporting no alarms (Normal
condition).
 Flashing GREEN/RED — LPA module is active but is reporting an
low input power condition. If no BBX is keyed, this is normal and
does not constitute a failure.
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
5-27
Basic Troubleshooting – Span Control Link
Span Problems (No Control
Link)
Table 5-25: Troubleshooting Control Link Failure
 Step
5-28
Action
Verify the span settings using the span_view command
on the active master GLI2 MMI port. If these are set
correctly, verify the edlc parameters using the show
command. Any alarms conditions indicate that the span is
not operating correctly.
– Try looping back the span line from the DSX panel
back to the Mobility Manager (MM) and verify that
the looped signal is good.
– Listen for control tone on appropriate timeslot from
Base Site and MM.
If no traffic channels in groomed MCC24s (or in whole
C–CCP shelf) can process calls, verify that the ISB
cabling is correct and that ISB A and ISB B cables are not
swapped.
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Chapter 6: Leaving the Site
Table of Contents
External Test Equipment Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-1
Updating CBSC LMF Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-1
Copying CAL Files from Diskette to the CBSC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-2
LMF Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-3
Reestablish OMC-R Control/ Verifying T1/E1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-3
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Table of Contents
– continued
Notes
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Prepare to Leave the Site
External Test Equipment
Removal
Perform the procedure outlined in Table 6-1 to disconnect the test
equipment and configure the BTS for active service.
Table 6-1: External Test Equipment Removal
Step
Action
Disconnect all external test equipment from all TX and RX
connectors at the rear of the frame.
Reconnect and visually inspect all TX and RX antenna feed
lines at the rear of the frame.
CAUTION
Verify all sector antenna feed lines are connected to the
correct ports on the frame. Crossed antenna cables will
cause system degradation of call processing.
Reset All Devices
Reset all devices by cycling power before leaving the site. The CBSC
configuration data and code loads could be different from data and code
on the LMF. By resetting all devices, the CBSC can load the proper data
and code when the span is active again.
Updating CBSC LMF Files
Updated CAL file information must be moved from the CDMA LMF
(Windows environment) back to the CBSC (Unix environment). The
following procedures detail the moving of files from one environment to
the other.
Copying CAL files from CDMA LMF to a Disk
Follow the procedures in Table 3-5 to copy CAL files from a CDMA
LMF computer to a 3.5 diskette.
Table 6-2: Procedures to Copy Files to a Diskette using the LMF
 Step
July 1999
Action
Insert a disk into Drive A.
Launch the Windows Explorer program from your
Programs menu list.
Select the applicable wlmf/cdma/bts–# folder.
Drag the bts–#.cal file to Drive A.
Repeat Steps 3 and 4, as required, for other bts–# folders.
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
6-1
Prepare to Leave the Site – continued
Copying CAL Files from
Diskette to the CBSC
Follow the procedures in Table 6-3 to copy CAL files from a diskette to
the CBSC.
Table 6-3: Procedures to Copy CAL Files from Diskette to the CBSC
 Step
Action
Login to the CBSC on the workstation using your account
name and password.
NOTE
Enter the information that appears in bold text.
Place the diskette, containing calibration file(s), in the
workstation diskette drive.
Type in the following and press the Enter key.
=> eject –q
Type in the following and press the Enter key.
=> mount
NOTE
Look at the last line displayed. Check to see that the
message “floppy/no_name” is displayed.
Type in the following and press the Enter key.
=> cd /floppy/no_name
Type in the following and press the Enter key.
=> cp /floppy/no_name/bts–#.cal bts–#.cal
Type in the following and press the Enter key.
=> pwd
Verify you are at your home directory
Type in the following and press the Enter key.
=> ls –l *.cal
Verify the cal files have been copied.
Type in the following and press the Enter key.
=> eject
10
Remove the diskette from the workstation.
6-2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Prepare to Leave the Site – continued
LMF Removal
CAUTION
DO NOT power down the CDMA LMF without
performing the procedure indicated below. Corrupted/lost
data files may result, and in some cases, the CDMA LMF
may lock up.
Follow the procedures in Table 6-4 to terminate the LMF session and
remove the terminal.
Table 6-4: Procedures to Copy CAL Files from Diskette to the CBSC
 Step
Action
From the CDMA window select File>Exit.
From the Windows Task Bar click Start>Shutdown.
Click Yes when the Shut Down Windows message
appears.
Disconnect the LMF terminal Ethernet connector from the
BTS cabinet.
Disconnect the LMF serial port, the RS-232 to GPIB
interface box, and the GPIB cables as required for
equipment transport.
Reestablish OMC-R Control/
Verifying T1/E1
IMPORTANT
July 1999
After all activities at the site have been completed,
including disconnecting the LMF, place a phone call to the
OMC-R and request the BTS be placed under control of
the OMC-R.
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
6-3
Prepare to Leave the Site – continued
Notes
6-4
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
A
Appendix A: Data Sheets
Appendix Content
July 1999
Appendix A: Optimization (Pre–ATP) Data Sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Verification of Test Equipment Used . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Site Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preliminary Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pre–Power and Initial Power Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Optimization Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GPS Receiver Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LFR Receiver Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TX Bay Level Offset / Power Output Verification for
3–Sector Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TX Bay Level Offset / Power Output Verification for
6–Sector Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BTS Redundancy/Alarm Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TX Antenna VSWR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RX Antenna VSWR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AMR Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A-12
A-14
A-14
A-15
A-15
Appendix A: Site Serial Number Check List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C–CCP Shelf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
LPAs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A-16
A-16
A-17
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
A-1
A-1
A-2
A-2
A-3
A-4
A-5
A-6
A-7
A
Table of Contents
– continued
Notes
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Appendix A: Optimization (Pre–ATP) Data Sheets
Verification of Test Equipment
Used
Table A-1: Verification of Test Equipment Used
Manufacturer
Model
Serial Number
Comments:________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
A-1
A
Appendix A: Optimization (Pre–ATP) Data Sheets – continued
Site Checklist
Table A-2: Site Checklist
OK
Parameter
Specification
Deliveries
Per established procedures
Floor Plan
Verified
Inter Frame Cables:
Ethernet
Frame Ground
Power
Per procedure
Per procedure
Per procedure
Factory Data:
BBX2
Test Panel
RFDS
Per procedure
Per procedure
Per procedure
Site Temperature
Dress Covers/Brackets
Comments
Preliminary Operations
Table A-3: Preliminary Operations
OK
Parameter
Specification
Shelf ID Dip Switches
Per site equipage
Ethernet LAN verification
Verified per procedure
Comments
Comments:_________________________________________________________
A-2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Appendix A: Optimization (Pre–ATP) Data Sheets – continued
Pre–Power and Initial Power
Tests
Table A3a: Pre–power Checklist
OK
Parameter
Pre–power–up tests
Specification
Comments
Verify power supply
output voltage at the top
of each BTS frame is
within specifications
Internal Cables:
ISB (all cages)
CSM (all cages)
Power (all cages)
Ethernet Connectors
LAN A ohms
LAN B ohms
LAN A shield
LAN B shield
Ethernet Boots
Air Impedance Cage (single cage)
installed
Initial power–up tests
Verify power supply
output voltage at the top
of each BTS frame is
within specifications:
verified
verified
verified
verified
verified
isolated
isolated
installed
Comments:_________________________________________________________
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
A-3
A
Appendix A: Optimization (Pre–ATP) Data Sheets – continued
General Optimization
Checklist
Table A3b: Pre–power Checklist
OK
Parameter
Specification
LEDs
Frame fans
illuminated
operational
LMF to BTS Connection
Preparing the LMF
Log into the LMF PC
Create site specific BTS directory
Download device loads
per procedure
per procedure
per procedure
per procedure
Ping LAN A
Ping LAN B
per procedure
per procedure
Download/Enable MGLI2s
Download/Enable GLI2s
Set Site Span Configuration
Download CSMs
Enable CSMs
Enable CSMs
Download/Enable MCC24s
Download BBX2s
Download TSU (in RFDS)
Program TSU NAM
per procedure
per procedure
per procedure
per procedure
per procedure
per procedure
per procedure
per procedure
per procedure
Test Set Calibration
per procedure
Comments
Comments:_________________________________________________________
A-4
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Appendix A: Optimization (Pre–ATP) Data Sheets – continued
GPS Receiver Operation
Table A-4: GPS Receiver Operation
OK
Parameter
Specification
Comments
GPS Receiver Control Task State:
tracking satellites
Verify parameter
Initial Position Accuracy:
Verify Estimated
or Surveyed
Current Position:
lat
lon
height
RECORD in
msec and cm also
convert to deg
min sec
Current Position: satellites tracked
Estimated:
(>4) satellites tracked,(>4) satellites visible
Surveyed:
(>1) satellite tracked,(>4) satellites visible
Verify parameter
as appropriate:
GPS Receiver Status:Current Dilution of
Precision
(PDOP or HDOP): (<30)
Verify parameter
Current reference source:
Number: 0; Status: Good; Valid: Yes
Verify parameter
Comments:_________________________________________________________
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
A-5
A
Appendix A: Optimization (Pre–ATP) Data Sheets – continued
LFR Receiver Operation
Table A-5: LFR Receiver Operation
OK
Parameter
Specification
Station call letters M X Y Z
assignment.
SN ratio is > 8 dB
LFR Task State: 1fr
locked to station xxxx
Verify parameter
Current reference source:
Number: 1; Status: Good; Valid: Yes
Verify parameter
Comments
as specified in site
documentation
Comments:_________________________________________________________
A-6
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Appendix A: Optimization (Pre–ATP) Data Sheets – continued
LPA IM Reduction
Table A-6: LPA IM Reduction
Parameter
OK
Comments
CARRIER
LPA
Specification
4:1 & 2:1
3–Sector
2:1
6–Sector
Dual BP
3–Sector
Dual BP
6–Sector
1A
C1
C1
C1
C1
No Alarms
1B
C1
C1
C1
C1
No Alarms
2A
C1
C1
C1
C1
No Alarms
2B
C1
C1
C1
C1
No Alarms
3A
C1
C1
C1
C1
No Alarms
3B
C1
C1
C1
C1
No Alarms
4A
C3
C1
C1
No Alarms
4B
C3
C1
C1
No Alarms
5A
C3
C1
C1
No Alarms
5B
C3
C1
C1
No Alarms
6A
C3
C1
C1
No Alarms
6B
C3
C1
C1
No Alarms
7A
C2
C2
C2
No Alarms
7B
C2
C2
C2
No Alarms
8A
C2
C2
C2
No Alarms
8B
C2
C2
C2
No Alarms
9A
C2
C2
C2
No Alarms
9B
C2
C2
C2
No Alarms
10A
C4
C2
No Alarms
10B
C4
C2
No Alarms
11A
C4
C2
No Alarms
11B
C4
C2
No Alarms
12A
C4
C2
No Alarms
12B
C4
C2
No Alarms
Comments:_________________________________________________________
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
A-7
A
Appendix A: Optimization (Pre–ATP) Data Sheets – continued
TX Bay Level Offset / Power
Output Verification for
3–Sector Configurations
1–Carrier
2–Carrier Non–adjacent Channels
4–Carrier Non–adjacent Channels
Table A-7: TX BLO Calibration (3–Sector: 1–Carrier, 2–Carrier and 4–Carrier Non–adjacent Channels)
OK
Parameter
Specification
Comments
BBX2–1, ANT–1 =
BBX2–r, ANT–1 =
dB
dB
BBX2–2, ANT–2 =
BBX2–r, ANT–2 =
dB
dB
BBX2–3, ANT–3 =
BBX2–r, ANT–3 =
dB
dB
BBX2–7, ANT–1 =
BBX2–r, ANT–1 =
dB
dB
BBX2–8, ANT–2 =
BBX2–r, ANT–2 =
dB
dB
BBX2–9, ANT–3 =
BBX2–r, ANT–3 =
dB
dB
BBX2–4, ANT–1 =
BBX2–r, ANT–1 =
dB
dB
BBX2–5, ANT–2 =
BBX2–r, ANT–2 =
dB
dB
BBX2–6, ANT–3 =
BBX2–r, ANT–3 =
dB
dB
BBX2–10, ANT–1 =
BBX2–r, ANT–1 =
dB
dB
BBX2–11, ANT–2 =
BBX2–r, ANT–2 =
dB
dB
BBX2–12, ANT–3 =
BBX2–r, ANT–3 =
dB
dB
Calibrate
carrier 1
Calibrate
carrier 2
Calibrate
carrier 3
Calibrate
carrier 4
TX Bay Level Offset = 42 dB (+4 dB)
prior to calibration
TX Bay Level Offset = 42 dB (+4 dB)
prior to calibration
TX Bay Level Offset = 42 dB (+4 dB)
prior to calibration
TX Bay Level Offset = 42 dB (+4 dB)
prior to calibration
. . . continued on next page
A-8
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Appendix A: Optimization (Pre–ATP) Data Sheets – continued
Table A-7: TX BLO Calibration (3–Sector: 1–Carrier, 2–Carrier and 4–Carrier Non–adjacent Channels)
OK
Parameter
Specification
Comments
BBX2–1, ANT–1 =
BBX2–r, ANT–1 =
dB
dB
BBX2–2, ANT–2 =
BBX2–r, ANT–2 =
dB
dB
BBX2–3, ANT–3 =
BBX2–r, ANT–3 =
dB
dB
BBX2–7, ANT–1 =
BBX2–r, ANT–1 =
dB
dB
BBX2–8, ANT–2 =
BBX2–r, ANT–2 =
dB
dB
BBX2–9, ANT–3 =
BBX2–r, ANT–3 =
dB
dB
BBX2–4, ANT–1 =
BBX2–r, ANT–1 =
dB
dB
BBX2–5, ANT–2 =
BBX2–r, ANT–2 =
dB
dB
BBX2–6, ANT–3 =
BBX2–r, ANT–3 =
dB
dB
BBX2–10, ANT–1 =
BBX2–r, ANT–1 =
dB
dB
BBX2–11, ANT–2 =
BBX2–r, ANT–2 =
dB
dB
BBX2–12, ANT–3 =
BBX2–r, ANT–3 =
dB
dB
Calibration
Audit
carrier 1
Calibration
Audit
carrier 2
Calibration
Audit
carrier 3
Calibration
Audit
carrier 4
0 dB (+0.5 dB) for gain set resolution
post calibration
0 dB (+0.5 dB) for gain set resolution
post calibration
0 dB (+0.5 dB) for gain set resolution
post calibration
0 dB (+0.5 dB) for gain set resolution
post calibration
Comments:________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
A-9
A
Appendix A: Optimization (Pre–ATP) Data Sheets – continued
2–Carrier Adjacent Channel
Table A-8: TX Bay Level Offset Calibration (3–Sector: 2–Carrier Adjacent Channels)
OK
Parameter
Specification
Comments
BBX2–1, ANT–1 =
BBX2–r, ANT–1 =
dB
dB
BBX2–2, ANT–2 =
BBX2–r, ANT–2 =
dB
dB
BBX2–3, ANT–3 =
BBX2–r, ANT–3 =
dB
dB
BBX2–7, ANT–4 =
BBX2–r, ANT–4 =
dB
dB
BBX2–8, ANT–5 =
BBX2–r, ANT–5 =
dB
dB
BBX2–9, ANT–6 =
BBX2–r, ANT–6 =
dB
dB
BBX2–1, ANT–1 =
BBX2–r, ANT–1 =
dB
dB
BBX2–2, ANT–2 =
BBX2–r, ANT–2 =
dB
dB
BBX2–3, ANT–3 =
BBX2–r, ANT–3 =
dB
dB
BBX2–7, ANT–4 =
BBX2–r, ANT–4 =
dB
dB
BBX2–8, ANT–5 =
BBX2–r, ANT–5 =
dB
dB
BBX2–9, ANT–6 =
BBX2–r, ANT–6 =
dB
dB
Calibrate
carrier 1
Calibrate
carrier 2
Calibration
Audit
carrier 1
Calibration
Audit
carrier 2
TX Bay Level Offset = 42 dB (typical),
38 dB (minimum) prior to calibration
TX Bay Level Offset = 42 dB (typical),
38 dB (minimum) prior to calibration
0 dB (+0.5 dB) for gain set resolution
post calibration
0 dB (+0.5 dB) for gain set resolution
post calibration
Comments:________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
A-10
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Appendix A: Optimization (Pre–ATP) Data Sheets – continued
3–Carrier Adjacent Channels
4–Carrier Adjacent Channels
Table A-9: TX Bay Level Offset Calibration (3–Sector: 3 or 4–Carrier Adjacent Channels)
OK
Parameter
Specification
Comments
BBX2–1, ANT–1 =
BBX2–r, ANT–1 =
dB
dB
BBX2–2, ANT–2 =
BBX2–r, ANT–2 =
dB
dB
BBX2–3, ANT–3 =
BBX2–r, ANT–3 =
dB
dB
BBX2–7, ANT–1 =
BBX2–r, ANT–1 =
dB
dB
BBX2–8, ANT–2 =
BBX2–r, ANT–2 =
dB
dB
BBX2–9, ANT–3 =
BBX2–r, ANT–3 =
dB
dB
BBX2–4, ANT–4 =
BBX2–r, ANT–4 =
dB
dB
BBX2–5, ANT–5 =
BBX2–r, ANT–5 =
dB
dB
BBX2–6, ANT–6 =
BBX2–r, ANT–6 =
dB
dB
BBX2–10, ANT–4 =
BBX2–3, ANT–4 =
dB
dB
BBX2–11, ANT–5 =
BBX2–r, ANT–5 =
dB
dB
BBX2–12, ANT–6 =
BBX2–r, ANT–6 =
dB
dB
BBX2–1, ANT–1 =
BBX2–r, ANT–1 =
dB
dB
BBX2–2, ANT–2 =
BBX2–r, ANT–2 =
dB
dB
BBX2–3, ANT–3 =
BBX2–r, ANT–3 =
dB
dB
Calibrate
carrier 1
Calibrate
carrier 2
Calibrate
carrier 3
Calibrate
carrier 4
Calibration
Audit
carrier 1
TX Bay Level Offset = 42 dB (+4 dB)
prior to calibration
TX Bay Level Offset = 42 dB (+4 dB)
prior to calibration
TX Bay Level Offset = 42 dB (+4 dB)
prior to calibration
TX Bay Level Offset = 42 dB (+4 dB)
prior to calibration
0 dB (+0.5 dB) for gain set resolution
post calibration
. . . continued on next page
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
A-11
A
Appendix A: Optimization (Pre–ATP) Data Sheets – continued
Table A-9: TX Bay Level Offset Calibration (3–Sector: 3 or 4–Carrier Adjacent Channels)
OK
Parameter
Specification
Comments
BBX2–7, ANT–1 =
BBX2–r, ANT–1 =
dB
dB
BBX2–8, ANT–2 =
BBX2–r, ANT–2 =
dB
dB
BBX2–9, ANT–3 =
BBX2–r, ANT–3 =
dB
dB
BBX2–4, ANT–4 =
BBX2–r, ANT–4 =
dB
dB
BBX2–5, ANT–5 =
BBX2–r, ANT–5 =
dB
dB
BBX2–6, ANT–6 =
BBX2–r, ANT–6 =
dB
dB
BBX2–10, ANT–4 =
BBX2–r, ANT–4 =
dB
dB
BBX2–11, ANT–5 =
BBX2–r, ANT–5 =
dB
dB
BBX2–12, ANT–6 =
BBX2–r, ANT–6 =
dB
dB
Calibration
Audit
carrier 2
Calibration
Audit
carrier 3
Calibration
Audit
carrier 4
0 dB (+0.5 dB) for gain set resolution
post calibration
0 dB (+0.5 dB) for gain set resolution
post calibration
0 dB (+0.5 dB) for gain set resolution
post calibration
Comments:________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
A-12
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Appendix A: Optimization (Pre–ATP) Data Sheets – continued
TX Bay Level Offset / Power
Output Verification for
6–Sector Configurations
1–Carrier
2–Carrier Non–adjacent Channels
Table A-10: TX BLO Calibration (6–Sector: 1–Carrier, 2–Carrier Non–adjacent Channels)
OK
Parameter
Specification
Comments
BBX2–1, ANT–1 =
BBX2–r, ANT–1 =
dB
dB
BBX2–2, ANT–2 =
BBX2–r, ANT–2 =
dB
dB
BBX2–3, ANT–3 =
BBX2–r, ANT–3 =
dB
dB
BBX2–4, ANT–4 =
BBX2–r, ANT–4 =
dB
dB
BBX2–5, ANT–5 =
BBX2–r, ANT–5 =
dB
dB
BBX2–6, ANT–6 =
BBX2–r, ANT–6 =
dB
dB
BBX2–7, ANT–1 =
BBX2–r, ANT–1 =
dB
dB
BBX2–8, ANT–2 =
BBX2–r, ANT–2 =
dB
dB
BBX2–9, ANT–3 =
BBX2–r, ANT–3 =
dB
dB
BBX2–10, ANT–4 =
BBX2–3, ANT–4 =
dB
dB
BBX2–11, ANT–5 =
BBX2–r, ANT–5 =
dB
dB
BBX2–12, ANT–6 =
BBX2–r, ANT–5 =
dB
dB
Calibrate
carrier 1
Calibrate
carrier 2
TX Bayy Level Offset = 42 dB (typical),
( yp ),
38 dB (minimum) prior to calibration
TX Bayy Level Offset = 42 dB (typical),
( yp ),
38 dB (minimum) prior to calibration
. . . continued on next page
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
A-13
A
Appendix A: Optimization (Pre–ATP) Data Sheets – continued
Table A-10: TX BLO Calibration (6–Sector: 1–Carrier, 2–Carrier Non–adjacent Channels)
OK
Parameter
Specification
Comments
BBX2–1, ANT–1 =
BBX2–r, ANT–1 =
dB
dB
BBX2–2, ANT–2 =
BBX2–r, ANT–2 =
dB
dB
BBX2–3, ANT–3 =
BBX2–r, ANT–3 =
dB
dB
BBX2–4, ANT–4 =
BBX2–r, ANT–4 =
dB
dB
BBX2–5, ANT–5 =
BBX2–r, ANT–5 =
dB
dB
BBX2–6, ANT–6 =
BBX2–r, ANT–6 =
dB
dB
BBX2–7, ANT–1 =
BBX2–r, ANT–1 =
dB
dB
BBX2–8, ANT–2 =
BBX2–r, ANT–2 =
dB
dB
BBX2–9, ANT–3 =
BBX2–r, ANT–3 =
dB
dB
BBX2–10, ANT–4 =
BBX2–r, ANT–4 =
dB
dB
BBX2–11, ANT–5 =
BBX2–r, ANT–5 =
dB
dB
BBX2–12, ANT–6 =
BBX2–r, ANT–6 =
dB
dB
Calibration
Audit
carrier 1
Calibration
Audit
carrier 2
0 dB (+0.5
dB)) for ggain set resolution
post calibration
0 dB (+0.5
dB)) for ggain set resolution
post calibration
Comments:________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
A-14
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Appendix A: Optimization (Pre–ATP) Data Sheets – continued
TX Antenna VSWR
Table A-11: TX Antenna VSWR
OK
Parameter
Specification
VSWR –
Antenna 1
< (1.5 : 1)
VSWR –
Antenna 2
< (1.5 : 1)
VSWR –
Antenna 3
< (1.5 : 1)
VSWR –
Antenna 4
< (1.5 : 1)
VSWR –
Antenna 5
< (1.5 : 1)
VSWR –
Antenna 6
< (1.5 : 1)
Data
Comments:________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
A-15
A
Appendix A: Optimization (Pre–ATP) Data Sheets – continued
RX Antenna VSWR
Table A-12: RX Antenna VSWR
OK
Parameter
Specification
VSWR –
Antenna 1
< (1.5 : 1)
VSWR –
Antenna 2
< (1.5 : 1)
VSWR –
Antenna 3
< (1.5 : 1)
VSWR –
Antenna 4
< (1.5 : 1)
VSWR –
Antenna 5
< (1.5 : 1)
VSWR –
Antenna 6
< (1.5 : 1)
Data
Comments:_________________________________________________________
AMR Verification
Table A-13: AMR CDI Alarm Input Verification
OK
Parameter
Specification
Verify CDI alarm input
operation (“ALARM A”
(numbers 1 –18)
BTS Relay #XX –
Contact Alarm
Sets/Clears
Verify CDI alarm input
operation (“ALARM B”
(numbers 19 –36)
BTS Relay #XX –
Contact Alarm
Sets/Clears
Data
Comments:_________________________________________________________
A-16
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Appendix A: Site Serial Number Check List
Date
Site
C–CCP Shelf
Site I/O A & B
C–CCP Shelf
CSM–1
CSM–2
HSO
CCD–1
CCD–2
AMR–1
AMR–2
MPC–1
MPC–2
Fans 1–3
GLI2–1
GLI2–2
BBX2–1
BBX2–2
BBX2–3
BBX2–4
BBX2–5
BBX2–6
BBX2–7
BBX2–8
BBX2–9
BBX2–10
BBX2–11
BBX2–12
BBX2–r
MCC24/MCC8E–1
MCC24/MCC8E–2
MCC24/MCC8E–3
MCC24/MCC8E–4
MCC24/MCC8E–5
MCC24/MCC8E–6
MCC24/MCC8E–7
MCC24/MCC8E–8
MCC24/MCC8E–9
MCC24/MCC8E–10
MCC24/MCC8E–11
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
A-17
A
Appendix A: Site Serial Number Check List – continued
MCC24/MCC8E–12
CIO
SWITCH
PS–1
PS–2
PS–3
LPAs
LPA 1A
LPA 1B
LPA 1C
LPA 1D
LPA 2A
LPA 2B
LPA 2C
LPA 2D
LPA 3A
LPA 3B
LPA 3C
LPA 3D
LPA 4A
LPA 4B
LPA 4C
LPA 4D
A-18
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Appendix B: FRU Optimization/ATP Test Matrix
Appendix Content
July 1999
Appendix B: FRU Optimization/ATP Test Matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B-1
Usage & Background . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B-1
Detailed Optimization/ATP Test Matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B-2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Table of Contents
– continued
Notes
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Appendix B: FRU Optimization/ATP Test Matrix
Usage & Background
Periodic maintenance of a site may also may mandate re–optimization of
specific portions of the site. An outline of some basic guidelines is
included in the following tables.
IMPORTANT
Re–optimization steps listed for any assembly detailed in
the tables below must be performed anytime a RF cable
associated with it is replaced.
BTS Frame
Table B-1: When RF Optimization Is required on the BTS
Item Replaced
Optimize:
C–CCP Shelf
All sector TX and RX paths to all
Combined CDMA Channel Processor
(C–CCP) shelves.
Multicoupler/
Preselector Card
The three or six affected sector RX paths for
the C–CCP shelf in the BTS frames.
Preselector I/O
All sector RX paths.
BBX2 board
RX and TX paths of the affected C–CCP
shelf / BBX2 board.
CIO Card
All RX and TX paths of the affected
CDMA carrier.
Any LPA Module
The affected sector TX path.
LPA Backplane
The affected sector TX path.
LPA Filter
The affected sector TX path.
Ancillary Frame
Item Replaced
Optimize:
Directional Coupler
All affected sector RX and TX paths to all
BTS frame shelves.
Site filter
All affected RX sector paths in all shelves
in all BTS frames.
Any RFDS component
or TSU.
The RFDS calibration RX & TX paths
(MONFWD/GENFWD).
. . . continued on next page
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
B-1
Appendix B: FRU Optimization/ATP Test Matrix – continued
Inter-frame Cabling
Optimization must be performed after the replacement of any RF cabling
between BTS frames.
Table B-2: When to Optimize Inter–frame Cabling
Item Replaced
Optimize:
Ancillary frame to BTS
frame (RX) cables
The affected sector/antenna RX
paths.
BTS frame to ancillary frame
(TX) cables
The affected sector/antenna TX paths.
Detailed Optimization/ATP
Test Matrix
Table B-3 outlines in more detail the tests that would need to be
performed if one of the BTS components were to fail and be replaced. It
is also assumed that all modules are placed OOS–ROM via the LMF
until full redundancy of all applicable modules is implemented.
The following guidelines should also be noted when using this table.
IMPORTANT
Not every procedure required to bring the site back on line
is indicated in Table B-3. It is meant to be used as a
guideline ONLY. The table assumes that the user is familiar
enough with the BTS Optimization/ATP procedure to
understand which test equipment set ups, calibrations, and
BTS site preparation will be required before performing the
Table # procedures referenced.
Various passive BTS components (such as the TX and RX directional
couplers, Preselector IO, CIO; etc.) only call for a TX or RX calibration
audit to be performed in lieu of a full path calibration. If the RX or TX
path calibration audit fails, the entire RF path calibration will need to be
repeated. If the RF path calibration fails, further troubleshooting is
warranted.
Whenever any C–CCP BACKPLANE is replaced, it is assumed that
only power to the C–CCP shelf being replaced is turned off via the
breaker supplying that shelf.
Whenever any DISTRIBUTION BACKPLANE is replaced it is assumed
that the power to the entire RFM frame is removed and the Preselector
I/O is replaced. The modem frame should be brought up as if it were a
new installation.
B-2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Appendix B: FRU Optimization/ATP Test Matrix – continued
NOTE
If any significant change in signal level results from any
component being replaced in the RX or TX signal flow
paths, it would be identified by re–running the RX and TX
calibration audit command.
When the CIO is replaced, the C–CCP shelf remains powered up. The
BBX2 boards may need to be removed, then re–installed into their
original slots, and re–downloaded (code and BLO data). RX and TX
calibration audits should then be performed.
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
B-3
Appendix B: FRU Optimization/ATP Test Matrix – continued
RX Cables
TX Cables
Multicoupler/Preselector
CIO
C–CCP Backplane
BBX2
MCC24/MCC8E
CSM
LFR/HSO
GPS
GLI2
LPA
LPA Filter Bandpass
Power Converters (See Note)
SWITCH CARD
LPA Combiner Filter 2:1
LPA Combiner Filter 4:1
LPA Backplane
Description
RX Filter
Doc
Tbl
Directional Coupler (TX)
Directional Coupler (RX)
Table B-3: SC 4812ET BTS Optimization and ATP Test Matrix
Table 2-1
Initial Boards/Modules
Install, Preliminary
Operations, CDF Site
Equipage; etc.
Table 2-18
DC Power Pre-Test
Table 2-3
Initial Power-up
Table 3-7
Start LMF Session
Table 3-16
Download Code
Table 3-18
Enable CSMs
Table 3-21
GPS Initialization /
Verification
Table 3-22
LFR Initialization /
Verification
Table 3-36
TX Path Calibration
Table 3-37
Download Offsets to
BBX2
Table 3-38
TX Path Calibration Audit
Table 4–5
Spectral Purity TX Mask
ATP
Table 4–6
Waveform Quality (rho)
ATP
Table 4–7
Pilot Time Offset ATP
Table 4–8
Code Domain Power /
Noise Floor
Table 4–9
FER Test
NOTE
Replace power converters one card at a time so that power to the C–CCP shelf is not lost. If power to the
shelf is lost, all cards in the shelf must be downloaded again.
B-4
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Appendix C: BBX Gain Set Point vs. BTS Output Considerations
Appendix Content
Usage & Background . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
C-1
Table of Contents
– continued
Notes
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Appendix C: BBX2 Gain Set Point vs. BTS Output Considerations
Usage & Background
Table C-1 outlines the relationship between the total of all code domain
channel element gain settings (digital root sum of the squares) and the
BBX2 Gain Set Point between 33.0 dBm and 44.0 dBm. The resultant
RF output (as measured at the top of the BTS in dBm) is shown in the
table. The table assumes that the BBX2 Bay Level Offset (BLO) values
have been calculated.
As an illustration, consider a BBX2 keyed up to produce a CDMA
carrier with only the Pilot channel (no MCCs forward link enabled).
Pilot gain is set to 262. In this case, the BBX2 Gain Set Point is shown
to correlate exactly to the actual RF output anywhere in the 33 to 44
dBm output range. (This is the level used to calibrate the BTS).
Table C-1: BBX2 Gain Set Point vs. Actual BTS Output (in dBm)
dBm
Gain
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
541
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
43.3
42.3
41.3
40.3
39.3
533
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
43.2
42.2
41.2
40.2
39.2
525
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
43
42
41
40
39
517
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
42.9
41.9
40.9
39.9
38.9
509
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
42.8
41.8
40.8
39.8
38.8
501
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
42.6
41.6
40.6
39.6
38.6
493
–
–
–
–
–
–
43.5
42.5
41.5
40.5
39.5
38.5
485
–
–
–
–
–
–
43.4
42.4
41.4
40.4
39.4
38.4
477
–
–
–
–
–
–
43.2
42.2
41.2
40.2
39.2
38.2
469
–
–
–
–
–
–
43.1
42.1
41.1
40.1
39.1
38.1
461
–
–
–
–
–
–
42.9
41.9
40.9
39.9
38.9
37.9
453
–
–
–
–
–
–
42.8
41.8
40.8
39.8
38.8
37.8
445
–
–
–
–
–
43.6
42.6
41.6
40.6
39.6
38.6
37.6
437
–
–
–
–
–
43.4
42.4
41.4
40.4
39.4
38.4
37.4
429
–
–
–
–
–
43.3
42.3
41.3
40.3
39.3
38.3
37.3
421
–
–
–
–
–
43.1
42.1
41.1
40.1
39.1
38.1
37.1
413
–
–
–
–
–
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
405
–
–
–
–
–
42.8
41.8
40.8
39.8
38.8
37.8
36.8
397
–
–
–
–
43.6
42.6
41.6
40.6
39.6
38.6
37.6
36.6
389
–
–
–
–
43.4
42.4
41.4
40.4
39.4
38.4
37.4
36.4
. . . continued on next page
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
C-1
Appendix C: BBX2 Gain Set Point vs. BTS Output Considerations – continued
Table C-1: BBX2 Gain Set Point vs. Actual BTS Output (in dBm)
dBm
Gain
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
381
–
–
–
–
43.3
42.3
41.3
40.3
39.3
38.3
37.3
36.3
374
–
–
–
–
43.1
42.1
41.1
40.1
39.1
38.1
37.1
36.1
366
–
–
–
–
42.9
41.9
40.9
39.9
38.9
37.9
36.9
35.9
358
–
–
–
–
42.7
41.7
40.7
39.7
38.7
37.7
36.7
35.7
350
–
–
–
43.5
42.5
41.5
40.5
39.5
38.5
37.5
36.5
35.5
342
–
–
–
43.3
42.3
41.3
40.3
39.3
38.3
37.3
36.3
35.3
334
–
–
–
43.1
42.1
41.1
40.1
39.1
38.1
37.1
36.1
35.1
326
–
–
–
42.9
41.9
40.9
39.9
38.9
37.9
36.9
35.9
34.9
318
–
–
–
42.7
41.7
40.7
39.7
38.7
37.7
36.7
35.7
34.7
310
–
–
43.5
42.5
41.5
40.5
39.5
38.5
37.5
36.5
35.5
34.5
302
–
–
43.2
42.2
41.2
40.2
39.2
38.2
37.2
36.2
35.2
34.2
294
–
–
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
286
–
–
42.8
41.8
40.8
39.8
38.8
37.8
36.8
35.8
34.8
33.8
278
–
43.5
42.5
41.5
40.5
39.5
38.5
37.5
36.5
35.5
34.5
33.5
270
–
43.3
42.3
41.3
40.3
39.3
38.3
37.3
36.3
35.3
34.3
33.3
262
–
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
254
–
42.7
41.7
40.7
39.7
38.7
37.7
36.7
35.7
34.7
33.7
32.7
246
43.4
42.4
41.4
40.4
39.4
38.4
37.4
36.4
35.4
34.4
33.4
32.4
238
43.2
42.2
41.2
40.2
39.2
38.2
37.2
36.2
35.2
34.2
33.2
32.2
230
42.9
41.9
40.9
39.9
38.9
37.9
36.9
35.9
34.9
33.9
32.9
31.9
222
42.6
41.6
40.6
39.6
38.6
37.6
36.6
35.6
34.6
33.6
32.6
31.6
214
42.2
41.2
40.2
39.2
38.2
37.2
36.2
35.2
34.2
33.2
32.2
31.2
C-2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Appendix D: CDMA Operating Frequency Information
Appendix Content
PCS Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D-1
Calculating Center Frequencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D-2
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Table of Contents
– continued
Notes
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
CDMA Operating Frequency Programming Information – North American
PCS Bands
Introduction
Programming of each of the BTS BBX2 synthesizers is performed by the
BTS GLIs via the CHI bus. This programming data determines the
transmit and receive transceiver operating frequencies (channels) for
each BBX2.
PCS Channels
Figure D-1 shows the valid channels for the North American PCS
frequency spectrum. There are 10 CDMA wireline or non–wireline band
channels used in a CDMA system (unique per customer operating
system).
Figure D-1: North American PCS Frequency Spectrum (CDMA Allocation)
FREQ (MHz)
RX
TX
1851.25 1931.25
CHANNEL
25
275
ÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉ
1863.75
1943.75
1871.25
1951.25
1883.75
1963.75
1896.25
1976.25
1908.75
1988.75
425
675
ÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉ
ÉÉÉ
925
1175
July 1999
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
D-1
CDMA Operating Frequency Programming Information – North American
Bands – continued
Calculating Center
Frequencies
Table D-1 shows selected CDMA candidate operating channels, listed in
both decimal and hexadecimal, and the corresponding transmit, and
receive frequencies. Center frequency for channels not shown in the table
may be calculated as follows:
Direction
Formula
Example
TX
1930 + (0.05 * Channel#)
Channel 262: 1930 + (0.05*262) = 1943.10
RX
1850 + (0.05 * Channel#)
Channel 237: 1850 + (0.05*237) = 1861.85
– Actual frequencies used depend on customer CDMA system
frequency plan.
– Each CDMA channel requires a 1.77 MHz frequency segment. The
actual CDMA carrier is 1.23 MHz wide, with a 0.27 MHz guard
band on both sides of the carrier
– Minimum frequency separation required between any CDMA
carrier and the nearest NAMPS/AMPS carrier is 900 kHz
(center-to-center).
D-2
PRELIMINARY July
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
1999
CDMA Operating Frequency Programming Information – North American
Bands – continued
Table D-1: TX and RX Frequency vs. Channel
Block Designator
July 1999
Channel Number
Decimal
Hex
25
0019
50
0032
75
004B
100
0064
125
007D
150
0096
175
00AF
200
00C8
225
00E1
250
00FA
275
0113
300
012C
325
0145
350
015E
375
0177
400
0190
425
01A9
450
01C2
475
01DB
500
01F4
525
020D
550
0226
575
023F
600
0258
625
0271
650
028A
675
02A3
700
02BC
725
02D5
750
02EE
775
0307
800
0320
825
0339
850
0352
875
036B
900
0384
925
039D
950
03B6
975
03CF
1000
03E8
1025
0401
1050
041A
1075
0433
1100
044C
1125
0465
1150
047E
1175
0497
Transmit Frequency (MHz)
Center Frequency
1931.25
1932.50
1933.75
1935.00
1936.25
1937.50
1938.75
1940.00
1941.25
1942.50
1943.75
1945.00
1946.25
1947.50
1948.75
1950.00
1951.25
1952.50
1953.75
1955.00
1956.25
1957.50
1958.75
1960.00
1961.25
1962.50
1963.75
1965.00
1966.25
1967.50
1968.75
1970.00
1971.25
1972.50
1973.75
1975.00
1976.25
1977.50
1978.75
1980.00
1981.25
1982.50
1983.75
1985.00
1986.25
1987.50
1988.75
Receive Frequency (MHz)
Center Frequency
1851.25
1852.50
1853.75
1855.00
1856.25
1857.50
1858.75
1860.00
1861.25
1862.50
1863.75
1865.00
1866.25
1867.50
1868.75
1870.00
1871.25
1872.50
1873.75
1875.00
1876.25
1877.50
1878.75
1880.00
1881.25
1882.50
1883.75
1885.00
1886.25
1887.50
1888.75
1890.00
1891.25
1892.50
1893.75
1895.00
1896.25
1897.50
1898.75
1900.00
1901.25
1902.50
1903.75
1905.00
1906.25
1807.50
1908.75
PRELIMINARY 2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
D-3
CDMA Operating Frequency Programming Information – North American
Bands – continued
Notes
D-4
PRELIMINARY July
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
1999
Appendix E: PN Offset/I & Q Offset Register Programming Information
Appendix Content
PN Offset Background . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
E-1
PN Offset Usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
E-1
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Table of Contents
– continued
Notes
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information
PN Offset Background
All channel elements transmitted from a BTS in a particular 1.25 MHz
CDMA channel are orthonogonally spread by 1 of 64 possible Walsh
code functions; additionally, they are also spread by a quadrature pair of
PN sequences unique to each sector.
Overall, the mobile uses this to differentiate multiple signals transmitted
from the same BTS (and surrounding BTS) sectors, and to synchronize
to the next strongest sector.
The PN offset per sector is stored on the BBX2s, where the
corresponding I & Q registers reside.
The PN offset values are determined on a per BTS/per sector(antenna)
basis as determined by the appropriate cdf file content. A breakdown of
this information is found in Table E-1.
PN Offset Usage
There are three basic RF chip delays currently in use. It is important to
determine what RF chip delay is valid to be able to test the BTS
functionality. This can be done by ascertaining if the CDF file
FineTxAdj value was set to “on” when the MCC was downloaded with
“image data”. The FineTxAdj value is used to compensate for the
processing delay (approximately 20 S) in the BTS using any type of
mobile meeting IS–97 specifications.
If the FineTxAdj value in the cdf file is 213 (D5 HEX), FineTxAdj has
been set for the 14 chip table.
IMPORTANT
CDF file I and Q values can be represented in DECIMAL
or HEX. If using HEX, add 0x before the HEX value. If
necessary, convert HEX values in Table E-1 to decimal
before comparing them to cdf file I & Q value assignments.
– If you are using a Qualcomm mobile, use the I and Q values from
the 13 chip delay table.
– If you are using a mobile that does not have the 1 chip offset
problem, (any mobile meeting the IS–97 specification), use the 14
chip delay table.
IMPORTANT
July 1999
If the wrong I and Q values are used with the wrong
FineTxAdj parameter, system timing problems will occur.
This will cause the energy transmitted to be “smeared”
over several Walsh codes (instead of the single Walsh code
that it was assigned to), causing erratic operation. Evidence
of smearing is usually identified by Walsh channels not at
correct levels or present when not selected in the Code
Domain Power Test.
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
E-1
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continued
Table E-1: PnMaskI and PnMaskQ Values for PilotPn
Pilot
PN
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
14–Chip Delay
(Dec.)
(Hex.)
17523
32292
4700
14406
14899
17025
14745
2783
5832
12407
31295
7581
18523
29920
25184
26282
30623
15540
23026
20019
4050
1557
30262
18000
20056
12143
17437
17438
5102
9302
17154
5198
4606
24804
17180
10507
10157
23850
31425
4075
10030
16984
14225
26519
27775
30100
7922
14199
17637
23081
5099
23459
32589
17398
26333
4011
2256
18651
1094
21202
13841
31767
18890
30999
22420
20168
12354
11187
11834
10395
28035
27399
22087
2077
13758
11778
3543
7184
2362
25840
12177
10402
1917
17708
10630
6812
14350
10999
25003
2652
19898
2010
25936
28531
11952
31947
25589
11345
28198
13947
8462
9595
4473
7E24
125C
3846
3A33
4281
3999
0ADF
16C8
3077
7A3F
1D9D
485B
74E0
6260
66AA
779F
3CB4
59F2
4E33
0FD2
0615
7636
4650
4E58
2F6F
441D
441E
13EE
2456
4302
144E
11FE
60E4
431C
290B
27AD
5D2A
7AC1
0FEB
272E
4258
3791
6797
6C7F
7594
1EF2
3777
44E5
5A29
13EB
5BA3
7F4D
43F6
66DD
0FAB
08D0
48DB
0446
52D2
3611
7C17
49CA
7917
5794
4EC8
3042
2BB3
2E3A
289B
6D83
6B07
5647
081D
35BE
2E02
0DD7
1C10
093A
64F0
2F91
28A2
077D
452C
2986
1A9C
380E
2AF7
61AB
0A5C
4DBA
07DA
6550
6F73
2EB0
7CCB
63F5
2C51
6E26
367B
210E
257B
13–Chip Delay
(Dec.)
(Hex.)
29673
16146
2350
7203
19657
28816
19740
21695
2916
18923
27855
24350
30205
14960
12592
13141
27167
7770
11513
30409
2025
21210
15131
9000
10028
18023
29662
8719
2551
4651
8577
2599
2303
12402
8590
17749
16902
11925
27824
22053
5015
8492
18968
25115
26607
15050
3961
19051
29602
31940
22565
25581
29082
8699
32082
18921
1128
27217
547
10601
21812
28727
9445
29367
11210
10084
6177
23525
5917
23153
30973
31679
25887
18994
6879
5889
18647
3592
1181
12920
23028
5201
19842
8854
5315
3406
7175
23367
32489
1326
9949
1005
12968
31109
5976
28761
32710
22548
14099
21761
4231
23681
73E9
3F12
092E
1C23
4CC9
7090
4D1C
54BF
0B64
49EB
6CCF
5F1E
75FD
3A70
3130
3355
6A1F
1E5A
2CF9
76C9
07E9
52DA
3B1B
2328
272C
4667
73DE
220F
09F7
122B
2181
0A27
08FF
3072
218E
4555
4206
2E95
6CB0
5625
1397
212C
4A18
621B
67EF
3ACA
0F79
4A6B
73A2
7CC4
5825
63ED
719A
21FB
7D52
49E9
0468
6A51
0223
2969
5534
7037
24E5
72B7
2BCA
2764
1821
5BE5
171D
5A71
78FD
7BBF
651F
4A32
1ADF
1701
48D7
0E08
049D
3278
59F4
1451
4D82
2296
14C3
0D4E
1C07
5B47
7EE9
052E
26DD
03ED
32A8
7985
1758
7059
7FC6
5814
3713
5501
1087
5C81
0–Chip Delay
(Dec.)
(Hex.)
4096
9167
22417
966
14189
29150
18245
1716
11915
20981
24694
11865
6385
27896
25240
30877
30618
26373
314
17518
21927
2245
18105
8792
21440
15493
26677
11299
12081
23833
20281
10676
16981
31964
26913
14080
23842
27197
22933
30220
12443
19854
14842
15006
702
21373
23874
3468
31323
29266
16554
4096
1571
7484
6319
2447
24441
27351
23613
29008
5643
28085
18200
21138
21937
25222
109
6028
22034
15069
4671
30434
11615
19838
14713
241
24083
7621
19144
1047
26152
22402
21255
30179
7408
115
1591
1006
32263
1332
12636
4099
386
29231
25711
10913
8132
20844
13150
18184
19066
29963
1000
23CF
5791
03C6
376D
71DE
4745
06B4
2E8B
51F5
6076
2E59
18F1
6CF8
6298
789D
779A
6705
013A
446E
55A7
08C5
46B9
2258
53C0
3C85
6835
2C23
2F31
5D19
4F39
29B4
4255
7CDC
6921
3700
5D22
6A3D
5995
760C
309B
4D8E
39FA
3A9E
02BE
537D
5D42
0D8C
7A5B
7252
40AA
1000
0623
1D3C
18AF
098F
5F79
6AD7
5C3D
7150
160B
6DB5
4718
5292
55B1
6286
006D
178C
5612
3ADD
123F
76E2
2D5F
4D7E
3979
00F1
5E13
1DC5
4AC8
0417
6628
5782
5307
75E3
1CF0
0073
0637
03EE
7E07
0534
315C
1003
0182
722F
646F
2AA1
1FC4
516C
335E
4708
4A7A
750B
. . . continued on next page
E-2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continued
Table E-1: PnMaskI and PnMaskQ Values for PilotPn
Pilot
PN
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
14–Chip Delay
(Dec.)
(Hex.)
32743
7114
7699
19339
28212
29587
19715
14901
20160
22249
26582
7153
15127
15274
23149
16340
27052
13519
10620
15978
27966
12479
1536
3199
4549
17888
13117
7506
27626
31109
29755
26711
20397
18608
7391
23168
23466
15932
25798
28134
28024
6335
21508
26338
17186
22462
3908
25390
27891
9620
4670
14672
29415
20610
6479
10957
18426
22726
5247
29953
5796
16829
4528
5415
10294
17046
7846
10762
13814
16854
795
9774
24291
3172
2229
21283
16905
7062
7532
25575
14244
28053
30408
5094
16222
7159
174
25530
2320
23113
23985
2604
1826
30853
15699
2589
25000
18163
12555
8670
7FE7
1BCA
1E13
4B8B
6E34
7393
4D03
3A35
4EC0
56E9
67D6
1BF1
3B17
3BAA
5A6D
3FD4
69AC
34CF
297C
3E6A
6D3E
30BF
0600
0C7F
11C5
45E0
333D
1D52
6BEA
7985
743B
6857
4FAD
48B0
1CDF
5A80
5BAA
3E3C
64C6
6DE6
6D78
18BF
5404
66E2
4322
57BE
0F44
632E
6CF3
2594
123E
3950
72E7
5082
194F
2ACD
47FA
58C6
147F
7501
16A4
41BD
11B0
1527
2836
4296
1EA6
2A0A
35F6
41D6
031B
262E
5EE3
0C64
08B5
5323
4209
1B96
1D6C
63E7
37A4
6D95
76C8
13E6
3F5E
1BF7
00AE
63BA
0910
5A49
5DB1
0A2C
0722
7885
3D53
0A1D
61A8
46F3
310B
21DE
13–Chip Delay
(Dec.)
(Hex.)
28195
3557
24281
29717
14106
26649
30545
19658
10080
31396
13291
23592
19547
7637
31974
8170
13526
19383
5310
7989
13983
18831
768
22511
22834
8944
18510
3753
13813
27922
27597
26107
30214
9304
24511
11584
11733
7966
12899
14067
14012
23951
10754
13169
8593
11231
1954
12695
26537
4810
2335
7336
30543
10305
17051
23386
9213
11363
17411
29884
2898
28386
2264
17583
5147
8523
3923
5381
6907
8427
20401
4887
24909
1586
19046
26541
28472
3531
3766
32719
7122
30966
15204
2547
8111
17351
87
12765
1160
25368
24804
1302
913
29310
20629
19250
12500
27973
22201
4335
6E23
0DE5
5ED9
7415
371A
6819
7751
4CCA
2760
7AA4
33EB
5C28
4C5B
1DD5
7CE6
1FEA
34D6
4BB7
14BE
1F35
369F
498F
0300
57EF
5932
22F0
484E
0EA9
35F5
6D12
6BCD
65FB
7606
2458
5FBF
2D40
2DD5
1F1E
3263
36F3
36BC
5D8F
2A02
3371
2191
2BDF
07A2
3197
67A9
12CA
091F
1CA8
774F
2841
429B
5B5A
23FD
2C63
4403
74BC
0B52
6EE2
08D8
44AF
141B
214B
0F53
1505
1AFB
20EB
4FB1
1317
614D
0632
4A66
67AD
6F38
0DCB
0EB6
7FCF
1BD2
78F6
3B64
09F3
1FAF
43C7
0057
31DD
0488
6318
60E4
0516
0391
727E
5095
4B32
30D4
6D45
56B9
10EF
0–Chip Delay
(Dec.)
(Hex.)
22575
31456
8148
19043
25438
10938
2311
7392
30714
180
8948
16432
9622
7524
1443
1810
6941
3238
8141
10408
18826
22705
3879
21359
30853
18078
15910
20989
28810
30759
18899
7739
6279
9968
8571
4143
19637
11867
7374
10423
9984
7445
4133
22646
15466
2164
16380
15008
31755
31636
6605
29417
22993
27657
5468
8821
20773
4920
5756
28088
740
23397
19492
26451
30666
15088
26131
15969
24101
12762
19997
22971
12560
31213
18780
16353
12055
30396
24388
1555
13316
31073
6187
21644
9289
4624
467
18133
1532
1457
9197
13451
25785
4087
31190
8383
12995
27438
9297
1676
582F
7AE0
1FD4
4A63
635E
2ABA
0907
1CE0
77FA
00B4
22F4
4030
2596
1D64
05A3
0712
1B1D
0CA6
1FCD
28A8
498A
58B1
0F27
536F
7885
469E
3E26
51FD
708A
7827
49D3
1E3B
1887
26F0
217B
102F
4CB5
2E5B
1CCE
28B7
2700
1D15
1025
5876
3C6A
0874
3FFC
3AA0
7C0B
7B94
19CD
72E9
59D1
6C09
155C
2275
5125
1338
167C
6DB8
02E4
5B65
4C24
6753
77CA
3AF0
6613
3E61
5E25
31DA
4E1D
59BB
3110
79ED
495C
3FE1
2F17
76BC
5F44
0613
3404
7961
182B
548C
2449
1210
01D3
46D5
05FC
05B1
23ED
348B
64B9
0FF7
79D6
20BF
32C3
6B2E
2451
068C
. . . continued on next page
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
E-3
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continued
Table E-1: PnMaskI and PnMaskQ Values for PilotPn
Pilot
PN
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
14–Chip Delay
(Dec.)
(Hex.)
6491
16876
17034
32405
27417
8382
5624
1424
13034
15682
27101
8521
30232
6429
27116
4238
5128
14846
13024
10625
31724
13811
24915
1213
2290
31551
12088
7722
27312
23130
594
25804
31013
32585
3077
17231
31554
8764
15375
13428
17658
13475
22095
24805
4307
23292
1377
28654
6350
16770
1290
4407
1163
12215
7253
8978
25547
3130
31406
6222
20340
25094
23380
10926
22821
31634
4403
689
27045
27557
16307
22338
27550
22096
23136
12199
1213
936
6272
32446
13555
8789
24821
21068
31891
5321
551
12115
4902
1991
14404
17982
19566
2970
23055
15158
29094
653
19155
23588
195B
41EC
428A
7E95
6B19
20BE
15F8
0590
32EA
3D42
69DD
2149
7618
191D
69EC
108E
1408
39FE
32E0
2981
7BEC
35F3
6153
04BD
08F2
7B3F
2F38
1E2A
6AB0
5A5A
0252
64CC
7925
7F49
0C05
434F
7B42
223C
3C0F
3474
44FA
34A3
564F
60E5
10D3
5AFC
0561
6FEE
18CE
4182
050A
1137
048B
2FB7
1C55
2312
63CB
0C3A
7AAE
184E
4F74
6206
5B54
2AAE
5925
7B92
1133
02B1
69A5
6BA5
3FB3
5742
6B9E
5650
5A60
2FA7
04BD
03A8
1880
7EBE
34F3
2255
60F5
524C
7C93
14C9
0227
2F53
1326
07C7
3844
463E
4C6E
0B9A
5A0F
3B36
71A6
028D
4AD3
5C24
13–Chip Delay
(Dec.)
(Hex.)
23933
8438
8517
28314
25692
4191
2812
712
6517
7841
25918
16756
15116
23902
13558
2119
2564
7423
6512
17680
15862
19241
24953
21390
1145
27727
6044
3861
13656
11565
297
12902
27970
28276
22482
28791
15777
4382
20439
6714
8829
19329
31479
24994
22969
11646
21344
14327
3175
8385
645
18087
19577
23015
16406
4489
32729
1565
15703
3111
10170
12547
11690
5463
25262
15817
18085
20324
31470
31726
20965
11169
13775
11048
11568
23023
19554
468
3136
16223
21573
24342
32326
10534
28789
17496
20271
22933
2451
19935
7202
8991
9783
1485
25403
7579
14547
20346
27477
11794
5D7D
20F6
2145
6E9A
645C
105F
0AFC
02C8
1975
1EA1
653E
4174
3B0C
5D5E
34F6
0847
0A04
1CFF
1970
4510
3DF6
4B29
6179
538E
0479
6C4F
179C
0F15
3558
2D2D
0129
3266
6D42
6E74
57D2
7077
3DA1
111E
4FD7
1A3A
227D
4B81
7AF7
61A2
59B9
2D7E
5360
37F7
0C67
20C1
0285
46A7
4C79
59E7
4016
1189
7FD9
061D
3D57
0C27
27BA
3103
2DAA
1557
62AE
3DC9
46A5
4F64
7AEE
7BEE
51E5
2BA1
35CF
2B28
2D30
59EF
4C62
01D4
0C40
3F5F
5445
5F16
7E46
2926
7075
4458
4F2F
5995
0993
4DDF
1C22
231F
2637
05CD
633B
1D9B
38D3
4F7A
6B55
2E12
0–Chip Delay
(Dec.)
(Hex.)
25414
7102
20516
19495
17182
11572
25570
6322
8009
26708
6237
32520
31627
3532
24090
20262
18238
2033
25566
25144
29679
5064
27623
13000
31373
13096
26395
15487
29245
26729
12568
24665
8923
19634
29141
73
26482
6397
29818
8153
302
28136
29125
8625
26671
6424
12893
18502
7765
25483
12596
19975
20026
8958
19143
17142
19670
30191
5822
22076
606
9741
9116
12705
17502
18952
15502
17819
4370
31955
30569
7350
26356
32189
1601
19537
25667
4415
2303
16362
28620
6736
2777
24331
9042
107
4779
13065
30421
20210
5651
31017
30719
23104
7799
17865
26951
25073
32381
16581
6346
1BBE
5024
4C27
431E
2D34
63E2
18B2
1F49
6854
185D
7F08
7B8B
0DCC
5E1A
4F26
473E
07F1
63DE
6238
73EF
13C8
6BE7
32C8
7A8D
3328
671B
3C7F
723D
6869
3118
6059
22DB
4CB2
71D5
0049
6772
18FD
747A
1FD9
012E
6DE8
71C5
21B1
682F
1918
325D
4846
1E55
638B
3134
4E07
4E3A
22FE
4AC7
42F6
4CD6
75EF
16BE
563C
025E
260D
239C
31A1
445E
4A08
3C8E
459B
1112
7CD3
7769
1CB6
66F4
7DBD
0641
4C51
6443
113F
08FF
3FEA
6FCC
1A50
0AD9
5F0B
2352
006B
12AB
3309
76D5
4EF2
1613
7929
77FF
5A40
1E77
45C9
6947
61F1
7E7D
40C5
. . . continued on next page
E-4
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continued
Table E-1: PnMaskI and PnMaskQ Values for PilotPn
Pilot
PN
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
14–Chip Delay
(Dec.)
(Hex.)
14726
25685
21356
12149
28966
22898
1713
30010
2365
27179
29740
5665
23671
1680
25861
25712
19245
26887
30897
11496
1278
31555
29171
20472
5816
30270
22188
6182
32333
14046
15873
19843
29367
13352
22977
31691
10637
25454
18610
6368
7887
7730
23476
889
21141
20520
21669
15967
21639
31120
10878
31060
30875
11496
24545
9586
20984
30389
7298
18934
23137
24597
23301
7764
14518
21634
11546
26454
15938
9050
3103
758
16528
20375
10208
17698
8405
28634
1951
20344
26696
3355
11975
31942
9737
9638
30643
13230
22185
2055
8767
15852
16125
6074
31245
15880
20371
8666
816
22309
3986
6455
536C
2F75
7126
5972
06B1
753A
093D
6A2B
742C
1621
5C77
0690
6505
6470
4B2D
6907
78B1
2CE8
04FE
7B43
71F3
4FF8
16B8
763E
56AC
1826
7E4D
36DE
3E01
4D83
72B7
3428
59C1
7BCB
298D
636E
48B2
18E0
1ECF
1E32
5BB4
0379
5295
5028
54A5
3E5F
5487
7990
2A7E
7954
789B
2CE8
5FE1
2572
51F8
76B5
1C82
49F6
5A61
6015
5B05
1E54
38B6
5482
2D1A
6756
3E42
235A
0C1F
02F6
4090
4F97
27E0
4522
20D5
6FDA
079F
4F78
6848
0D1B
2EC7
7CC6
2609
25A6
77B3
33AE
56A9
0807
223F
3DEC
3EFD
17BA
7A0D
3E08
4F93
21DA
0330
5725
13–Chip Delay
(Dec.)
(Hex.)
7363
25594
10678
18026
14483
11449
21128
15005
21838
25797
14870
23232
32747
840
25426
12856
29766
25939
28040
5748
639
27761
26921
10236
2908
15135
11094
3091
28406
7023
20176
30481
26763
6676
32048
27701
17686
12727
9305
3184
24247
3865
11738
20588
30874
10260
31618
20223
31635
15560
5439
15530
29297
5748
25036
4793
10492
30054
3649
9467
25356
32310
25534
3882
7259
10817
5773
13227
7969
4525
18483
379
8264
27127
5104
8849
24150
14317
19955
10172
13348
18609
22879
15971
23864
4819
30181
6615
25960
19007
24355
7926
20802
3037
29498
7940
27125
4333
408
26030
1CC3
63FA
29B6
466A
3893
2CB9
5288
3A9D
554E
64C5
3A16
5AC0
7FEB
0348
6352
3238
7446
6553
6D88
1674
027F
6C71
6929
27FC
0B5C
3B1F
2B56
0C13
6EF6
1B6F
4ED0
7711
688B
1A14
7D30
6C35
4516
31B7
2459
0C70
5EB7
0F19
2DDA
506C
789A
2814
7B82
4EFF
7B93
3CC8
153F
3CAA
7271
1674
61CC
12B9
28FC
7566
0E41
24FB
630C
7E36
63BE
0F2A
1C5B
2A41
168D
33AB
1F21
11AD
4833
017B
2048
69F7
13F0
2291
5E56
37ED
4DF3
27BC
3424
48B1
595F
3E63
5D38
12D3
75E5
19D7
6568
4A3F
5F23
1EF6
5142
0BDD
733A
1F04
69F5
10ED
0198
65AE
0–Chip Delay
(Dec.)
(Hex.)
15408
6414
8164
10347
29369
10389
24783
18400
22135
4625
22346
2545
7786
20209
26414
1478
15122
24603
677
13705
13273
14879
6643
23138
28838
9045
10792
25666
11546
15535
16134
8360
14401
26045
24070
30300
13602
32679
16267
9063
19487
12778
27309
12527
953
15958
6068
23577
32156
32709
32087
97
7618
93
16052
14300
11129
6602
14460
25458
15869
27047
26808
7354
27834
11250
552
27058
14808
9642
32253
26081
21184
11748
32676
2425
19455
19889
18177
2492
15086
30632
27549
6911
9937
2467
25831
32236
12987
11714
19283
11542
27928
26637
10035
10748
24429
29701
14997
32235
3C30
190E
1FE4
286B
72B9
2895
60CF
47E0
5677
1211
574A
09F1
1E6A
4EF1
672E
05C6
3B12
601B
02A5
3589
33D9
3A1F
19F3
5A62
70A6
2355
2A28
6442
2D1A
3CAF
3F06
20A8
3841
65BD
5E06
765C
3522
7FA7
3F8B
2367
4C1F
31EA
6AAD
30EF
03B9
3E56
17B4
5C19
7D9C
7FC5
7D57
0061
1DC2
005D
3EB4
37DC
2B79
19CA
387C
6372
3DFD
69A7
68B8
1CBA
6CBA
2BF2
0228
69B2
39D8
25AA
7DFD
65E1
52C0
2DE4
7FA4
0979
4BFF
4DB1
4701
09BC
3AEE
77A8
6B9D
1AFF
26D1
09A3
64E7
7DEC
32BB
2DC2
4B53
2D16
6D18
680D
2733
29FC
5F6D
7405
3A95
7DEB
. . . continued on next page
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
E-5
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continued
Table E-1: PnMaskI and PnMaskQ Values for PilotPn
Pilot
PN
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
14–Chip Delay
(Dec.)
(Hex.)
3698
16322
17429
21730
17808
30068
12737
28241
20371
13829
13366
25732
19864
5187
23219
28242
6243
445
21346
13256
18472
25945
31051
1093
5829
31546
29833
18146
24813
47
3202
21571
7469
25297
8175
28519
4991
7907
17728
14415
30976
26376
19063
19160
3800
8307
12918
19642
24873
22071
29563
13078
10460
17590
20277
19988
6781
32501
6024
20520
31951
26063
27203
6614
10970
5511
17119
16064
31614
4660
13881
16819
6371
24673
6055
10009
5957
11597
22155
15050
16450
27899
2016
17153
15849
30581
3600
4097
671
20774
24471
27341
19388
25278
9505
26143
13359
2154
13747
27646
0E72
3FC2
4415
54E2
4590
7574
31C1
6E51
4F93
3605
3436
6484
4D98
1443
5AB3
6E52
1863
01BD
5362
33C8
4828
6559
794B
0445
16C5
7B3A
7489
46E2
60ED
002F
0C82
5443
1D2D
62D1
1FEF
6F67
137F
1EE3
4540
384F
7900
6708
4A77
4AD8
0ED8
2073
3276
4CBA
6129
5637
737B
3316
28DC
44B6
4F35
4E14
1A7D
7EF5
1788
5028
7CCF
65CF
6A43
19D6
2ADA
1587
42DF
3EC0
7B7E
1234
3639
41B3
18E3
6061
17A7
2719
1745
2D4D
568B
3ACA
4042
6CFB
07E0
4301
3DE9
7775
0E10
1001
029F
5126
5F97
6ACD
4BBC
62BE
2521
661F
342F
086A
35B3
6BFE
13–Chip Delay
(Dec.)
(Hex.)
1849
8161
29658
10865
8904
15034
18736
26360
30233
19154
6683
12866
9932
23537
31881
14121
24033
20750
10673
6628
9236
25468
28021
21490
23218
15773
27540
9073
24998
20935
1601
31729
24390
24760
24103
26211
22639
24225
8864
19959
15488
13188
29931
9580
1900
16873
6459
9821
24900
31435
30593
6539
5230
8795
27046
9994
17154
28998
3012
10260
28763
31963
31517
3307
5485
17663
28499
8032
15807
2330
21792
28389
16973
32268
17903
23984
17822
22682
25977
7525
8225
30785
1008
28604
20680
30086
1800
17980
20339
10387
25079
31578
9694
12639
23724
32051
21547
1077
21733
13823
0739
1FE1
73DA
2A71
22C8
3ABA
4930
66F8
7619
4AD2
1A1B
3242
26CC
5BF1
7C89
3729
5DE1
510E
29B1
19E4
2414
637C
6D75
53F2
5AB2
3D9D
6B94
2371
61A6
51C7
0641
7BF1
5F46
60B8
5E27
6663
586F
5EA1
22A0
4DF7
3C80
3384
74EB
256C
076C
41E9
193B
265D
6144
7ACB
7781
198B
146E
225B
69A6
270A
4302
7146
0BC4
2814
705B
7CDB
7B1D
0CEB
156D
44FF
6F53
1F60
3DBF
091A
5520
6EE5
424D
7E0C
45EF
5DB0
459E
589A
6579
1D65
2021
7841
03F0
6FBC
50C8
7586
0708
463C
4F73
2893
61F7
7B5A
25DE
315F
5CAC
7D33
542B
0435
54E5
35FF
0–Chip Delay
(Dec.)
(Hex.)
23557
17638
3545
9299
6323
19590
7075
14993
19916
6532
17317
16562
26923
9155
20243
32391
20190
27564
20869
9791
714
7498
23278
8358
9468
23731
25133
2470
17501
24671
11930
9154
7388
3440
27666
22888
13194
26710
7266
15175
15891
26692
14757
28757
31342
19435
2437
20573
18781
18948
30766
5985
6823
20973
10197
9618
22705
5234
12541
8019
22568
5221
25216
1354
29335
6682
26128
29390
8852
6110
11847
10239
6955
10897
14076
12450
8954
19709
1252
15142
26958
8759
12696
11936
25635
17231
22298
7330
30758
6933
2810
8820
7831
19584
2944
19854
10456
17036
2343
14820
5C05
44E6
0DD9
2453
18B3
4C86
1BA3
3A91
4DCC
1984
43A5
40B2
692B
23C3
4F13
7E87
4EDE
6BAC
5185
263F
02CA
1D4A
5AEE
20A6
24FC
5CB3
622D
09A6
445D
605F
2E9A
23C2
1CDC
0D70
6C12
5968
338A
6856
1C62
3B47
3E13
6844
39A5
7055
7A6E
4BEB
0985
505D
495D
4A04
782E
1761
1AA7
51ED
27D5
2592
58B1
1472
30FD
1F53
5828
1465
6280
054A
7297
1A1A
6610
72CE
2294
17DE
2E47
27FF
1B2B
2A91
36FC
30A2
22FA
4CFD
04E4
3B26
694E
2237
3198
2EA0
6423
434F
571A
1CA2
7826
1B15
0AFA
2274
1E97
4C80
0B80
4D8E
28D8
428C
0927
39E4
. . . continued on next page
E-6
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continued
Table E-1: PnMaskI and PnMaskQ Values for PilotPn
Pilot
PN
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
14–Chip Delay
(Dec.)
(Hex.)
13904
27198
3685
16820
22479
6850
15434
19332
8518
14698
21476
30475
23984
1912
26735
15705
3881
20434
16779
31413
16860
8322
28530
26934
18806
20216
9245
8271
18684
8220
6837
9613
31632
27448
12417
30901
9366
12225
21458
6466
8999
26718
3230
27961
28465
6791
17338
11832
11407
15553
1056
1413
3311
4951
749
6307
961
2358
28350
31198
11467
8862
6327
7443
28574
25093
6139
22047
32545
7112
28535
10378
15065
5125
12528
23215
20959
3568
26453
29421
24555
10779
25260
16084
26028
29852
14978
12182
25143
15838
5336
21885
20561
30097
21877
23589
26060
9964
25959
3294
3650
6A3E
0E65
41B4
57CF
1AC2
3C4A
4B84
2146
396A
53E4
770B
5DB0
0778
686F
3D59
0F29
4FD2
418B
7AB5
41DC
2082
6F72
6936
4976
4EF8
241D
204F
48FC
201C
1AB5
258D
7B90
6B38
3081
78B5
2496
2FC1
53D2
1942
2327
685E
0C9E
6D39
6F31
1A87
43BA
2E38
2C8F
3CC1
0420
0585
0CEF
1357
02ED
18A3
03C1
0936
6EBE
79DE
2CCB
229E
18B7
1D13
6F9E
6205
17FB
561F
7F21
1BC8
6F77
288A
3AD9
1405
30F0
5AAF
51DF
0DF0
6755
72ED
5FEB
2A1B
62AC
3ED4
65AC
749C
3A82
2F96
6237
3DDE
14D8
557D
5051
7591
5575
5C25
65CC
26EC
6567
0CDE
13–Chip Delay
(Dec.)
(Hex.)
6952
13599
22242
8410
31287
3425
7717
9666
4259
7349
10738
27221
11992
956
26087
20348
22084
10217
28949
27786
8430
4161
14265
13467
9403
10108
17374
16887
9342
4110
23690
17174
15816
13724
18832
28042
4683
17968
10729
3233
16451
13359
1615
26444
26184
23699
8669
5916
18327
20400
528
19710
18507
18327
20298
17005
20444
1179
14175
15599
22617
4431
16999
16565
14287
32574
17857
25907
29100
3556
31111
5189
21328
17470
6264
25451
26323
1784
32150
30538
25033
23345
12630
8042
13014
14926
7489
6091
32551
7919
2668
25730
26132
29940
25734
24622
13030
4982
31887
1647
1B28
351F
56E2
20DA
7A37
0D61
1E25
25C2
10A3
1CB5
29F2
6A55
2ED8
03BC
65E7
4F7C
5644
27E9
7115
6C8A
20EE
1041
37B9
349B
24BB
277C
43DE
41F7
247E
100E
5C8A
4316
3DC8
359C
4990
6D8A
124B
4630
29E9
0CA1
4043
342F
064F
674C
6648
5C93
21DD
171C
4797
4FB0
0210
4CFE
484B
4797
4F4A
426D
4FDC
049B
375F
3CEF
5859
114F
4267
40B5
37CF
7F3E
45C1
6533
71AC
0DE4
7987
1445
5350
443E
1878
636B
66D3
06F8
7D96
774A
61C9
5B31
3156
1F6A
32D6
3A4E
1D41
17CB
7F27
1EEF
0A6C
6482
6614
74F4
6486
602E
32E6
1376
7C8F
066F
0–Chip Delay
(Dec.)
(Hex.)
23393
5619
17052
21292
2868
19538
24294
22895
27652
29905
21415
1210
22396
26552
24829
8663
991
21926
23306
13646
148
24836
24202
9820
12939
2364
14820
2011
13549
28339
25759
11116
31448
27936
3578
12371
12721
10264
25344
13246
544
9914
4601
16234
24475
26318
6224
13381
30013
22195
1756
19068
28716
31958
16097
1308
3320
16682
6388
12828
3518
3494
6458
10717
8463
27337
19846
9388
21201
31422
166
28622
6477
10704
25843
25406
21523
8569
9590
22466
12455
27506
21847
28392
1969
30715
23674
22629
12857
30182
21880
6617
27707
16249
24754
31609
22689
3226
4167
25624
5B61
15F3
429C
532C
0B34
4C52
5EE6
596F
6C04
74D1
53A7
04BA
577C
67B8
60FD
21D7
03DF
55A6
5B0A
354E
0094
6104
5E8A
265C
328B
093C
39E4
07DB
34ED
6EB3
649F
2B6C
7AD8
6D20
0DFA
3053
31B1
2818
6300
33BE
0220
26BA
11F9
3F6A
5F9B
66CE
1850
3445
753D
56B3
06DC
4A7C
702C
7CD6
3EE1
051C
0CF8
412A
18F4
321C
0DBE
0DA6
193A
29DD
210F
6AC9
4D86
24AC
52D1
7ABE
00A6
6FCE
194D
29D0
64F3
633E
5413
2179
2576
57C2
30A7
6B72
5557
6EE8
07B1
77FB
5C7A
5865
3239
75E6
5578
19D9
6C3B
3F79
60B2
7B79
58A1
0C9A
1047
6418
. . . continued on next page
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
E-7
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continued
Table E-1: PnMaskI and PnMaskQ Values for PilotPn
Pilot
PN
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
14–Chip Delay
(Dec.)
(Hex.)
17418
14952
52
27254
15064
10942
377
14303
24427
26629
20011
16086
24374
9969
29364
25560
28281
7327
32449
26334
14760
15128
29912
4244
8499
9362
10175
30957
12755
19350
1153
29304
6041
21668
28048
10096
23388
15542
24013
2684
19018
25501
4489
31011
29448
25461
11846
30331
10588
32154
30173
15515
5371
10242
28052
14714
19550
8866
15297
10898
31315
19475
1278
11431
31392
4381
14898
23959
16091
9037
24162
6383
27183
16872
9072
12966
28886
25118
20424
6729
20983
12372
13948
27547
8152
17354
17835
14378
7453
26317
5955
10346
13200
30402
7311
3082
21398
31104
24272
27123
440A
3A68
0034
6A76
3AD8
2ABE
0179
37DF
5F6B
6805
4E2B
3ED6
5F36
26F1
72B4
63D8
6E79
1C9F
7EC1
66DE
39A8
3B18
74D8
1094
2133
2492
27BF
78ED
31D3
4B96
0481
7278
1799
54A4
6D90
2770
5B5C
3CB6
5DCD
0A7C
4A4A
639D
1189
7923
7308
6375
2E46
767B
295C
7D9A
75DD
3C9B
14FB
2802
6D94
397A
4C5E
22A2
3BC1
2A92
7A53
4C13
04FE
2CA7
7AA0
111D
3A32
5D97
3EDB
234D
5E62
18EF
6A2F
41E8
2370
32A6
70D6
621E
4FC8
1A49
51F7
3054
367C
6B9B
1FD8
43CA
45AB
382A
1D1D
66CD
1743
286A
3390
76C2
1C8F
0C0A
5396
7980
5ED0
69F3
13–Chip Delay
(Dec.)
(Hex.)
8709
7476
26
13627
7532
5471
20844
19007
32357
26066
30405
8043
12187
17064
14682
12780
26348
24479
28336
13167
7380
7564
14956
2122
16713
4681
16911
28070
18745
9675
21392
14652
23068
10834
14024
5048
11694
7771
32566
1342
9509
24606
22804
27969
14724
24682
5923
27373
5294
16077
29906
20593
17473
5121
14026
7357
9775
4433
21468
5449
29461
26677
639
22639
15696
18098
7449
24823
20817
24474
12081
16971
31531
8436
4536
6483
14443
12559
10212
17176
26311
6186
6974
31729
4076
8677
27881
7189
16562
32090
17821
5173
6600
15201
16507
1541
10699
15552
12136
31429
2205
1D34
001A
353B
1D6C
155F
516C
4A3F
7E65
65D2
76C5
1F6B
2F9B
42A8
395A
31EC
66EC
5F9F
6EB0
336F
1CD4
1D8C
3A6C
084A
4149
1249
420F
6DA6
4939
25CB
5390
393C
5A1C
2A52
36C8
13B8
2DAE
1E5B
7F36
053E
2525
601E
5914
6D41
3984
606A
1723
6AED
14AE
3ECD
74D2
5071
4441
1401
36CA
1CBD
262F
1151
53DC
1549
7315
6835
027F
586F
3D50
46B2
1D19
60F7
5151
5F9A
2F31
424B
7B2B
20F4
11B8
1953
386B
310F
27E4
4318
66C7
182A
1B3E
7BF1
0FEC
21E5
6CE9
1C15
40B2
7D5A
459D
1435
19C8
3B61
407B
0605
29CB
3CC0
2F68
7AC5
0–Chip Delay
(Dec.)
(Hex.)
30380
15337
10716
13592
2412
15453
13810
12956
30538
10814
18939
19767
20547
29720
31831
26287
11310
25724
21423
5190
258
13978
4670
23496
23986
839
11296
30913
27297
10349
32504
18405
3526
19161
23831
21380
4282
32382
806
6238
10488
19507
27288
2390
19094
13860
9225
2505
27806
2408
10924
23096
22683
10955
17117
15837
22647
10700
30293
5579
11057
30238
14000
22860
27172
307
20380
26427
10702
30024
14018
4297
13938
25288
27294
31835
8228
12745
6746
1456
27743
27443
31045
12225
21482
14678
30656
13721
21831
30208
9995
3248
12030
5688
2082
23143
25906
15902
21084
25723
76AC
3BE9
29DC
3518
096C
3C5D
35F2
329C
774A
2A3E
49FB
4D37
5043
7418
7C57
66AF
2C2E
647C
53AF
1446
0102
369A
123E
5BC8
5DB2
0347
2C20
78C1
6AA1
286D
7EF8
47E5
0DC6
4AD9
5D17
5384
10BA
7E7E
0326
185E
28F8
4C33
6A98
0956
4A96
3624
2409
09C9
6C9E
0968
2AAC
5A38
589B
2ACB
42DD
3DDD
5877
29CC
7655
15CB
2B31
761E
36B0
594C
6A24
0133
4F9C
673B
29CE
7548
36C2
10C9
3672
62C8
6A9E
7C5B
2024
31C9
1A5A
05B0
6C5F
6B33
7945
2FC1
53EA
3956
77C0
3599
5547
7600
270B
0CB0
2EFE
1638
0822
5A67
6532
3E1E
525C
647B
. . . continued on next page
E-8
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continued
Table E-1: PnMaskI and PnMaskQ Values for PilotPn
Pilot
PN
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
14–Chip Delay
(Dec.)
(Hex.)
29572
13173
10735
224
12083
22822
2934
27692
10205
7011
22098
2640
4408
102
27632
19646
26967
32008
7873
655
25274
16210
11631
8535
19293
12110
21538
10579
13032
14717
11666
25809
5008
32418
22175
11742
22546
21413
133
4915
8736
1397
18024
15532
26870
5904
24341
13041
23478
1862
5578
25731
10662
11084
31098
16408
6362
2719
14732
22744
1476
8445
21118
22198
22030
10363
25802
2496
31288
24248
14327
23154
13394
1806
17179
10856
25755
15674
7083
29096
3038
16277
25525
20465
28855
32732
20373
9469
26155
6957
12214
21479
31914
32311
11276
20626
423
2679
15537
10818
7384
3375
29EF
00E0
2F33
5926
0B76
6C2C
27DD
1B63
5652
0A50
1138
0066
6BF0
4CBE
6957
7D08
1EC1
028F
62BA
3F52
2D6F
2157
4B5D
2F4E
5422
2953
32E8
397D
2D92
64D1
1390
7EA2
569F
2DDE
5812
53A5
0085
1333
2220
0575
4668
3CAC
68F6
1710
5F15
32F1
5BB6
0746
15CA
6483
29A6
2B4C
797A
4018
18DA
0A9F
398C
58D8
05C4
20FD
527E
56B6
560E
287B
64CA
09C0
7A38
5EB8
37F7
5A72
3452
070E
431B
2A68
649B
3D3A
1BAB
71A8
0BDE
3F95
63B5
4FF1
70B7
7FDC
4F95
24FD
662B
1B2D
2FB6
53E7
7CAA
7E37
2C0C
5092
01A7
0A77
3CB1
2A42
13–Chip Delay
(Dec.)
(Hex.)
14786
18538
17703
112
17993
11411
1467
13846
16958
23649
11049
1320
2204
51
13816
9823
25979
16004
24240
20631
12637
8105
18279
16763
29822
6055
10769
17785
6516
19822
5833
25528
2504
16209
31391
5871
11273
30722
20882
22601
4368
21354
9012
7766
13435
2952
32346
18600
11739
931
2789
31869
5331
5542
15549
8204
3181
19315
7366
11372
738
24130
10559
11099
11015
23041
12901
1248
15644
12124
21959
11577
6697
903
28593
5428
31857
7837
17385
14548
1519
20982
32742
27076
30311
16366
27126
23618
32041
17322
6107
26575
15957
28967
5638
10313
20207
19207
20580
5409
39C2
486A
4527
0070
4649
2C93
05BB
3616
423E
5C61
2B29
0528
089C
0033
35F8
265F
657B
3E84
5EB0
5097
315D
1FA9
4767
417B
747E
17A7
2A11
4579
1974
4D6E
16C9
63B8
09C8
3F51
7A9F
16EF
2C09
7802
5192
5849
1110
536A
2334
1E56
347B
0B88
7E5A
48A8
2DDB
03A3
0AE5
7C7D
14D3
15A6
3CBD
200C
0C6D
4B73
1CC6
2C6C
02E2
5E42
293F
2B5B
2B07
5A01
3265
04E0
3D1C
2F5C
55C7
2D39
1A29
0387
6FB1
1534
7C71
1E9D
43E9
38D4
05EF
51F6
7FE6
69C4
7667
3FEE
69F6
5C42
7D29
43AA
17DB
67CF
3E55
7127
1606
2849
4EEF
4B07
5064
1521
0–Chip Delay
(Dec.)
(Hex.)
13347
7885
6669
8187
18145
14109
14231
27606
783
6301
5067
15383
1392
7641
25700
25259
19813
20933
638
16318
6878
1328
14744
22800
25919
4795
18683
32658
1586
27208
17517
599
16253
8685
29972
22128
19871
19405
17972
8599
10142
26834
23710
27280
6570
7400
26374
22218
29654
13043
13427
31084
24023
23931
15836
6085
30324
27561
13821
269
28663
29619
2043
6962
29119
22947
9612
18698
16782
29735
2136
8086
10553
11900
19996
5641
28328
25617
26986
5597
14078
13247
499
30469
17544
28510
23196
13384
4239
20725
6466
28465
19981
16723
4522
678
15320
29116
5388
22845
3423
1ECD
1A0D
1FFB
46E1
371D
3797
6BD6
030F
189D
13CB
3C17
0570
1DD9
6464
62AB
4D65
51C5
027E
3FBE
1ADE
0530
3998
5910
653F
12BB
48FB
7F92
0632
6A48
446D
0257
3F7D
21ED
7514
5670
4D9F
4BCD
4634
2197
279E
68D2
5C9E
6A90
19AA
1CE8
6706
56CA
73D6
32F3
3473
796C
5DD7
5D7B
3DDC
17C5
7674
6BA9
35FD
010D
6FF7
73B3
07FB
1B32
71BF
59A3
258C
490A
418E
7427
0858
1F96
2939
2E7C
4E1C
1609
6EA8
6411
696A
15DD
36FE
33BF
01F3
7705
4488
6F5E
5A9C
3448
108F
50F5
1942
6F31
4E0D
4153
11AA
02A6
3BD8
71BC
150C
593D
. . . continued on next page
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
E-9
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continued
Table E-1: PnMaskI and PnMaskQ Values for PilotPn
Pilot
PN
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
14–Chip Delay
(Dec.)
(Hex.)
5850
5552
12589
23008
27636
17600
17000
21913
30320
28240
7260
17906
5882
22080
12183
23082
17435
18527
31902
18783
20027
7982
20587
10004
13459
13383
28930
4860
13108
24161
20067
2667
13372
28743
24489
249
19960
29682
31101
27148
26706
5148
4216
5762
245
21882
3763
206
28798
32402
23074
20250
14629
29175
13943
11072
29492
5719
7347
12156
25623
27725
28870
31478
28530
24834
9075
32265
3175
17434
12178
25613
31692
25384
18908
25816
4661
31115
7691
1311
16471
15771
16112
21062
29690
10141
19014
22141
11852
26404
30663
32524
28644
10228
23536
18045
25441
27066
13740
13815
16DA
15B0
312D
59E0
6BF4
44C0
4268
5599
7670
6E50
1C5C
45F2
16FA
5640
2F97
5A2A
441B
485F
7C9E
495F
4E3B
1F2E
506B
2714
3493
3447
7102
12FC
3334
5E61
4E63
0A6B
343C
7047
5FA9
00F9
4DF8
73F2
797D
6A0C
6852
141C
1078
1682
00F5
557A
0EB3
00CE
707E
7E92
5A22
4F1A
3925
71F7
3677
2B40
7334
1657
1CB3
2F7C
6417
6C4D
70C6
7AF6
6F72
6102
2373
7E09
0C67
441A
2F92
640D
7BCC
6328
49DC
64D8
1235
798B
1E0B
051F
4057
3D9B
3EF0
5246
73FA
279D
4A46
567D
2E4C
6724
77C7
7F0C
6FE4
27F4
5BF0
467D
6361
69BA
35AC
35F7
13–Chip Delay
(Dec.)
(Hex.)
2925
2776
18758
11504
13818
8800
8500
31516
15160
14120
3630
8953
2941
11040
17947
11541
29661
30207
15951
30079
30413
3991
31205
5002
19353
19443
14465
2430
6554
32480
30433
21733
6686
27123
32260
20908
9980
14841
28014
13574
13353
2574
2108
2881
20906
10941
22153
103
14399
16201
11537
10125
21166
30407
21767
5536
14746
17687
16485
6078
31799
30746
14435
15739
14265
12417
24453
28984
18447
8717
6089
31802
15846
12692
9454
12908
18214
29433
16697
19635
28183
20721
8056
10531
14845
24050
9507
25858
5926
13202
30175
16262
14322
5114
11768
27906
32652
13533
6870
21703
0B6D
0AD8
4946
2CF0
35FA
2260
2134
7B1C
3B38
3728
0E2E
22F9
0B7D
2B20
461B
2D15
73DD
75FF
3E4F
757F
76CD
0F97
79E5
138A
4B99
4BF3
3881
097E
199A
7EE0
76E1
54E5
1A1E
69F3
7E04
51AC
26FC
39F9
6D6E
3506
3429
0A0E
083C
0B41
51AA
2ABD
5689
0067
383F
3F49
2D11
278D
52AE
76C7
5507
15A0
399A
4517
4065
17BE
7C37
781A
3863
3D7B
37B9
3081
5F85
7138
480F
220D
17C9
7C3A
3DE6
3194
24EE
326C
4726
72F9
4139
4CB3
6E17
50F1
1F78
2923
39FD
5DF2
2523
6502
1726
3392
75DF
3F86
37F2
13FA
2DF8
6D02
7F8C
34DD
1AD6
54C7
0–Chip Delay
(Dec.)
(Hex.)
24457
17161
21314
28728
22162
26259
22180
2266
10291
26620
19650
14236
11482
25289
12011
13892
17336
10759
26816
31065
8578
24023
16199
22310
30402
16613
13084
3437
1703
22659
26896
1735
16178
19166
665
20227
24447
16771
27209
6050
29088
7601
4905
5915
6169
21303
28096
8905
26997
15047
28430
8660
2659
8803
19690
22169
8511
17393
11336
13576
22820
13344
20107
8013
18835
16793
9818
4673
13609
10054
10988
14744
17930
25452
11334
15451
11362
2993
11012
5806
20180
8932
23878
20760
32764
32325
25993
3268
25180
12149
10193
9128
7843
25474
11356
11226
16268
14491
8366
26009
5F89
4309
5342
7038
5692
6693
56A4
08DA
2833
67FC
4CC2
379C
2CDA
62C9
2EEB
3644
43B8
2A07
68C0
7959
2182
5DD7
3F47
5726
76C2
40E5
331C
0D6D
06A7
5883
6910
06C7
3F32
4ADE
0299
4F03
5F7F
4183
6A49
17A2
71A0
1DB1
1329
171B
1819
5337
6DC0
22C9
6975
3AC7
6F0E
21D4
0A63
2263
4CEA
5699
213F
43F1
2C48
3508
5924
3420
4E8B
1F4D
4993
4199
265A
1241
3529
2746
2AEC
3998
460A
636C
2C46
3C5B
2C62
0BB1
2B04
16AE
4ED4
22E4
5D46
5118
7FFC
7E45
6589
0CC4
625C
2F75
27D1
23A8
1EA3
6382
2C5C
2BDA
3F8C
389B
20AE
6599
. . . continued on next page
E-10
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continued
Table E-1: PnMaskI and PnMaskQ Values for PilotPn
Pilot
PN
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
14–Chip Delay
(Dec.)
(Hex.)
13463
15417
23101
14957
23429
12990
12421
28875
4009
1872
15203
30109
24001
4862
14091
6702
3067
28643
21379
20276
25337
19683
10147
16791
17359
13248
22740
13095
10345
30342
27866
9559
8808
12744
11618
27162
17899
29745
31892
23964
23562
2964
18208
15028
21901
24566
18994
13608
27492
11706
3684
23715
15314
32469
9816
4444
5664
7358
27264
28128
30168
29971
3409
16910
20739
10191
12819
19295
10072
15191
27748
720
29799
27640
263
24734
16615
20378
25116
19669
14656
27151
28728
25092
22601
2471
25309
15358
17739
12643
32730
19122
16870
10787
18400
20295
1937
17963
7438
12938
3497
3C39
5A3D
3A6D
5B85
32BE
3085
70CB
0FA9
0750
3B63
759D
5DC1
12FE
370B
1A2E
0BFB
6FE3
5383
4F34
62F9
4CE3
27A3
4197
43CF
33C0
58D4
3327
2869
7686
6CDA
2557
2268
31C8
2D62
6A1A
45EB
7431
7C94
5D9C
5C0A
0B94
4720
3AB4
558D
5FF6
4A32
3528
6B64
2DBA
0E64
5CA3
3BD2
7ED5
2658
115C
1620
1CBE
6A80
6DE0
75D8
7513
0D51
420E
5103
27CF
3213
4B5F
2758
3B57
6C64
02D0
7467
6BF8
0107
609E
40E7
4F9A
621C
4CD5
3940
6A0F
7038
6204
5849
09A7
62DD
3BFE
454B
3163
7FDA
4AB2
41E6
2A23
47E0
4F47
0791
462B
1D0E
328A
13–Chip Delay
(Dec.)
(Hex.)
19355
20428
31950
19686
31762
6495
18834
27061
22020
936
19553
27422
32560
2431
19029
3351
21549
26145
30737
10138
24748
30625
16897
28955
28727
6624
11370
18499
17892
15171
13933
17275
4404
6372
5809
13581
29477
27592
15946
11982
11781
1482
9104
7514
31510
12283
9497
6804
13746
5853
1842
24685
7657
29014
4908
2222
2832
3679
13632
14064
15084
29877
18580
8455
26301
24027
22325
27539
5036
21399
13874
360
29711
13820
20159
12367
28239
10189
12558
26710
7328
31547
14364
12546
25112
19183
32594
7679
27801
22157
16365
9561
8435
23341
9200
27039
19956
27945
3719
6469
4B9B
4FCC
7CCE
4CE6
7C12
195F
4992
69B5
5604
03A8
4C61
6B1E
7F30
097F
4A55
0D17
542D
6621
7811
279A
60AC
77A1
4201
711B
7037
19E0
2C6A
4843
45E4
3B43
366D
437B
1134
18E4
16B1
350D
7325
6BC8
3E4A
2ECE
2E05
05CA
2390
1D5A
7B16
2FFB
2519
1A94
35B2
16DD
0732
606D
1DE9
7156
132C
08AE
0B10
0E5F
3540
36F0
3AEC
74B5
4894
2107
66BD
5DDB
5735
6B93
13AC
5397
3632
0168
740F
35FC
4EBF
304F
6E4F
27CD
310E
6856
1CA0
7B3B
381C
3102
6218
4AEF
7F52
1DFF
6C99
568D
3FED
2559
20F3
5B2D
23F0
699F
4DF4
6D29
0E87
1945
0–Chip Delay
(Dec.)
(Hex.)
17460
17629
10461
21618
11498
193
16140
13419
10864
28935
18765
27644
21564
5142
1211
1203
5199
16945
4883
25040
7119
17826
4931
25705
10726
17363
2746
10952
19313
29756
14297
21290
1909
8994
13295
21590
26468
13636
5207
29493
18992
12567
12075
26658
21077
15595
4921
14051
5956
21202
5164
17126
21566
21845
28149
9400
19459
7190
3101
491
25497
29807
26508
4442
4871
31141
9864
12589
5417
8549
14288
8503
20357
15381
18065
24678
23858
7610
18097
20918
7238
30549
16320
20853
26736
10327
24404
7931
5310
554
27311
6865
7762
15761
12697
24850
15259
24243
30508
13982
4434
44DD
28DD
5472
2CEA
00C1
3F0C
346B
2A70
7107
494D
6BFC
543C
1416
04BB
04B3
144F
4231
1313
61D0
1BCF
45A2
1343
6469
29E6
43D3
0ABA
2AC8
4B71
743C
37D9
532A
0775
2322
33EF
5456
6764
3544
1457
7335
4A30
3117
2F2B
6822
5255
3CEB
1339
36E3
1744
52D2
142C
42E6
543E
5555
6DF5
24B8
4C03
1C16
0C1D
01EB
6399
746F
678C
115A
1307
79A5
2688
312D
1529
2165
37D0
2137
4F85
3C15
4691
6066
5D32
1DBA
46B1
51B6
1C46
7755
3FC0
5175
6870
2857
5F54
1EFB
14BE
022A
6AAF
1AD1
1E52
3D91
3199
6112
3B9B
5EB3
772C
369E
. . . continued on next page
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
E-11
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continued
Table E-1: PnMaskI and PnMaskQ Values for PilotPn
Pilot
PN
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
14–Chip Delay
(Dec.)
(Hex.)
14301
23380
11338
2995
23390
14473
6530
20452
12226
1058
12026
19272
29989
8526
18139
3247
28919
7292
20740
27994
2224
6827
37DD
5B54
2C4A
0BB3
5B5E
3889
1982
4FE4
2FC2
0422
2EFA
4B48
7525
214E
46DB
0CAF
70F7
1C7C
5104
6D5A
08B0
1AAB
13–Chip Delay
(Dec.)
(Hex.)
19006
11690
5669
21513
11695
19860
3265
10226
6113
529
6013
9636
29870
4263
27985
18539
30279
3646
10370
13997
1112
17257
4A3E
2DAA
1625
5409
2DAF
4D94
0CC1
27F2
17E1
0211
177D
25A4
74AE
10A7
6D51
486B
7647
0E3E
2882
36AD
0458
4369
0–Chip Delay
(Dec.)
(Hex.)
11239
30038
30222
13476
2497
31842
24342
25857
27662
24594
16790
25039
24086
21581
21346
28187
23231
18743
11594
7198
105
4534
2BE7
7556
760E
34A4
09C1
7C62
5F16
6501
6C0E
6012
4196
61CF
5E16
544D
5362
6E1B
5ABF
4937
2D4A
1C1E
0069
11B6
E-12
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information
PN Offset Background
All channel elements transmitted from a BTS in a particular 1.25 MHz
CDMA channel are orthonogonally spread by 1 of 64 possible Walsh
code functions; additionally, they are also spread by a quadrature pair of
PN sequences unique to each sector.
Overall, the mobile uses this to differentiate multiple signals transmitted
from the same BTS (and surrounding BTS) sectors, and to synchronize
to the next strongest sector.
The PN offset per sector is stored on the BBX2s, where the
corresponding I & Q registers reside.
The PN offset values are determined on a per BTS/per sector(antenna)
basis as determined by the appropriate cdf file content. A breakdown of
this information is found in Table E-2.
PN Offset Usage
There are three basic RF chip delays currently in use. It is important to
determine what RF chip delay is valid to be able to test the BTS
functionality. This can be done by ascertaining if the CDF file
FineTxAdj value was set to “on” when the MCC was downloaded with
“image data”. The FineTxAdj value is used to compensate for the
processing delay (approximately 20 S) in the BTS using any type of
mobile meeting IS–97 specifications.
Observe the following guidelines:
 If the FineTxAdj value in the cdf file is 101 (65 HEX), the
FineTxAdj has not been set. The I and Q values from the 0 table
MUST be used.
If the FineTxAdj value in the cdf file is 213 (D5 HEX), FineTxAdj has
been set for the 14 chip table.
 If the FineTxAdj value in the cdf file is 197 (C5 HEX), FineTxAdj
has been set for the 13 chip table.
IMPORTANT
CDF file I and Q values can be represented in DECIMAL
or HEX. If using HEX, add 0x before the HEX value. If
necessary, convert HEX values in Table E-2 to decimal
before comparing them to cdf file I & Q value assignments.
– If you are using a Qualcomm mobile, use the I and Q values from
the 13 chip delay table.
– If you are using a mobile that does not have the 1 chip offset
problem, (any mobile meeting the IS–97 specification), use the 14
chip delay table.
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
E-1
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continued
IMPORTANT
If the wrong I and Q values are used with the wrong
FineTxAdj parameter, system timing problems will occur.
This will cause the energy transmitted to be “smeared”
over several Walsh codes (instead of the single Walsh code
that it was assigned to), causing erratic operation. Evidence
of smearing is usually identified by Walsh channels not at
correct levels or present when not selected in the Code
Domain Power Test.
E-2
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continued
Table E-2: I/Q PN initialization values for RF delay of 0, 13, & 14 Chips
July 1999
PN Offset
HEX
Equiv
I values
(14 chips)
Q values
(14 chips)
Offset 0
I = 4473
Q = 5BA3
Offset 1
I = 7E24
Q = 7F4D
Offset 2
I = 125C
Q = 43F6
Offset 3
I = 3846
Q = 66DD
Offset 4
I = 3A33
Q = FAB
Offset 5
I = 4281
Q = 8D0
Offset 6
I = 3999
Q = 48DB
Offset 7
I = ADF
Q = 446
Offset 8
I = 16C8
Q = 52D2
Offset 9
I = 3077
Q = 3611
Offset 10
I = 7A3F
Q = 7C17
Offset 11
I = 1D9D
Q = 49CA
Offset 12
I = 485B
Q = 7917
Offset 13
I = 74E0
Q = 5794
Offset 14
I = 6260
Q = 4EC8
Offset 15
I = 66AA
Q = 3042
Offset 16
10
I = 779F
Q = 2BB3
Offset 17
11
I = 3CB4
Q = 2E3A
Offset 18
12
I = 59F2
Q = 289B
Offset 19
13
I = 4E33
Q = 6D83
Offset 20
14
I = FD2
Q = 6B07
Offset 21
15
I = 615
Q = 5647
Offset 22
16
I = 7636
Q = 81D
Offset 23
17
I = 4650
Q = 35BE
Offset 24
18
I = 4E58
Q = 2E02
Offset 25
19
I = 2F6F
Q = DD7
Offset 26
1a
I = 441D
Q = 1C10
Offset 27
1b
I = 441E
Q = 93A
Offset 28
1c
I = 13EE
Q = 64F0
Offset 29
1d
I = 2456
Q = 2F91
Offset 30
1e
I = 4302
Q = 28A2
Offset 31
1f
I = 144E
Q = 77D
Offset 32
20
I = 11FE
Q = 452C
Offset 33
21
I = 60E4
Q = 2986
Offset 34
22
I = 431C
Q = 1A9C
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
E-3
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continued
Table E-2: I/Q PN initialization values for RF delay of 0, 13, & 14 Chips
E-4
PN Offset
HEX
Equiv
I values
(14 chips)
Q values
(14 chips)
Offset 35
23
I = 290B
Q = 380E
Offset 36
24
I = 27AD
Q = 2AF7
Offset 37
25
I = 5D2A
Q = 61AB
Offset 38
26
I = 7AC1
Q = A5C
Offset 39
27
I = FEB
Q = 4DBA
Offset 40
28
I = 272E
Q = 7DA
Offset 41
29
I = 4258
Q = 6550
Offset 42
2a
I = 3791
Q = 6F73
Offset 43
2b
I = 6797
Q = 2EB0
Offset 44
2c
I = 6C7F
Q = 7CCB
Offset 45
2d
I = 7594
Q = 63F5
Offset 46
2e
I = 1EF2
Q = 2C51
Offset 47
2f
I = 3777
Q = 6E26
Offset 48
30
I = 44E5
Q = 367B
Offset 49
31
I = 5A29
Q = 210E
Offset 50
32
I = 13EB
Q = 257B
Offset 51
33
I = 7FE7
Q = 123E
Offset 52
34
I = 1BCA
Q = 3950
Offset 53
35
I = 1E13
Q = 72E7
Offset 54
36
I = 4B8B
Q = 5082
Offset 55
37
I = 6E34
Q = 194F
Offset 56
38
I = 7393
Q = 2ACD
Offset 57
39
I = 4D03
Q = 47FA
Offset 58
3a
I = 3A35
Q = 58C6
Offset 59
3b
I = 4EC0
Q = 147F
Offset 60
3c
I = 56E9
Q = 7501
Offset 61
3d
I = 67D6
Q = 16A4
Offset 62
3e
I = 1BF1
Q = 41BD
Offset 63
3f
I = 3B17
Q = 11B0
Offset 64
40
I = 3BAA
Q = 1527
Offset 65
41
I = 5A6D
Q = 2836
Offset 66
42
I = 3FD4
Q = 4296
Offset 67
43
I = 69AC
Q = 1EA6
Offset 68
44
I = 34CF
Q = 2A0A
Offset 69
45
I = 297C
Q = 35F6
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continued
Table E-2: I/Q PN initialization values for RF delay of 0, 13, & 14 Chips
July 1999
PN Offset
HEX
Equiv
I values
(14 chips)
Q values
(14 chips)
Offset 70
46
I = 3E6A
Q = 41D6
Offset 71
47
I = 6D3E
Q = 31B
Offset 72
48
I = 30BF
Q = 262E
Offset 73
49
I = 600
Q = 5EE3
Offset 74
4a
I = C7F
Q = C64
Offset 75
4b
I = 11C5
Q = 8B5
Offset 76
4c
I = 45E0
Q = 5323
Offset 77
4d
I = 333D
Q = 4209
Offset 78
4e
I = 1D52
Q = 1B96
Offset 79
4f
I = 6BEA
Q = 1D6C
Offset 80
50
I = 7985
Q = 63E7
Offset 81
51
I = 743B
Q = 37A4
Offset 82
52
I = 6857
Q = 6D95
Offset 83
53
I = 4FAD
Q = 76C8
Offset 84
54
I = 48B0
Q = 13E6
Offset 85
55
I = 1CDF
Q = 3F5E
Offset 86
56
I = 5A80
Q = 1BF7
Offset 87
57
I = 5BAA
Q = AE
Offset 88
58
I = 3E3C
Q = 63BA
Offset 89
59
I = 64C6
Q = 910
Offset 90
5a
I = 6DE6
Q = 5A49
Offset 91
5b
I = 6D78
Q = 5DB1
Offset 92
5c
I = 18BF
Q = A2C
Offset 93
5d
I = 5404
Q = 722
Offset 94
5e
I = 66E2
Q = 7885
Offset 95
5f
I = 4322
Q = 3D53
Offset 96
60
I = 57BE
Q = A1D
Offset 97
61
I = F44
Q = 61A8
Offset 98
62
I = 632E
Q = 46F3
Offset 99
63
I = 6CF3
Q = 310B
Offset 100
64
I = 2594
Q = 21DE
Offset 101
65
I = 195B
Q = 50A
Offset 102
66
I = 41EC
Q = 1137
Offset 103
67
I = 428A
Q = 48B
Offset 104
68
I = 7E95
Q = 2FB7
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
E-5
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continued
Table E-2: I/Q PN initialization values for RF delay of 0, 13, & 14 Chips
E-6
PN Offset
HEX
Equiv
I values
(14 chips)
Q values
(14 chips)
Offset 105
69
I = 6B19
Q = 1C55
Offset 106
6a
I = 20BE
Q = 2312
Offset 107
6b
I = 15F8
Q = 63CB
Offset 108
6c
I = 590
Q = C3A
Offset 109
6d
I = 32EA
Q = 7AAE
Offset 110
6e
I = 3D42
Q = 184E
Offset 111
6f
I = 69DD
Q = 4F74
Offset 112
70
I = 2149
Q = 6206
Offset 113
71
I = 7618
Q = 5B54
Offset 114
72
I = 191D
Q = 2AAE
Offset 115
73
I = 69EC
Q = 5925
Offset 116
74
I = 108E
Q = 7B92
Offset 117
75
I = 1408
Q = 1133
Offset 118
76
I = 39FE
Q = 2B1
Offset 119
77
I = 32E0
Q = 69A5
Offset 120
78
I = 2981
Q = 6BA5
Offset 121
79
I = 7BEC
Q = 3FB3
Offset 122
7a
I = 35F3
Q = 5742
Offset 123
7b
I = 6153
Q = 6B9E
Offset 124
7c
I = 4BD
Q = 5650
Offset 125
7d
I = 8F2
Q = 5A60
Offset 126
7e
I = 7B3F
Q = 2FA7
Offset 127
7f
I = 2F38
Q = 4BD
Offset 128
80
I = 1E2A
Q = 3A8
Offset 129
81
I = 6AB0
Q = 1880
Offset 130
82
I = 5A5A
Q = 7EBE
Offset 131
83
I = 252
Q = 34F3
Offset 132
84
I = 64CC
Q = 2255
Offset 133
85
I = 7925
Q = 60F5
Offset 134
86
I = 7F49
Q = 524C
Offset 135
87
I = C05
Q = 7C93
Offset 136
88
I = 434F
Q = 14C9
Offset 137
89
I = 7B42
Q = 227
Offset 138
8a
I = 223C
Q = 2F53
Offset 139
8b
I = 3C0F
Q = 1326
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continued
Table E-2: I/Q PN initialization values for RF delay of 0, 13, & 14 Chips
July 1999
PN Offset
HEX
Equiv
I values
(14 chips)
Q values
(14 chips)
Offset 140
8c
I = 3474
Q = 7C7
Offset 141
8d
I = 44FA
Q = 3844
Offset 142
8e
I = 34A3
Q = 463E
Offset 143
8f
I = 564F
Q = 4C6E
Offset 144
90
I = 60E5
Q = B9A
Offset 145
91
I = 10D3
Q = 5A0F
Offset 146
92
I = 5AFC
Q = 3B36
Offset 147
93
I = 561
Q = 71A6
Offset 148
94
I = 6FEE
Q = 28D
Offset 149
95
I = 18CE
Q = 4AD3
Offset 150
96
I = 4182
Q = 5C24
Offset 151
97
I = 3986
Q = 2A7E
Offset 152
98
I = 6455
Q = 7954
Offset 153
99
I = 536C
Q = 789B
Offset 154
9a
I = 2F75
Q = 2CE8
Offset 155
9b
I = 7126
Q = 5FE1
Offset 156
9c
I = 5972
Q = 2572
Offset 157
9d
I = 6B1
Q = 51F8
Offset 158
9e
I = 753A
Q = 76B5
Offset 159
9f
I = 93D
Q = 1C82
Offset 160
a0
I = 6A2B
Q = 49F6
Offset 161
a1
I = 742C
Q = 5A61
Offset 162
a2
I = 1621
Q = 6015
Offset 163
a3
I = 5C77
Q = 5B05
Offset 164
a4
I = 690
Q = 1E54
Offset 165
a5
I = 6505
Q = 38B6
Offset 166
a6
I = 6470
Q = 5482
Offset 167
a7
I = 4B2D
Q = 2D1A
Offset 168
a8
I = 6907
Q = 6756
Offset 169
a9
I = 78B1
Q = 3E42
Offset 170
aa
I = 2CE8
Q = 235A
Offset 171
ab
I = 4FE
Q = C1F
Offset 172
ac
I = 7B43
Q = 2F6
Offset 173
ad
I = 71F3
Q = 4090
Offset 174
ae
I = 4FF8
Q = 4F97
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
E-7
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continued
Table E-2: I/Q PN initialization values for RF delay of 0, 13, & 14 Chips
E-8
PN Offset
HEX
Equiv
I values
(14 chips)
Q values
(14 chips)
Offset 175
af
I = 16B8
Q = 27E0
Offset 176
b0
I = 763E
Q = 4522
Offset 177
b1
I = 56AC
Q = 20D5
Offset 178
b2
I = 1826
Q = 6FDA
Offset 179
b3
I = 7E4D
Q = 79F
Offset 180
b4
I = 36DE
Q = 4F78
Offset 181
b5
I = 3E01
Q = 6848
Offset 182
b6
I = 4D83
Q = D1B
Offset 183
b7
I = 72B7
Q = 2EC7
Offset 184
b8
I = 3428
Q = 7CC6
Offset 185
b9
I = 59C1
Q = 2609
Offset 186
ba
I = 7BCB
Q = 25A6
Offset 187
bb
I = 298D
Q = 77B3
Offset 188
bc
I = 636E
Q = 33AE
Offset 189
bd
I = 48B2
Q = 56A9
Offset 190
be
I = 18E0
Q = 807
Offset 191
bf
I = 1ECF
Q = 223F
Offset 192
c0
I = 1E32
Q = 3DEC
Offset 193
c1
I = 5BB4
Q = 3EFD
Offset 194
c2
I = 379
Q = 17BA
Offset 195
c3
I = 5295
Q = 7A0D
Offset 196
c4
I = 5028
Q = 3E08
Offset 197
c5
I = 54A5
Q = 4F93
Offset 198
c6
I = 3E5F
Q = 21DA
Offset 199
c7
I = 5487
Q = 330
Offset 200
c8
I = 7990
Q = 5725
Offset 201
c9
I = E72
Q = 737B
Offset 202
ca
I = 3FC2
Q = 3316
Offset 203
cb
I = 4415
Q = 28DC
Offset 204
cc
I = 54E2
Q = 44B6
Offset 205
cd
I = 4590
Q = 4F35
Offset 206
ce
I = 7574
Q = 4E14
Offset 207
cf
I = 31C1
Q = 1A7D
Offset 208
d0
I = 6E51
Q = 7EF5
Offset 209
d1
I = 4F93
Q = 1788
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continued
Table E-2: I/Q PN initialization values for RF delay of 0, 13, & 14 Chips
July 1999
PN Offset
HEX
Equiv
I values
(14 chips)
Q values
(14 chips)
Offset 210
d2
I = 3605
Q = 5028
Offset 211
d3
I = 3436
Q = 7CCF
Offset 212
d4
I = 6484
Q = 65CF
Offset 213
d5
I = 4D98
Q = 6A43
Offset 214
d6
I = 1443
Q = 19D6
Offset 215
d7
I = 5AB3
Q = 2ADA
Offset 216
d8
I = 6E52
Q = 1587
Offset 217
d9
I = 1863
Q = 42DF
Offset 218
da
I = 1BD
Q = 3EC0
Offset 219
db
I = 5362
Q = 7B7E
Offset 220
dc
I = 33C8
Q = 1234
Offset 221
dd
I = 4828
Q = 3639
Offset 222
de
I = 6559
Q = 41B3
Offset 223
df
I = 794B
Q = 18E3
Offset 224
e0
I = 445
Q = 6061
Offset 225
e1
I = 16C5
Q = 17A7
Offset 226
e2
I = 7B3A
Q = 2719
Offset 227
e3
I = 7489
Q = 1745
Offset 228
e4
I = 46E2
Q = 2D4D
Offset 229
e5
I = 60ED
Q = 568B
Offset 230
e6
I = 2F
Q = 3ACA
Offset 231
e7
I = C82
Q = 4042
Offset 232
e8
I = 5443
Q = 6CFB
Offset 233
e9
I = 1D2D
Q = 7E0
Offset 234
ea
I = 62D1
Q = 4301
Offset 235
eb
I = 1FEF
Q = 3DE9
Offset 236
ec
I = 6F67
Q = 7775
Offset 237
ed
I = 137F
Q = E10
Offset 238
ee
I = 1EE3
Q = 1001
Offset 239
ef
I = 4540
Q = 29F
Offset 240
f0
I = 384F
Q = 5126
Offset 241
f1
I = 7900
Q = 5F97
Offset 242
f2
I = 6708
Q = 6ACD
Offset 243
f3
I = 4A77
Q = 4BBC
Offset 244
f4
I = 4AD8
Q = 62BE
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
E-9
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continued
Table E-2: I/Q PN initialization values for RF delay of 0, 13, & 14 Chips
E-10
PN Offset
HEX
Equiv
I values
(14 chips)
Q values
(14 chips)
Offset 245
f5
I = ED8
Q = 2521
Offset 246
f6
I = 2073
Q = 661F
Offset 247
f7
I = 3276
Q = 342F
Offset 248
f8
I = 4CBA
Q = 86A
Offset 249
f9
I = 6129
Q = 35B3
Offset 250
fa
I = 5637
Q = 6BFE
Offset 251
fb
I = 3650
Q = 420
Offset 252
fc
I = 6A3E
Q = 585
Offset 253
fd
I = E65
Q = CEF
Offset 254
fe
I = 41B4
Q = 1357
Offset 255
ff
I = 57CF
Q = 2ED
Offset 256
100
I = 1AC2
Q = 18A3
Offset 257
101
I = 3C4A
Q = 3C1
Offset 258
102
I = 4B84
Q = 936
Offset 259
103
I = 2146
Q = 6EBE
Offset 260
104
I = 396A
Q = 79DE
Offset 261
105
I = 53E4
Q = 2CCB
Offset 262
106
I = 770B
Q = 229E
Offset 263
107
I = 5DB0
Q = 18B7
Offset 264
108
I = 778
Q = 1D13
Offset 265
109
I = 686F
Q = 6F9E
Offset 266
10a
I = 3D59
Q = 6205
Offset 267
10b
I = F29
Q = 17FB
Offset 268
10c
I = 4FD2
Q = 561F
Offset 269
10d
I = 418B
Q = 7F21
Offset 270
10e
I = 7AB5
Q = 1BC8
Offset 271
10f
I = 41DC
Q = 6F77
Offset 272
110
I = 2082
Q = 288A
Offset 273
111
I = 6F72
Q = 3AD9
Offset 274
112
I = 6936
Q = 1405
Offset 275
113
I = 4976
Q = 30F0
Offset 276
114
I = 4EF8
Q = 5AAF
Offset 277
115
I = 241D
Q = 51DF
Offset 278
116
I = 204F
Q = DF0
Offset 279
117
I = 48FC
Q = 6755
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continued
Table E-2: I/Q PN initialization values for RF delay of 0, 13, & 14 Chips
July 1999
PN Offset
HEX
Equiv
I values
(14 chips)
Q values
(14 chips)
Offset 280
118
I = 201C
Q = 72ED
Offset 281
119
I = 1AB5
Q = 5FEB
Offset 282
11a
I = 258D
Q = 2A1B
Offset 283
11b
I = 7B90
Q = 62AC
Offset 284
11c
I = 6B38
Q = 3ED4
Offset 285
11d
I = 3081
Q = 65AC
Offset 286
11e
I = 78B5
Q = 749C
Offset 287
11f
I = 2496
Q = 3A82
Offset 288
120
I = 2FC1
Q = 2F96
Offset 289
121
I = 53D2
Q = 6237
Offset 290
122
I = 1942
Q = 3DDE
Offset 291
123
I = 2327
Q = 14D8
Offset 292
124
I = 685E
Q = 557D
Offset 293
125
I = C9E
Q = 5051
Offset 294
126
I = 6D39
Q = 7591
Offset 295
127
I = 6F31
Q = 5575
Offset 296
128
I = 1A87
Q = 5C25
Offset 297
129
I = 43BA
Q = 65CC
Offset 298
12a
I = 2E38
Q = 26EC
Offset 299
12b
I = 2C8F
Q = 6567
Offset 300
12c
I = 3CC1
Q = CDE
Offset 301
12d
I = 440A
Q = 75DD
Offset 302
12e
I = 3A68
Q = 3C9B
Offset 303
12f
I = 34
Q = 14FB
Offset 304
130
I = 6A76
Q = 2802
Offset 305
131
I = 3AD8
Q = 6D94
Offset 306
132
I = 2ABE
Q = 397A
Offset 307
133
I = 179
Q = 4C5E
Offset 308
134
I = 37DF
Q = 22A2
Offset 309
135
I = 5F6B
Q = 3BC1
Offset 310
136
I = 6805
Q = 2A92
Offset 311
137
I = 4E2B
Q = 7A53
Offset 312
138
I = 3ED6
Q = 4C13
Offset 313
139
I = 5F36
Q = 4FE
Offset 314
13a
I = 26F1
Q = 2CA7
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
E-11
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continued
Table E-2: I/Q PN initialization values for RF delay of 0, 13, & 14 Chips
E-12
PN Offset
HEX
Equiv
I values
(14 chips)
Q values
(14 chips)
Offset 315
13b
I = 72B4
Q = 7AA0
Offset 316
13c
I = 63D8
Q = 111D
Offset 317
13d
I = 6E79
Q = 3A32
Offset 318
13e
I = 1C9F
Q = 5D97
Offset 319
13f
I = 7EC1
Q = 3EDB
Offset 320
140
I = 66DE
Q = 234D
Offset 321
141
I = 39A8
Q = 5E62
Offset 322
142
I = 3B18
Q = 18EF
Offset 323
143
I = 74D8
Q = 6A2F
Offset 324
144
I = 1094
Q = 41E8
Offset 325
145
I = 2133
Q = 2370
Offset 326
146
I = 2492
Q = 32A6
Offset 327
147
I = 27BF
Q = 70D6
Offset 328
148
I = 78ED
Q = 621E
Offset 329
149
I = 31D3
Q = 4FC8
Offset 330
14a
I = 4B96
Q = 1A49
Offset 331
14b
I = 481
Q = 51F7
Offset 332
14c
I = 7278
Q = 3054
Offset 333
14d
I = 1799
Q = 367C
Offset 334
14e
I = 54A4
Q = 6B9B
Offset 335
14f
I = 6D90
Q = 1FD8
Offset 336
150
I = 2770
Q = 43CA
Offset 337
151
I = 5B5C
Q = 45AB
Offset 338
152
I = 3CB6
Q = 382A
Offset 339
153
I = 5DCD
Q = 1D1D
Offset 340
154
I = A7C
Q = 66CD
Offset 341
155
I = 4A4A
Q = 1743
Offset 342
156
I = 639D
Q = 286A
Offset 343
157
I = 1189
Q = 3390
Offset 344
158
I = 7923
Q = 76C2
Offset 345
159
I = 7308
Q = 1C8F
Offset 346
15a
I = 6375
Q = C0A
Offset 347
15b
I = 2E46
Q = 5396
Offset 348
15c
I = 767B
Q = 7980
Offset 349
15d
I = 295C
Q = 5ED0
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continued
Table E-2: I/Q PN initialization values for RF delay of 0, 13, & 14 Chips
July 1999
PN Offset
HEX
Equiv
I values
(14 chips)
Q values
(14 chips)
Offset 350
15e
I = 7D9A
Q = 69F3
Offset 351
15f
I = 7384
Q = 15CA
Offset 352
160
I = 3375
Q = 6483
Offset 353
161
I = 29EF
Q = 29A6
Offset 354
162
I = E0
Q = 2B4C
Offset 355
163
I = 2F33
Q = 797A
Offset 356
164
I = 5926
Q = 4018
Offset 357
165
I = B76
Q = 18DA
Offset 358
166
I = 6C2C
Q = A9F
Offset 359
167
I = 27DD
Q = 398C
Offset 360
168
I = 1B63
Q = 58D8
Offset 361
169
I = 5652
Q = 5C4
Offset 362
16a
I = A50
Q = 20FD
Offset 363
16b
I = 1138
Q = 527E
Offset 364
16c
I = 66
Q = 56B6
Offset 365
16d
I = 6BF0
Q = 560E
Offset 366
16e
I = 4CBE
Q = 287B
Offset 367
16f
I = 6957
Q = 64CA
Offset 368
170
I = 7D08
Q = 9C0
Offset 369
171
I = 1EC1
Q = 7A38
Offset 370
172
I = 28F
Q = 5EB8
Offset 371
173
I = 62BA
Q = 37F7
Offset 372
174
I = 3F52
Q = 5A72
Offset 373
175
I = 2D6F
Q = 3452
Offset 374
176
I = 2157
Q = 70E
Offset 375
177
I = 4B5D
Q = 431B
Offset 376
178
I = 2F4E
Q = 2A68
Offset 377
179
I = 5422
Q = 649B
Offset 378
17a
I = 2953
Q = 3D3A
Offset 379
17b
I = 32E8
Q = 1BAB
Offset 380
17c
I = 397D
Q = 71A8
Offset 381
17d
I = 2D92
Q = BDE
Offset 382
17e
I = 64D1
Q = 3F95
Offset 383
17f
I = 1390
Q = 63B5
Offset 384
180
I = 7EA2
Q = 4FF1
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
E-13
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continued
Table E-2: I/Q PN initialization values for RF delay of 0, 13, & 14 Chips
E-14
PN Offset
HEX
Equiv
I values
(14 chips)
Q values
(14 chips)
Offset 385
181
I = 569F
Q = 70B7
Offset 386
182
I = 2DDE
Q = 7FDC
Offset 387
183
I = 5812
Q = 4F95
Offset 388
184
I = 53A5
Q = 24FD
Offset 389
185
I = 85
Q = 662B
Offset 390
186
I = 1333
Q = 1B2D
Offset 391
187
I = 2220
Q = 2FB6
Offset 392
188
I = 575
Q = 53E7
Offset 393
189
I = 4668
Q = 7CAA
Offset 394
18a
I = 3CAC
Q = 7E37
Offset 395
18b
I = 68F6
Q = 2C0C
Offset 396
18c
I = 1710
Q = 5092
Offset 397
18d
I = 5F15
Q = 1A7
Offset 398
18e
I = 32F1
Q = A77
Offset 399
18f
I = 5BB6
Q = 3CB1
Offset 400
190
I = 746
Q = 2A42
Offset 401
191
I = 16DA
Q = 5A22
Offset 402
192
I = 15B0
Q = 4F1A
Offset 403
193
I = 312D
Q = 3925
Offset 404
194
I = 59E0
Q = 71F7
Offset 405
195
I = 6BF4
Q = 3677
Offset 406
196
I = 44C0
Q = 2B40
Offset 407
197
I = 4268
Q = 7334
Offset 408
198
I = 5599
Q = 1657
Offset 409
199
I = 7670
Q = 1CB3
Offset 410
19a
I = 6E50
Q = 2F7C
Offset 411
19b
I = 1C5C
Q = 6417
Offset 412
19c
I = 45F2
Q = 6C4D
Offset 413
19d
I = 16FA
Q = 70C6
Offset 414
19e
I = 5640
Q = 7AF6
Offset 415
19f
I = 2F97
Q = 6F72
Offset 416
1a0
I = 5A2A
Q = 6102
Offset 417
1a1
I = 441B
Q = 2373
Offset 418
1a2
I = 485F
Q = 7E09
Offset 419
1a3
I = 7C9E
Q = C67
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continued
Table E-2: I/Q PN initialization values for RF delay of 0, 13, & 14 Chips
July 1999
PN Offset
HEX
Equiv
I values
(14 chips)
Q values
(14 chips)
Offset 420
1a4
I = 495F
Q = 441A
Offset 421
1a5
I = 4E3B
Q = 2F92
Offset 422
1a6
I = 1F2E
Q = 640D
Offset 423
1a7
I = 506B
Q = 7BCC
Offset 424
1a8
I = 2714
Q = 6328
Offset 425
1a9
I = 3493
Q = 49DC
Offset 426
1aa
I = 3447
Q = 64D8
Offset 427
1ab
I = 7102
Q = 1235
Offset 428
1ac
I = 12FC
Q = 798B
Offset 429
1ad
I = 3334
Q = 1E0B
Offset 430
1ae
I = 5E61
Q = 51F
Offset 431
1af
I = 4E63
Q = 4057
Offset 432
1b0
I = A6B
Q = 3D9B
Offset 433
1b1
I = 343C
Q = 3EF0
Offset 434
1b2
I = 7047
Q = 5246
Offset 435
1b3
I = 5FA9
Q = 73FA
Offset 436
1b4
I = F9
Q = 279D
Offset 437
1b5
I = 4DF8
Q = 4A46
Offset 438
1b6
I = 73F2
Q = 567D
Offset 439
1b7
I = 797D
Q = 2E4C
Offset 440
1b8
I = 6A0C
Q = 6724
Offset 441
1b9
I = 6852
Q = 77C7
Offset 442
1ba
I = 141C
Q = 7F0C
Offset 443
1bb
I = 1078
Q = 6FE4
Offset 444
1bc
I = 1682
Q = 27F4
Offset 445
1bd
I = F5
Q = 5BF0
Offset 446
1be
I = 557A
Q = 467D
Offset 447
1bf
I = EB3
Q = 6361
Offset 448
1c0
I = CE
Q = 69BA
Offset 449
1c1
I = 707E
Q = 35AC
Offset 450
1c2
I = 7E92
Q = 35F7
Offset 451
1c3
I = 3497
Q = E64
Offset 452
1c4
I = 3C39
Q = 5CA3
Offset 453
1c5
I = 5A3D
Q = 3BD2
Offset 454
1c6
I = 3A6D
Q = 7ED5
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
E-15
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continued
Table E-2: I/Q PN initialization values for RF delay of 0, 13, & 14 Chips
E-16
PN Offset
HEX
Equiv
I values
(14 chips)
Q values
(14 chips)
Offset 455
1c7
I = 5B85
Q = 2658
Offset 456
1c8
I = 32BE
Q = 115C
Offset 457
1c9
I = 3085
Q = 1620
Offset 458
1ca
I = 70CB
Q = 1CBE
Offset 459
1cb
I = FA9
Q = 6A80
Offset 460
1cc
I = 750
Q = 6DE0
Offset 461
1cd
I = 3B63
Q = 75D8
Offset 462
1ce
I = 759D
Q = 7513
Offset 463
1cf
I = 5DC1
Q = D51
Offset 464
1d0
I = 12FE
Q = 420E
Offset 465
1d1
I = 370B
Q = 5103
Offset 466
1d2
I = 1A2E
Q = 27CF
Offset 467
1d3
I = BFB
Q = 3213
Offset 468
1d4
I = 6FE3
Q = 4B5F
Offset 469
1d5
I = 5383
Q = 2758
Offset 470
1d6
I = 4F34
Q = 3B57
Offset 471
1d7
I = 62F9
Q = 6C64
Offset 472
1d8
I = 4CE3
Q = 2D0
Offset 473
1d9
I = 27A3
Q = 7467
Offset 474
1da
I = 4197
Q = 6BF8
Offset 475
1db
I = 43CF
Q = 107
Offset 476
1dc
I = 33C0
Q = 609E
Offset 477
1dd
I = 58D4
Q = 40E7
Offset 478
1de
I = 3327
Q = 4F9A
Offset 479
1df
I = 2869
Q = 621C
Offset 480
1e0
I = 7686
Q = 4CD5
Offset 481
1e1
I = 6CDA
Q = 3940
Offset 482
1e2
I = 2557
Q = 6A0F
Offset 483
1e3
I = 2268
Q = 7038
Offset 484
1e4
I = 31C8
Q = 6204
Offset 485
1e5
I = 2D62
Q = 5849
Offset 486
1e6
I = 6A1A
Q = 9A7
Offset 487
1e7
I = 45EB
Q = 62DD
Offset 488
1e8
I = 7431
Q = 3BFE
Offset 489
1e9
I = 7C94
Q = 454B
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continued
Table E-2: I/Q PN initialization values for RF delay of 0, 13, & 14 Chips
July 1999
PN Offset
HEX
Equiv
I values
(14 chips)
Q values
(14 chips)
Offset 490
1ea
I = 5D9C
Q = 3163
Offset 491
1eb
I = 5C0A
Q = 7FDA
Offset 492
1ec
I = B94
Q = 4AB2
Offset 493
1ed
I = 4720
Q = 41E6
Offset 494
1ee
I = 3AB4
Q = 2A23
Offset 495
1ef
I = 558D
Q = 47E0
Offset 496
1f0
I = 5FF6
Q = 4F47
Offset 497
1f1
I = 4A32
Q = 791
Offset 498
1f2
I = 3528
Q = 462B
Offset 499
1f3
I = 6B64
Q = 1D0E
Offset 500
1f4
I = 2DBA
Q = 328A
Offset 501
1f5
I = 37DD
Q = 4B48
Offset 502
1f6
I = 5B54
Q = 7525
Offset 503
1f7
I = 2C4A
Q = 214E
Offset 504
1f8
I = BB3
Q = 46DB
Offset 505
1f9
I = 5B5E
Q = CAF
Offset 506
1fa
I = 3889
Q = 70F7
Offset 507
1fb
I = 1982
Q = 1C7C
Offset 508
1fc
I = 4FE4
Q = 5104
Offset 509
1fd
I = 2FC2
Q = 6D5A
Offset 510
1fe
I = 422
Q = 8B0
Offset 511
1ff
I = 2EFA
Q = 1AAB
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
E-17
Appendix E: PN Offset Programming Information – continued
Notes
E-18
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Index
Numbers
ATP – Waveform Quality (rho), 4-14
10BaseT/10Base2 Converter, 1-6
ATP Report, 4-23
10BaseT/10Base2 converter, LMF to BTS
connection, 3-7
Backplane DIP switch settings, 2-2
2–way Splitter, 1-10
Basic Troubleshooting Overview, 5-1
Bay Level offset calibration failure, 5-6
Abbreviated
RX acceptance test, all–inclusive, 4-2
TX acceptance test, all–inclusive, 4-2
BBX, gain set point vs SIF output considerations, C-1
Acceptance Test Procedures ATP , 1-1
ACTIVE LED
GLI, 5-24
MCC, 5-26
ALARM LED, GLI, 5-24
BBX2 Connector, 5-14
BBX2 LED Status Combinations, 5-26
BTS
Ethernet LAN interconnect diagram, 3-17
LMF connection, 3-7
system software download, 3-2
when to optimize, B-1
BTS frame, DC Distribution Pre–test, 2-16
Alarm Monitor window, 2-8
BTS Log In Procedure, 3-16
Alarm Reporting Display, 2-8
Alarm Test Box, 1-10
BTS Site Setup for Acceptance Test Procedures, 3-22,
3-70, 4-17, 4-19, 4-22
All inclusive, TX ATP test outline – CCP shelf 1,
primary, 4-3, 4-5, 4-7, 4-9, 4-23
Create CAL File, 3-71
Ancillary Equipment Frame identification, 1-17
bts–nnn Folders, 3-12
bts–nnn.cal File, 3-12
Ancillary frame, when to optimize, B-1
ATP
all inclusive TX acceptance test outline, 4-2
generate failure report, 4-23
generate report, 4-23
test matrix/detailed optimization, B-2
ATP – Code Domain Power, 4-18
Calibrating Test Equipment, 3-55
ATP – Frame Error Rate (FER), 4-21
Calibration, data file calibration, BLO, 3-63
ATP – Pilot Time Offset, 4-16
Calibration Audit failure, 5-7
ATP – Spectral Purity Transmit Mask, 4-11
calibration data file, description of, BLO, 3-63
July 1999
C–CCP Backplane Troubleshooting, Procedure, 5-14
C–CCP Shelf, 1-12
Calibrating Cables, 3-55
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Index-1
Index
– continued
Cannot communicate to Communications Analyzer,
5-3
Cannot communicate to Power Meter, 5-2
Cannot download CODE to any device card, 5-4
Cannot Download DATA to any device card, 5-4
Connector Functionality
Backplane, Troubleshooting, 5-13
Troubleshooting, Backplane, 5-13
Copying CAL files from CDMA LMF to the CBSC,
3-10, 6-1
Copying CAL files to the CBSC, 3-10, 6-2
Cannot ENABLE device, 5-5
CSM, and LFR primary functions, 3-29
Cannot load BLO, 5-7
CSM frequency verification, 3-30
Cannot Log into cell–site, 5-2
CSM LED Status Combinations, 5-22
Cannot perform carrier measurement, 5-9
CyberTest Communication Analyzer, 1-8
Cannot perform Code Domain Noise Power
measurement, 5-9
Cannot perform Rho or pilot time offset
measurement, 5-8
data Folder, 3-15
Cannot perform Txmask measurement, 5-8
DC Power Problems, C–CCP Backplane
Troubleshooting, 5-19
cbsc folder, 3-13
DC Distribution Pre–test, BTS frame detail, 2-16
CCP, shelf 1 – all inclusive TX ATP test outline,
primary, 4-3, 4-5, 4-7, 4-9, 4-23
DC/DC Converter LED Status Combinations, 5-21
CD ROM Installation, 3-9
Detailed, optimization/ATP test matrix, B-2
CDF
site configuration, 3-1
site equipage verification, 3-2
site type and equipage data information, 2-1
Digital Control Problems, 5-15
C–CCP Backplane Troubleshooting, 5-15
CDMA, optimization/ATP test matrix, B-1
cdma Folder, 3-11
Selecting Devices, 3-20
Digital Multimeter, 1-8
DIP switch settings, 2-2
Directional Coupler, 1-8
Download, BTS system software, 3-2
cdpower test, 4-18
Download BDCs, 3-25
Cell Site
equipage verification, 2-1
types configuration, 3-1
Download BLO Procedure, 3-67
Cell Site Data File. See CDF
Download/Enable MGLIs, 3-24
Cell Site Field Engineer CFE, 1-1
CIO Connectors, 5-14
E1, isolate BTS from the E1 spans, 3-3
Code Domain Power and Noise Floor Levels, 4-20
Enable CSMs & BDCs, 3-26
Code Domain Power ATP , 4-19
Enabling Devices, 3-21
Code Domain Power test, 4-18
Equipment, warm–up, CSM/LFR tests, 3-30
Code Domain Power/Noise, 4-18
Equipment setup, VSWR
Advantest Test Set, 3-82
HP Test Set, 3-80
Download/Enable MCCs, 3-28
code Folder, 3-14
Communications System Analyzer, 1-7
Communications system analyzer , 1-7, 1-8
Connecting test equipment to the BTS, 3-40
Index-2
Equipment warm-up, 3-42
Ethernet LAN
interconnect diagram, 3-17
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Index
– continued
transceiver, 1-6
Ethernet LAN links verification, 3-17
I and Q values, E-1, E-1
Ethernet maintenance connector interface, illustration,
3-8
I/Q, PN initialization values for RF delay of 0, 13,
and 14 chips, E-3
Initial Installation of Boards/Modules, preliminary
operations, 2-1
Initial power tests, test data sheets, A-3
fer test, 4-21
Files, calibration data file, BLO, 3-63
Folder Structure Overview, 3-11
Frame, equipage preliminary operations, 2-1
FREQ Monitor Connector, CSM, 5-23
Installation and Update Procedures, 3-9
Inter–frame cabling, when to optimize, B-2
Intercabinet I/O, 1-15
IS–97 specification, E-1, E-1
ISB Inter Shelf Bus connectors, 5-13
Frequency counter, optional test equipment, 1-9
Front panel, LEDs, CSM, 3-29
LAN, BTS frame interconnect, illustration, 3-17
Full Optimization Test, 4-8
LAN Connectors (A & B), GLI, 5-25
LED, description front panel, CSM, 3-29
Gain set point, C-1
LED Status Combinations for all Modules except
GLI2 CSM BBX2 MCC24 MCC8E, 5-21
General optimization checklist, test data sheets, A-4
LFR, receiver operation, test data sheets, A-6
GLI Connector, 5-14
LMF
Ethernet maintenance connector interface detail,
illustration, 3-8
to BTS connection, 3-3, 3-7
view CDF information, 3-2
GLI Ethernet A and B Connections, 5-14
GLI LED Status Combinations, 5-24
GLI Pushbuttons and Connectors, 5-25
lmf Folder, 3-11
GPIB Cables, 1-8
GPS, receiver operation, test data sheets, A-5
GPS Initialization/Verification
estimated position accuracy, 3-34
surveyed position accuracy, 3-34
LMF Removal, 6-3
Loading Code, 3-24
loads folder, 3-13
Local Area Network (LAN) Tester, 1-9
GPS satellite system, 3-27
Logging Out, 3-16
Graphical User Interface Overview , 3-19
Logical BTS, 3-19
LORAN–C Initialization/Verification, 3-38
LPA Module LED, 5-27
Hardware Requirements, 1-5
LPA Shelf LED Status Combinations, 5-27
High Stability 10 MHz Rubidium Standard, 1-10
High–impedance Conductive Wrist Strap, 1-9
Manual, layout, 1-1
HP8935 Analyzer, 1-8
MASTER LED, GLI, 5-24
HSO Initialization/Verification, 3-30
MCC LED Status Combinations, 5-26
July 1999
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Index-3
Index
– continued
PCMCIA, Ethernet adapter, LMF to BTS connection,
3-7
MCC/CE, 4-18
Miscellaneous errors, 5-5
Pilot Time Offset. See PN
MMI Connector
CSM, 5-23
GLI, 5-25
Ping, 3-17
Module status indicators, 5-21
PN
I/Q PN initialization values for RF delay of, 0, 13,
and 14 chips – table, E-3
offset programming information, E-1, E-1
offset usage, E-1, E-1
Motorola, SC9600 Base Transceiver Subsystem, 1-1
PN offset per sector, E-1, E-1
Multi–FER test Failure, 5-10
PN Offset Usage , E-1, E-1
MMI Connectors, MCC, 5-26
Model SLN2006A MMI Interface Kit, 1-7
Power Input, 5-13
Power Meter, 1-8
Network Test Equipment Setup, 3-53
Power Supply Module Interface, 5-13
New Installations, 1-3
Pre–power tests, test data sheets, A-3
No AMR control, 5-17
Preliminary operations
cell Site types, 2-1
test data sheets, A-2
No BBX2 control in the shelf, 5-17
No DC input voltage to Power Supply Module, 5-19
No DC voltage +5 +65 or +15 Volts to a specific
GLI2 BBX2 or Switch board, 5-20
No GLI2 Control through span line connection, 5-16
No GLI2 Control via LMF, 5-15
No or missing MCC24 channel elements, 5-18
No or missing span line traffic, 5-18
Prepare to Leave the Site
External test equipment removal, 6-1
LMF Removal, 6-3
Reestablish OMC–R control, 6-3
Verify T1/E1, 6-3
Printing an ATP Report, 4-23
Procedures to Copy CAL Files From Diskette to the
CBSC, 3-10, 5-2, 5-3, 5-4, 6-2, 6-3
North American PCS Frequency Spectrum CDMA
Allocation, D-1
Procedures to Copy Files to a Diskette, 3-10, 6-1
Null modem cable detail, 3-42
Procedures to Reset devices, 3-22
Product Description, 1-2
Program, TSU NAM, 3-76
Online Help, 1-2
Program TSU NAM, 3-76
Optimization, 1-1
Pseudorandom Noise. See PN
Optimization/ATP Test Matrix, 1-3
Optional Test Equipment, 1-9
PA Shelves, 1-12
Index-4
ptoff test, 4-16
PWR/ALM and ACTIVE LEDs, MCC, 5-26
Optional test equipment, frequency counter, 1-9
Oscilloscope, 1-10
Procedures to Disable devices, 3-22
PWR/ALM LED
BBX2, 5-26
CSM, 5-22
DC/DC Converter, 5-21
generic, 5-21
MCC, 5-26
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Index
– continued
Span Line (T1/E1) Verification Equipment, 1-9
Re–calibrate BLO, 3-61
Span Line connector , 5-13
Reestablish OMC–R control, 6-3
Span Problems no control link, Troubleshooting, 5-28
Reference Distribution Module RDM Input/Output,
5-13
SPANS LED, 5-24
Required documents, 1-3, 1-4
STATUS LED, GLI, 5-24
Required Test Equipment
Ethernet LAN transceiver, 1-6
substitute equipment, 1-5
SYNC Monitor Connector, CSM, 5-23
RESET Pushbutton, GLI, 5-25
T1, isolate BTS from the T1 spans, 3-3
Resetting BTS modules, 6-1
Test data sheets
general optimization checklist, A-4
GPS receiver operation, A-5
initial power tests, A-3
LFR receiver operation, A-6
pre–power tests, A-3
preliminary operations, A-2
RX antenna VSWR, A-16
SCLPA convergence, A-7
site checklist, A-2
TX antenna VSWR, A-15, A-16
TX BLO, A-8, A-13
verification of test equipment used, A-1
RF Adapters, 1-9
RF Attenuators, 1-8
RF Load, 1-9
RF Path Bay Level Offset Calibration, 3-61
RF Test Cable, 1-9
RFDS Calibration, 3-77
RFDS Location, SC 4812ET, 1-18
rho test, 4-14
RS–232 to GPIB Interface, 1-7
RX
all inclusive TX ATP test, 4-4
antenna VSWR, test data sheets, A-16
Spectrum Analyzer, 1-9
Test equipment
transmit and receive antenna VSWR, 3-79
verification data sheets, A-1
Test Equipment Policy, 1-4
RX Frame Error Rate (FER) ATP, 4-21
Test Equipment Setup, 3-40
RX VSWR procedure
Advantest Test Set, 3-82
HP Test Set, 3-80
Test Equipment Setup Calibration for TX Bay Level
Offset, 3-58
Test Set Calibration, 3-51
SC 4812 BTS Optimization/ATP Test Matrix, B-4
Timing Reference Cables, 1-8
Test equipment setup RF path calibration, 3-65
SCLPA, convergence test data sheets, A-7
Selecting Test Equipment, 3-52
Setting Cable Loss Values, 3-60
SIF, output considerations vs BBX gain set point, C-1
Site, equipage verification, 3-2
Site checklist, verification data sheets, A-2
site equippage, CDF file, 3-1
Sorting Status Report Widows, 3-23
July 1999
Transmit TX path audit, 3-68
Transmit TX path calibration, 3-66
Troubleshooting
DC Power Problems, 5-19
Span Problems no control link, 5-28
TX and RX Signal Routing, 5-20
Troubleshooting CSM Checklist, 5-11
TX
all inclusive TX ATP test, 4-2
antenna VSWR, test data sheets, A-15, A-16
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
Index-5
Index
– continued
BLO test data sheets, A-8, A-13
TX & RX Path Calibration, 3-61
TX and RX Frequency vs Channel , D-3
TX and RX Signal Routing, C–CCP Backplane
Troubleshooting, 5-20
Updating CDMA LMF Files, 3-9, 6-1
UTP
cable (RJ11 connectors), 3-8
LMF to BTS connection, 3-7
TX Audit Test, 3-69
Verify, test equipment used, test data sheets, A-1
TX Bay Level Offset and TX ATP test equipment
setup calibration, 3-57
version Folder, 3-13
Voltage Standing Wave Ratio. See VSWR
TX Calibration Test, 3-66
TX Code Domain Power ATP, 4-18
tx fine adjust, E-1, E-1
TX Mask Verification, spectrum analyzer display,
illustration, 4-13
TX Output Acceptance Tests – Introduction
Code domain power, 4-10
Pilot time offset, 4-10
Spectral purity TX mask, 4-10
Waveform Quality (rho), 4-10
TX Path Calibration, 3-62
VSWR
manual test setup detail
Advantest illustration, 3-83
HP illustration, 3-81
measure and calculate RX/TX VSWR for each
antenna
Advantest Test Set, 3-82
HP Test Set, 3-80
required test equipment, 3-79
transmit and receive antenna, 3-79
VSWR Calculation, 3-80, 3-83
VSWR Equation, 3-80, 3-83
TX Pilot Time Offset ATP, 4-16
TX Spectral Purity Transmit Mask ATP, 4-11
Walsh channels, 4-18
TX VSWR procedure
Advantest Test Set, 3-82
HP Test Set, 3-80
TX Waveform Quality (rho) ATP, 4-14
TX/RX OUT Connections, 4-2
When to optimize
Ancillary – table, B-1
BTS, B-1
inter–frame cabling, B-2
txmask test, 4-11
XCVR Backplane Troubleshooting, 5-13
Unshielded Twisted Pair. See UTP
Index-6
Xircom Model PE3–10B2, LMF to BTS connection,
3-7
SC 4812ET BTS Optimization/ATP – CDMA LMF
PRELIMINARY 2
July 1999
Source Exif Data: 
File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.3
Linearized                      : No
Creator                         : Microsoft Word
Create Date                     : 1999:08:03 15:18:52
Title                           : 
Author                          : Melissa VanDrie
Producer                        : Acrobat PDFWriter 3.0.1 for Power Macintosh
Subject                         : 
Modify Date                     : 1999:08:23 10:22:29-05:00
Page Count                      : 283
EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools
FCC ID Filing: IHET5ZR1

Navigation menu